83311300AH_BJ701_BJ7B1_Maintenance_Aug82 83311300AH BJ701 BJ7B1 Maintenance Aug82
83311300AH_BJ701_BJ7B1_Maintenance_Aug82 83311300AH_BJ701_BJ7B1_Maintenance_Aug82
User Manual: 83311300AH_BJ701_BJ7B1_Maintenance_Aug82
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 366
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
83311300
&J 1:\ CONTltO~ DATA
\:I ~ CORPO~1l0N
CONTROL DATA8
STORAGE MODULE DRIVE
BJ701
BJ7B1
INSTALLATION AND. CHECKOUT
PREVENTIVE' MAINTENANCE
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
DIAGRAMS
.
WIRE LISTS
PARTS DATA
-
HARDWAIE MAINTENANCE MANUAL
REVISION RECORD
"
REVISION
A
DESCRIPTION
-
Preliminary manual, never printed.
12-1-75
B
2-20-76
Also
Manual released by Engineering Change Orders: 37733, 37775, 37815.
included are Engineering Change Orders: 37636, 37653, 37655A, 37656, 37667,
37669, 37673, 37679, 37700, 37705, 37726, 37734, 37742, 37743, 37744, 37771,
37772, 37774, 37783, 37787, 37788, 37789, 37799, 37800, 37807A, 37811, 37813,
37814, 37826, 37827, 37828, 37831, 37839, 37840, 37853, 37854, 37867, 37868,
C
5-18-76
37869, 37895, 37896.
Update manual with Engineering Change Orders:
37787C, 37801, 37825A
379l0A, 37925, 37938, 37951, 37965, 37966, 37967, 37979, 48002.
Technical
and editorial changes.
D
9-16-76
E
Update manual with Engineering Change Orders:
37841C, 48003, 48014, 48028A,
48029, 48030, 48098, 48101, 48140, Field ChEl.li.ge:Order 48014A.
Technical and
editorial changes. This edition obsoletes all previous editions.
NOTE: Engineering Change Order 37881B inadv~~t~ri~ly omitted from rev. D.
48056, 48086, 48113A, 48154,
Update manual with Engineerinq Change Orders:
11-23-76
48226, Technical and editorial changes.
F
2-15-77
Update manual with Enqineerinq Chanqe Orders:
and editorial changes.
48099A, 48365A.
Technical
5-l0-77
Update manual with Enqineering Change Order 48322; Field Change Orders 48365,'
Technical and editorial chanqes.
48406. 48407.
Update manual with Engineering Change Orders 48575, 48504; Field Change
Order 48504. Technical and editorial changes.
J
Update manual with Enqineerinq Chanqe Order 48477; Field Chanqe Orders 48477,
G
4-12-77
H
8-5-77
--
K
(10-10-77)
L
(12-9-77)
M
(2-28-78)
N
(4-24-78)
P
(6--26-78)
R
(8-14-78)
48490, 48494. Technical and editorial.
Manual updated to include the followinq Enqineerinq Chanqe "Ir1ers 48574
4 8630, 48690A. Technical and Edi torral chanoes.
Manual updated to include t.he following Engineer Change Orders 48602, 48744.
Technical and Editorial changes.
Manual updated to include Engineering Change Orders 55084, 48896.
Technical
and Editorial chanqes.
Manual updated to include Engineering Change Orders 48953, 48798. T.echnical
and editorial changes.
Manual updated to include Engineering Change Order 55155. Technical and
editorial changes.
Manual updated to include Engineering Change Order 55168.
Technical and
editorial changes.
K0R 0639
REVISION"LETTERS I,O,Q AND X ARE NOT USED
© 1976, 1977,
1978, 1979, 1980, 1981
by Control Data Corporation
Printed in the United States of America
ii
Address comments concerning this
manual to:
Control Data Corporation
Technical Publications Dept.
7801 Computer Avenue
Minneapolis, Mn.
55435
or use Comment Sheet in the back of
this manual.
83311300 AC
REVISION RECORD (CONTO)
DESCRIPTION
REVISION
Manual updated to include Engineering change order 55310, and 55393.
s
(10-18-78 )
Technical and Lditorial changes.
Update with Engineering Change Order 55290 and additional technical
T
(01-10-79)
U
(5-2-79)
and editorial changes.
Manual updated to include Engineering Change Orders 55521, 55520, 55534,
37826 and 55522. Additional Technical and Editorial changes.
Manual updated to include Engineering Change Orders 55658, 55523B, 55700,
V
(7-11-79 )
W
(11-6-79)
y
and Field Change Order 55700.
Additional Technical and Editorial changes.
Manual updated to include Engineering Change Orders 55798, 55812 and
additional Technical and Editorial changes.
Manual updated to include Engineering Change Order 55884.
(11-27-79)
Z
(1-11-80)
AA
(4-15-80)
AB
(7-8-80)
AC
(3-6-81)
AD
(6-20-81)
AE
Additional Technical and Editorial changes.
r.1anual updated to include Engineering Change Orders 60000 and 55844B.
Additional Technical and Editorial chanqes.
Manual updated to include Engineering Change Order 60071. Additional
Technical and Editorial changes.
Hanual updated to include Engineer.ing Change Order 55952B.
Technical and Editorial changes.
Additional
Ha!1ual undated to incornora te Enainp-p-rina rh;:mc:r p Order 60129 (Cl ass Tn
60353 and 60381. Technical and editorial chanqes.
Manual updated to incorporate Engineering Change Orders 60392, 60421 and
Field Change Order 60394.
Technical and editorial changes.
Manual updated to incorporate Engineering Change Order WOO043A.
and editorial changes.
(10-8-81)
Manual
AF
u~dated
Technical
to incorporate Engineering Change Orders DJOO029, DJOO044,
(3-5-82)
AG
DJOO072 DJOO075A. Technical and editorial changes.
Manual updated to incorporate Engineering Change Orders DJOO143A, DJOO198.
(5-18-82)
Technical and editorial changes.
Manual updated to incorporate Engineering Change Order DJ00282, Field Change
Order DJ00282. Technical and editorial changes.
AH
~
(8-31-82)
Kf/SR 0640
83311300 AH
ii. i/ii. ii
MANUAL TO EQUIPMENT LEVEL CORRELATION SHEET
This manual and the related manuals cover all configurations of the equipment as specified
in the Preface of the manual. In order to be assured that the manual(s} matches the equipment, verify that all Field Change Orders (FCOs) documented in the manual have been instal leu
in the equipment. Listed below are all the FCOs that have been documented in the manual(s},
along with the field and manufacturing effectivity of those changes. Determine the series
code of the equipment from the equipment FCO Log.
If this series code is listed in the
"Field Effectivity" column below, then the FCO number must also appear on the FCO Log to
ensure that the equipment configuration matches the manual configuration.
This correlation sheet also applies to the following related manuals:
publication No. _______________
Rev. _ __
Publication No. _______________
Rev. _____
publication No. _______________
Rev. _ __
Publication No. _______________
Rev. _____
FCO NUMBER
480l4A
48365
48406
48407
48504
48477
48490
48494
60379
60394
None
None
None
None
None
DJOO282
FIELD
EFFECTIVITY
3-09
9-13
9-13
9-13
8-15
8-15
8-15
10-15
29-36
01-37
08-43
MANUFACTURING
EFFECTIVITY
10
14
14
14
16
16
16
16
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
Above
Above
Above
Above
Above
Above
Above
Above
Above
Above
EQUIPMENT AFFECTED/COMMENTS
BJ701 A/C/E
BJ7Bl C/D
BJ7Bl A/B/E/F
BJ7Bl C/D
BJ7BlB
BJ7BlD
BJ70lB
BJ70lA-F/J/K
BJ70lA-F/J/K
,
K"R 0616A
83311300 AH
iii/iv
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Sheet_1_ of _2_
New features, as well as changes, deletions, and additions to information in this manual are
indicated by bars in the margins or by a dot near the page number if the entire page is
affected. A bar by the page number indicates pagination rather than content has changed.
PAGE
REV
PAGE
REV
PAGE
REV
Cover
Blank
Title P
ii
ii.i
Blank
iii
Blank
v
vi
vii
Blank
ix
x
xi
xii
xiii
xiv
8-1 Div
Blank
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
1-9
1-10
1-11
1-12.
1-13
1-14
1-15
1-16
1-17
1-18
1-19
1-20
8-2 Div
Blank
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
-
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-8
2-9
2-10
8-3 Div
Blank
3-1
Blank
8-3A Div
Blank
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-9
3-10
3-11
3-12
8-3B Div
Blank
3-13
3-14
3-15
3-16
3-17
3-18
, 3-19
3-20
3-21
3-22
8-3C Div
Blank
3-23
3-24
3-25
3-26
3-27
3-28
T
T
T
T
3-29
3-30
3-31
3-32
3-33
Blank
8-3D Div
Blank
3-35
3-36
3-37
3-38
3-39
3-40
3-41
3-42
3-43
3-44
3-45
3-46
3-46.1
3-46.2
3-47
3-48
3-49
3-50
3-51
3-52
3-52.1
3-52.2
3-53
3-54
3-54.1
3-·54.2
3-55
3-56
3-57
3-58
3-59
3-60
3-61
3-62
3-63
Blank
S-·4 Div
Blank
4-1
Blank
.4-2.1
Blank.
D
D
D
D
AG
AH
-
AH
-
AH
AH
AG
83311300 AH
-
AD
AD
AC
AF
AF
AC
-
D
D
K
T
D
1-1
H
D
AB
AB
AB
D
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AE
AC
AC
-:-
-
AF
T
T
T
AF
AD
D
-
D
AD
R
AD
AD
AD
AD
AF
AD
AD
-
AD
AD
AD
AD
AB
Z
AD
AD
AD
AF
-
-W
W
D
D
AC
D
P
-
F
W
U
F
R
R
F
F
F
F
T
F
F
T
F
Z
T
T
T
Z
T
T
V
U
T
U
T:
AF'
T
J
D
Z
AF
Z
AF
-
T
-
T
-
PAGE
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-17
4-18
4-19
4-20
4-21
4-22
4-23
4-24
4-25
4-26
4-27
4-28
4-29
4-30
4-31
4-32
4-33
4-34
4-35
4-36
4-37
4-38
4-39
4-40
4-41
4-42
4-43
4-44
4-45
4-46
4-47
4-48
4-49
4-50
4-51
4-52
4-53
REV
AF
AF
T
T
T
AC
AC
T
T
AF
AF
AE
AF
AE
AF
AE
AF
AH
AE
T
T
AH
AH
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AC
AC
AC
AF
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AF
AC
AC
AC
AC
PAGE
4-54
4-55
4-56
4-57
4-58
4-59
4-60
4-61
4-62
4-63
4-64
4-65
4-66
4-67
4-68
4-69
4-70
4-71
4-72
4-73
4-74
4-75
4-76
4-77
4-78
4-79
4-80
4~81
4-82
4-83
4-84
4-85
4-86
4-87
Blank
8-5 Div
5 .... 1
Blank
5-2.1
,5-2.2
5-2.3
5-2.4
5-2.5
5-2.6
5-2.7
5-2.8
5-2.9
Blank
5-3
5-4
5-5
.5-6
REV
AF
AF
AC
AF
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF '
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF .
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
-y
I
-
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
y
Y
y
y
y
. -y
v
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Sheet---.L. of ---2New features, as well as changes, deletions, and additions to information in this manual are
indicated by bars in the margins or by a dot near the page number if the entire page is
affected. A bar by the page number indicates pagination rather than content has changed.
PAGE
REV
5-7
5-8
5-9
5-10
5-11
5-12
5-12.1
5-12.2
5-13
5-14
5-15
5-16
5-16.1
Blank
5-17
5-18
5-19
5-20
5-21
5-22
5-23
5-24
5-25
5-26
8-6 Div
Blank
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-8
6-9
6-10
6-11
6-12
6-13
6-14
6-15
6-16
6-17
6-18
6-19
6-20
T
A
A
A
N
A
N
E
N
N
A
A
Z
-
Z
D
A
A
A
D
D
J
D
B
-
B
AB
AD
AB
AH
AB
AB
AG
AG
AF
AF
AF
AG
B
AG
W
AG
B
Z
B
REV
PAGE
6-21
6-22
6-23
6-24
6-25
6-26
6-27
6-28
6-29
6-30
6-30.1
6-30.2
6-31
6-32
6-33
Blank
6-34.1
6-34.2
6-35
Blank
6-37
6-38
6-39
Blank
6-41
6-42
6-42.1
Blank
6-43
'6-44
6-45
6-46
,6-46.1
6-46.2
6-46.3
6-46.4
6-46.5
6-46.6
6-47
6-48
6-49
6-50
6-51
6-52
6-53
6-54
z
Z
Z
Z
Z
AE
AE
E
E
AB
AB
AB
AB
AG
AF
-
AC
AF
AG
-
AH
AG
AG
-
AF
AD
AH
-
AD
AB
AB
V
V
AB
AB
T
AA
r
AD
AF
AB
AH
AC
AF
AG
AG
AF
PAGE
6-55
6-56
6-57
6-58
6-59
6-60
6-61
Blank
6-63
Blan]:
Appendix A
Blank
A-i
Blank
A-l
Blank
U/T Aids
Blank
A-3
A-4
A-5
A-6
A-7
DLTs
Blank
A-9
A-l0
A-ll
A-12
A-13
A-14
A-15
A-16
A-17
A-18
A-19
A-20
A-21
A-22
Procedures
Blank
A-23
A-24
A-25
A-26
REV
AF
AF
AF
U
AF
W
W
AG
-
U
-
U
-U
U
U
U
U
-
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
-
-
U
U
U
U
PAGE
A-27
A-28
A-29
Blank
AppendixB
Blank
B-i
B-1
Blank
U/T Aids
Blank
B-3
B-4
B-5
B-6
B-7
B-8
B-9
Blank
DLTs
Blank
B-ll
B-12
B-13
B-14
B-15
B-16
B-17
B-18
B-19
B-20
B-21
B-22
B-23
B-24
B-25
Blank
ProcedureE
Blank
B-27
B-28
B-29
B-30
B-31
REV
PAGE
REV
U
U
U
B-32
Cmt 8ht
Rtn Env
Blank
Cover
U
-U
-
U
-
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
-
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
AH
U
U
U
U
U
-
U
U
U
U
U
, K~R-06I1B
vi
83311300 AH
PREFACE
This manual contains maintenance information
applicable to the following Control Data®
Storage Module drives (SMD's)
I
BJ701A
BJ701B
BJ701C
BJ701D
BJ701E
BJ701F
BJ701J
BJ701K
BJ7BIA
BJ7BIB
BJ7BID
BJ7BIE
BJ7BIF
BJ7BIJ
BJ7BIK
BJ7BIL
Maintenance information is provided by six
sections in this manual. Section numbers
and a brief description of their contents
are listed below.
Section 4 - Diagrams. Contains logic diagrams and assembly schematics.
Section 5 - Wire Lists. Provides documentation on wiring for logic and
mechanical assemblies.
Section 6 - Parts Data. Contains parts lists
and illustrations showing all
field replaceable parts.
Manuals applicable to the Storage Module
Drive are as follows:
Section 1 - Installation and checkout.
Provides information on preparing the drive for initial use:
unpacking, power/signal cabling,
and initial checkout.
Section 2 - Preventive Maintenance.
Provides detailed procedures
on maintaining the equipment.
Section 3 - Corrective Maintenance. Provides
general maintenance information,
drive tests and adjustments,
trouble analysis aids, repair and
replacement procedures.
83311300 AC
Publication No.
Title
83311300
Maintenance
83317300
Reference
83322840
TB303 D/E
Maintenance
A
guide for the Disk Drive Operator, Publication number 83323770, is also available
through Literature Distribution Services at
the following address:
Control Data Corporation
Literature Distribution Services
308 North Dale St.
St. Paul, MN 55103
vii/Viii
CONTENTS
1.
INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT
Clean and Lubricate Lockshaft
2-9
Clean Carriage Rails and Bearings
2-9
Introduction
1-1
Uncrating
1-1
Cabinet Installation
1-4
Replace Absolute Filter
2-9
General
1-4
Testing Absolute Filter
2-10
. Location
1-5
Replacing Absolute Filter
2-10
Leveling and Aligning
Level 6 Maintenance Procedures
2-9
1-5
3. CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
1-5
Introduction
1-5
3A. GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
Power System Grounding
1-7
General
3-3
System Grounding
1-7
Safety Precautions
3-3
Floor Grid Available
1-8
Maintenance Tools and Materials
3-3
Floor Grid Not Available
1-8
Maintenance Preliminary Conditions
3-5
Power Wiring
Site Electrical Requirements
3-1
AC Power Connections
1-8
Interlocks
3-5
Signal Cabling
1-8
Disk Pack Installation and Removal
3-5
Sector Plug Installation
1-9
Installation
3-5
Drawer Mount Installation
1-15
Removal
3-5
Rack Mount Installation
1-15
Case Assembly Raising and Lowering
3-5
General
1-15
IX Acoustic Top Case Raising
3-5
Assembly Instructions
1-15
IX Acoustic Top Case Lowering
3-5
Slide Ass..emblies Installation
1-18
2X Acoustic Case Raising
3-6
Initial Checkout and Startup
1-20
2X Acoustic Case Lowering
3-6
Deck Maintenance position
3-6
2•
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Introduction
2-1
Raise Deck
3-6
Maintenance Materials
2-1
LO\'ler Peck
3-10
Level 2 Maintenance Procedures
2-1
Logic Chassis Maintenance Position
3-10
2-1
Side Panel Removal and Installation
3-10
2-6
Off-Line Operation
3-10
Inspect Actuator Assembly
2-6
Use of Test Software
3-10
Clean Primary Filter (All units
except Acoustic 2X)
Manual Head Positioning
3-11
2-6
Head Dusting
Level 4 Maintenance Procedures
Power On Manual Head Positioning
3-11
Power Off Manual Head Positioning
3-12
Clean Primary Filter (2X Option only) 2-6
Check Power Supply Outputs
2-6
Clean Shroud and Spindle
2-6
Preparing Drive for Off-Line Operation3-12
Preparing Drive for On-Line Operation 3-12
83311300 AD
ix
3B.
DRIVE TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
Power Up Clear
Genera::'
3-13
Plus and Minus 5-Volt Regulators
3-13
Adjustments SIC 23 & Below
3-13
Adjustments SIC 24 & Above
3-14
Head Alignment
3-14
General
3-14
Initial Setup
3-16
Servo Head Offset Check
3-17
Read/Write Heads Check and
Adjustment
3-18
3D.
3-33
REPAIR AND REPLACEt1ENT PROCEDURES
General
3-35
Blower Hotor Replacement
3-35
Brake Place Replacement
Cam Tower Replacement
3-35
3-35
Carriage and Coil Assembly
3-36
Circuit Breaker Replacement
3-37
Drive Belt
3-37
3-21
Adjustment
3-37
40 Megabyte Units
3-21
Replacement
3-37
80 Megabyte Units
3-21
Velocity Gain Adjustment
3C. TROUBLE ANALYSIS AIDS
General
3-23
Power System Checks
3-23
Output Voltages Check
3-23
Emergency Retract Test
3-23
Servo System Adjustments and Checks
3-23
General
3-23
Veloci ty Gain Check
3-23
Fine Position Amplitude Check
3-24
On Cylinder Delay Check
3-24
Coarse Velocity Integrator Check
3-24
Digital to Analog Converter Check
3-25
Velocity Transducer Gain Uniformity
Check
3-25
Fine Enable Switching Level Check
3-27
Track Servo Amplitude Check
3-27
Cylinder Pulse Switching Level Check 3-29
End of Travel Check
3-30
On Cylinder Switching Level Check
3-30
Loss of Servo Control Checks
3-31
Fine Position Offset Check
3-32
3-38
Deck Interlock Switch
(AIS4)
3-40
Adjustment
3-40
Removal/Repl~cement
3-40
Repair
3-40
3-41
Head/Arm Assemblies
Adjustment
3-41
Removal/Replacement
3-41
Repair
3-44
General
3-44
Head Inspection
3-44
Head Cleaning
3-44
Head Arm Replacement Criteria
3-45
Disk Pack Handling (CE and Data
Parts)
3-46
Disk Pack Inspection and Cleaning
3-46
3-46.1
Heads Loaded Switch
Adjustment
3-46.1
Replacement
3-46.1
Hysteresis Brake Replacement
(S/C 08 W/ 37669 & Above
3-47
PO\ver Amplifier Assembly Replac8ment
3-48
3:-33
Power Supply Replacement
3-50
3-33
Power Supply Module Repair and
Replacement (S/C 23 & Below)
3-50
Head Amplitude Test
3-32
Speed Sensing
Drive Motor Replacement (Alternate
Method)
3-46.1
3-32
Start/Stop Time
3-37
Hysteresis Brake Replacement
(S/C 08 W/O 37669 & Below)
Read/Write System Check
Miscellaneous Logic Checkout
Drive Motor Replacement
3-33
83311300 I\D
Power Supply Replacement
(SIC 24 & Above)
3-·53
Access Control (Applicable to MLVV)
4-15
Rail Bracket Assembly
3-54
Access Control (Applicable to ELVV)
4-16
Relay Replacement (K2)
3-54
Access Control (Applicable to MLVV)
4-17
Servo Preamp Board Replacement
3-54
Servo Fault, Load and RTZ
to ELVV)
(Applicable
4-18
Speed Sensor
3-54.2
3-54.2
Servo Fault, Load and RTZ
to MLVV)
(Applicable
Adjustment
Replacement
3-56
Head Select, R+W and Cylinder Fault
4-20
Spindle Assembly
3-56
Power Up Haster Clear and Voltage
Fault
4-21
Spindle Replacement
3-56
Lockshaft Replacement
3-58
Spindle/Carriage Alignment
3-59
Static Ground Spring
3-60
Adjustment
3-60
Replacemen t
3-61
Time Heter Replacement
3-61
Triac Replacement
3-61
Velocity Transducer
3-62
4. DIAGRAMS
Introduction
4-1
4-19
Miscellaneous Fault Detect + Speed
Detect (S/C 09 H/O 37381, 37869 & Blw) 4-22
Hiscellaneous Fault Detect + Speed
Detect (S/C 09 ~V/ 37831 but not 37869) 4-23
Miscellaneous Fault Detect + Speed
Detect (S/C 09 W/ 37869 & Above)
4-24
Unit Select (S/C 09 iV/O 37831, 37869
& Below)
4-25
Unit Select (S/C 09
~v/
37831
&
Above)
4-26
Transmitters
4-27
Transmitters
4-28
Receivers
4-29
Receivers
4-30
On Cylinder Sense, Emergency Retract
Control and switching Hode
4-31
9.67 and 4.84 Clock Diagrams
(CLSV Revs A-C)
4-2.1
9.67 and 4.84 Clock Diagrams
(CLSV Revs D & Above)
4-3
Power Amp Control
4-32
9.67 liliz, 19.34 HHz Clocks
4-4
Fine Servo Decoder, Part 1
4-33
Target Register, Target Hux
(Applicable to 5PEV)
4-5
Fine Servo Decoder, Part 2
4-35
Target Register, Target Hux
(Applicable to BPEV)
Fine Servo Decoder, Part 3
4-37
4-6
FHD/REV EO~ Enables, Read AN Enable,
Logic Plug and Unit Select Gating
4-40
Fine Enable, Offset Command Pulse and
Fine Position
4-41 .
Offset Command and Fine position
Analog
4-42
Su~ning
4-43
RPS Steering and Interrupt
(Applicable to 5PEV)
4-7
RPS Steering and Interrupt
(Applicable to BPEV)
4-8
Bus In Bits 0 thru 5
4-9
Bus In Bits 6 and 7, Write and Read
Gate (Applicable to 5PEV)
4-10
Bus In Bits 6 and 7, Hrite and Read
Gate (Applicable to BPEV)
4-11
Access Control and Index/Sector Decode 4-12
Reverse EOT Pulse and Hax Address
Fault
4-13
Access Control (Applicable to ELVV)
4-14
83311300 AC
Amp Output and Velocity
Seek Difference Generation
4-44
Cylinder Address Register
4-45
Difference Counter
4-46
Write Compensation - Converter,
Pattern Register and Decoder
4-47
Write Compensation - Compensated
MFH Data
4-48
xi
Analog to Digital Converter
(Applicable to ELRV only)
Analog to Digital Converter
(Applicable to ALRV + HLRV)
Power Up Sequence, Emergency Retract
& Brake Control (Applicable to BXPN
Rev A-J & CXPN Rev A-C)
4-72
Power Up Sequence, Emergency Retract
& Brake Control (Applicable to BXPN
Rev K & Above & CXPN Rev D & Above)
4-73
Chassis Map
4-74
A8 Power Amp Assembly
A9 Emergency Retract Assembly
(S/C 21 & Below)
4-75
A8 Power Amp Assembly
A9 Emergency Retract Assembly
(S/C 22 & Above)
4-76
Ferro Resonant Xfmr
Power Supply Schematic
AI, A2, A3 Assemblies
(S/C 23 & Below)
4-77
Ferro Resonant Xfmr
Power Supply Schematic
Assembly (S/C 24 & Above)
4-78
Al/A2 Assemblies
+5, -5 Volt Regulator
Assembly Al
4-79
4-60
Cabling/Block Diagrams
(S/C 09 & Below)
4-81
4-61
Cabling/Block Diagrams with
Interlock (S/C 10-23)
4-49
4-50
Lock to Data and Address Mark Detection
(Applicable to ELRV)
4-51
Address Hark Detect
(Applicable to ALRV)
4-52
Lock to Data and Address Mark Detection
(Applicable to HLRV Rev B & Below)
4-53
Lock to Data and Address Mark Detection
(Applicable to HLRV Rev C & Above)
4-54
Input Control, Data Strobe Delay
4-55
Phase/Frag Comptr, Filter and VCQ
4-56
Data Separator
4-57
Head Select and Read Preamp A5
Assembly
4-53
Write Driver, Write Current Control
A5 Assembly
4-59
Write Enable and Write Fault Detect
A5 Assembly
AlO - Control Panel Assembly (Type
BZYN)
XP~
4-02
AlO - Control Panel Assembly (Type
BZYW)
4-62
Speed Sensor Pulses (Applicable to
AXPN)
4-63
Speed Sensor Pulses (Applicable to
BXPN) Mods A-J & CXPN Mods A-C)
4-64
Cabling/Block Diagrams with BXPN
Interlock (S/C 24 & Above)
4-83
Track Servo Preamp
4-84
Tag/Bus Decodes
4-85
5. WIRE LISTS
Speed Sensor Pulses (Applicable to
BXPN 1-1ods K & Above & CXPN Mods
D & Above)
Start Triac Control, Kl Relay Control
Brush Relay Control (Applicable to
AXPN)
Start Triac Control, Kl Relay Control
Brush Relay Control (Applicable to
BXPN Rev A-J & CXPN Rev A-C)
Start Triac Control, Kl Relay Control
(Applicable to BXPN Rev K & Above &
CXPN Rev D & Above)
Wire Wrap Wire Lists
5-1
Non-Logic Wire Lists
5-1
Logic Backpanel Wirewrap
5-2.1
Base Assembly Wire List
5-7
Cable Assembly W4 Wire List
5-9
W5 Harness Wire List (S/C 09 & Blw)
5-11
W5 Harness Wire List (S/C 10 & Abv)
5-12.1
4-67
4-68
4-69
Speed 8 Interlocks (Applicable to
BXPN) Rev A-J & CXPN Rev A;"C)
4-70
xii
5-1
4-66
Speed 8 Interlocks (Applicable to
AXPN)
Speed 8 Interlocks (Applicable to
BXPN Rev K & Above CXPN Rev D
& Above
Introduction
4-65
DC Harness W6 Wire List
5-13
WlO Cable Assembly, Wire List
5-14
W12 Cable Assembly 'Wire List
5-15
Power Amp Driver Wire List
5-16
AC Harness Wire List
5-16.]
4-71
83311300 AC
I/O Cable dire List
5-18
6. PARTS DATA
Fan Cable Wire List
5-25
Introduction
6-1
Transducer Cable W/L
5-26
Card Complement
6-63
FIGURES
1-1
Drive Physical Configurations
1-2
2-S
Drilling of Absolute Filter
2-10
1-2
Pack Cover
1-3
3-1
Control Interlocks
3-6.1
1-3
Drive Shipping Hardware
1-4
3-2
Drive Maintenance Position
(S/C 17 & Above)
Cabinet Without Drawer Ivlount
Space Requirements
3-6.2
-1-4
1-5
\
'-.. -
1-5
3-2.1 Drive Maintenance Position
(S/C 16 & Below)
3-7
Cabinet with Drawer Mount
Space Requirements
1-6
3-3
Hagnet Cover and Voice Coil
3-9
1-6
Line Current vs Start Up Time
1-7
3-4
Power Supply Adjustment
(S/C 23 & Below)
3-11
1-7
AC Power Plug
l-S
l-S
TBI Input Wiring
1-9
3-4.1 Power Supply Adjustment
(S/C 24 & Above)
3-12
1-9
Basic Cable Routing with
Drawer Mount
1-10
1-10
System Cabling
1-12
3-5.1 Head Alignment Setup
3-15
1-11
Sector Plug Installation
1-16
3-5.2 Balanced Dibit Pattern
3-16
1-12
Cabinet Before Drawer Mount
Installation
1-16
3-6
Head Arm Alignment
3 - 6 • 1 Velocity Gain wavefonn - 40 Megabyte
3-16.2
3-17
Cabinet After Drawer Mount
Installation
3-6.2 Velocity Gain Wavefonn - SO Megabyte
3-7
Velocity Gain Adjustment
Locations
3-lS
1-16
1-13
1-14
3-5
Ballast and Front Panel
Installation
1-17
Rear Door Ground/Fan Cable
Installation
I-IS-
1-16
Slide Assembly
1-19
2-1
positioning Head Arm Assemblies
2-2
2-2
Typical Formation of Oxide
Particles on Head Pad
2-3
1-15
3-S
3-9
Basic Head Alignment Check and
Adjustment Procedure
3-14
3-lS
Fine Position Amplitude Waveform 3-24
Coarse Velocity Integrator
~vaveform
3-25
Digital to Analog Converter
Output vJaveform
3-26
3-11
Integrated Velocity Waveform
3-27
2-3
3-12
Fine Enable Switching Waveform
3-28
Using Super Dry Dust Remover
2-3
3-13
Track Servo Amplitude Waveform
3-28
2-4
Wiping Head Pads
2-4
3-14
Shorted Servo Head Haveform
3-29
2-5
Returning Head Arm Assemblies to
Retracted Position
2-5
3-15
Blower Ivlotor Replacement
3-36
3-16
Drive Motor Assembly
3-39
2-6
Air Filter Locations (All units
except Acoustic 2X)
2-7
3-17
Pulley Installation
3-40
Cabinet Filters
only)
2-8
3-18
Head Replacement - Right "Side View 3-41
3-19
Head Replacement - Left Side View 3-42
2-7
(Acoustic 2X
2-7.1 Carriage Rails and Bearings
S3311300 AC
3-10
2-9
xiii
3-20
Typical Head Arm Components
3-44
6-6
2X Rear Door Assembly
6-16
3-21
Head Cleaning Notion
3-45
6-7
IX Front Door Assembly
6-18
3-22
Heads Loaded Switch
3-46.2
6-8
IX Side Panel Assembly
6-20
3-22.1 Hysteresis Brake Replacement
3-47
6-9
Top Case Assembly
6-22
3-23
Servo Preamp Connector
3- 48
6-10
Lower Case Assembly
6-24
3-24
Servo Preamp Housing
3-49
6-11
Acoustic Pack Access Assembly
6-26
3-25
Power Amplifier Assembly
3-49
6-12
Control Panel Assembly
6-28
3-26
Transistor Assembly
3-49
6-13
I/O Cable Assembly
6-30
3-27
Power Supply Module Repair and
Replacement (S/C 23 & Below)
6-14
Base Assembly
6-32
3-51
6-15
Deck Assembly
6-38
Power Supply Replacement
($/C 24 & Above)
3-53
6-16
Power Supply Assembly
(S/C 23 & Below)
6-44
3-29
Servo Preamp Board Replacement
3-55
3-30
Speed Sensor Adjustment
3-56
6-16.1 Storage Module Power Supply
Assembly (S/C 24 & Above)
6-46
3-31
Spindle Replacement
3-57
6-16.2 Component AssemblYJ Type XKV
6-46.2
3-32
Spindle/Carriage Alignment
3-59
6-17
Logic Chassis Assembly
6-46.6
3-33
Static Ground Spring
3-60
6-18
Drive Motor Assembly
6-48
3-34
Velocity Transducer Replacement
3-63
6-19
Spindle Assembly
,6-50
6-1
Final Assembly - IX Option
6-2
6-20
Power Amp Assembly
6-52
6-2
Final Assembly - 2X Option
6-6
6-21
Carriage and Coil Assembly
6-54
6-3
IX Frame Assembly
6-10
6-22
Magnet Assembly
6-56
6-4
2X Acoustic Option
6-12
6-23
Rail Bracket Assembly
6-58
6-5
IX Rear Door Assembly
6-14
6-24
Emergency Retract Assembly
6-60
3-28
TABLES
1-1
Installation Requirements
1-5
1-5
Sector Plug Wiring
1-14
1-2
Power Requirements
1-6
2-1
Preventive Maintenance Index
2-1
1-3
I/O Connector Pin Assignments
1-11
3-1
Maintenance Tools and Materials
3-4
1-4
Accessories
1-13
Appendix B for SMDs with Series
Code 23 (S/C 23) and Below
B-i
APPENDIXES
A-I
xiv
Appendix A for SMDs with Series
Code 24 (S/C 24) and Above
B-1
A-i
83311300 AC
I/O Cable riire List
5-18
6. PARTS DATA
Fan Cable Wire List
5-25
Introduction
6-1
Transducer cable W/L
5-26
Card Complement
6-63
FIGURES
1-1
Drive Physical Configurations
1-2
2-8
Drilling of Absolute Filter
2-10
1-2
Pack Cover
1-3
3-1
Control Interlocks.
3-7
1-3
Drive Shipping Hardware
1-4
3-2
Drive Maintenance Position
(S/C 17 & Above)
3-8
.1-4
Cabinet Without Drawer Mount
Space Requirements
3-2.1 Drive Maintenance Position
(S/C 16 & Below)
3-9
1-5
Cabinet with Drawer Mount
Space Requirements
1-6
3-3
Magnet Cover and Voice Coil
3-11
1-6
Line Current vs Start Up Time
1-7
3-4
Power Supply Adjustment
(S/C 23 & Below)
3-13
1-7
AC Power Plug
1-8
1-8
TBI Input Wiring
1-9
3-4.1 Power Supply Adjustment
(S/C 24 & Above)
3-14
1-9
Basic Cable Routing.with
Drawer Mount
1-10
1-10
System Cabling
1-12
3-5.1 Head Alignment Setup
3-16
1-11
Sector Plug Installation
1-16
3-5.2 Head Alignment Waveform
3-17
1-12
Cabinet Before Drawer Mount
Installation
1-16
3-6
Head Arm Alignment
3-6.1 Velocity Gain wavefonn - 40 Megabyte
3-19
3-21
Cabinet After Drawer Mount
Installation
3-6.2 Velocity Gain Wavefonn - 80 Megabyte
3-22
1-16
Velocity Gain Adjustment
Locations
3-22
1-5
1-13
1-14
3-5
Ballast and Front Panel
Installation
1-17
Rear Door Ground/Fan Cable
Installation
1-18
1-16
Slide Assembly
1-19
2-1
Positioning Head Arm Assemblies
2-2
2-2
Typical Formation of Oxide
Particles on Head Pad
2-3
3-7
Basic Head Alignment Check and
Adjustment Procedure
3-15
3-8
Fine Position Amplitude Waveform 3-24
3-9
Coarse Velocity Integrator
Waveform
3-25
Digital to Analog Converter
Output Waveform
3-26
3-11
Integrated Velocity Waveform
3-27
2-3
3-12
Fine Enable switching Waveform
3-28
Using Super Dry Dust Remover
2-3
3-13
Track Servo Amplitude Waveform
3-28
2-4
Wiping Head Pads
2~4
3-14
Shorted Servo Head Waveform
3-29
2-5
Returning Head Arm Assemblies to
Retracted position
2-5
3-15
Blower Motor Replacement
3-36
3-16
Drive Motor Assembly
3-39
2-6
Air Filter Locations
except Acoustic 2X)
3-17
Pulley Installation
3-40
3-10
Head Replacement - Right "Side View 3-41
3-19
Head Replacement - Left Side View 3-42
1-15
2-7
(All units
cabinet Filters (Acoustic 2X
only)
2-7
2-8
""... -_.
2-7.1 Carriage Rails and Bearings
83311300 AD
3-10
2-9
xiii
3-20
Typical Head Arm Components
3-21
Head Cleaning Motion
3-22
Heads Loaded Switch
6-6
2X Rear Door Assembly
6-16
3-45
6-7
IX Front Door Assembly
6-18
3-46.2
6-8
IX Side Panel Assembly
6-20
3-22.1 Hysteresis Brake Replacement
3-47
6-9
Top Case Assembly
6-22
3-23
Servo Preamp Connector
3- 48
6-10
Lower Case Assembly
6-24
3-24
Servo Preamp Housing
3-49
6-11
Acoustic Pack Access Assembly
6-26
3-25
Power Amplifier Assembly
3-49
6-12
Control Panel Assembly
6-28
3-26
Transistor Assembly
3-49
6-13
I/O Cable Assembly
6-30
3-27
Power Supply Module Repair and
Replacement (S/C 23 & Below)
6-14
Base Assembly
6-32
3-51
6-15
Deck Assembly
6-38
Power Supply Replacement
(p/C 24 & Above)
3-53
6-16
Power Supply Assembly
(S/C 23 & Below)
6-44
3-29
Servo Preamp Board Replacement
3-55
3-30
Speed Sensor Adjustment
3-56
6-16.1 Storage Module Power Supply
Assembly (S/C 24 & Above)
6-46
3-31
Spindle Replacement
3-57
6-16.2 Component Assembly, Type XKV
6-46.2
3-32
Spindle/Carriage Alignment
3-59
6-17
Logic Chassis Assembly
6-46.6
3-33
Static Ground Spring
3-60
6-18
Drive Motor Assembly
6-48
3-34
Velocity Transducer Replacement
3-63
6-19
Spindle Assembly
·6-50
6-1
Final Assembly - IX Option
6-2
6-20
Power Amp Assembly
6-52
6-2
Final Assembly - 2X Option
6-6
6-21
Carriage and Coil Assembly
6-54
6-3
IX Frame Assembly
6-10
6-22
Magnet Assembly
6-56
6-4
2X Acoustic Option
6-12
6-23
Rail Bracket Assembly
6-58
6-5
IX Rear Door Assembly
6-14
6-24
Emergency Retract Assembly
6-60
3-28
TABLES
1-1
Installation Requiremen ts
1-5
1-5
Sector Plug Wiring
1-14
1-2
Power Requirements
1-6
2-1
Preventive Maintenance Index
2-1
1-3
I/O Connector Pin Assignments
1-11
3-1
Maintenance Tools and Materials
3-4
1-4
Accessories
1-13
Appendix B for SMDs with Series
Code 23 (S/C 23) and Below
B-i
APPENDIXES
A-I
xiv
Appendix A for SMDs with Series
Code 24 (S/C 24) and Above
B-1
A-i
83311300 AC
SECTION 1
INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT
\
,
1
INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT
INTRODUCTION
This section contains information concerning
the initial installation and checkout of the
drive.
The drive comes from the factory in anyone
of three configurations (refer to figure
1-1) :
•
Cabinet with drive on top.
•
Cabinet with drive on top and also a
drawer mounted drive.
e
Drawer mount to be mounted in an
available cabinet.
UNCRATING
CAUTION
As unit is uncrated,use tools
carefully to prevent damage to
any assembly.
As unit is uncrated, inspect it for possible
shipping damage. All claims for this type
of damage should be filed promptly with the
transporter involved.
If a claim is filed
for damages, save the original crating materials.
Most crating material may be
reused if reasonable care is used while uncrating.
Uncrate the unit as follows:
The basic configuration is a cabinet with a
drive mounted on top. This basic configuration is expanded by adding a drawer mounted
unit to the lower part of the cabinet. The
drawer mount can be factory installed or may
come separately, in which case it must be
installed in a cabinet not already containing a drawer mount.
This section contains procedures for installation of all three configurations and is
divided into the following areas:
o
Uncrating - Describes the removal of
the unit from the shipping package.
o
Cabinet Location and Leveling Describes installation of the drive
cabinet (with or without drawer mounted
drive) .
Use care while cutting steel
straps as they may whip when
cut.
1. On air-shipped units, cut straps securing unit to skid.
2. Remove external packing material.
3. Remove polyethylene dust cover.
o
o
Power Wiring - Explains the grounding
and wiring of the drives power system.
Signal Cabling - Explains the connection and routing of the drive I/O
cables.
o
Sector Plug Installation - Describes
the installation and wiring of the
sector plug.
o
Drawer Mount Installation - Describes
installation of the drawer mounted
drive into the cabinet.
Q
Final Checkout - Describes the final
checkout of the drive.
83311300
D
4. Open top cover by grasping sides of
cover at back of unit and raising
(cover is hinged at front of frame)
cover up.
5. Open pack access cover by squeezing
cover latch (figure 1-2).
6. Remove screw securing deck assembly to
deck holddown bracket (figure 1-3).
Loosen screw securing bracket to base
assembly. Slide bracket away from deck
as far as bracket will go and rotate
bracket 90 degrees clockwise. Tighten
screw.
Install screw removed from deck
into hole in deck, tighten screw.
7. Remove two deck-to-frame holddown
screws at bottom of shroud (figure 1-3).
8. Raise deck assembly and install deck
support bracket (figure 3-2).
1-1
CABINET WITH TOP MOUNTED
DRIVE
DRAWER
MOUNT DRIVE
CABINET WITH BOTH TOP
MOUNT AND DRAWER MOUNTED DRIVES
Figure 1-1.
9027
Drive Physical configurations
83311300
1-2
D
9. Inspect base assembly, deck assembly
and power supply for damage.
10. Raise deck assembly and remove deck
support bracket.
11. Secure deck assembly to base assembly
using deck-to-frame hold down screws
removed in step 7.
NOTE
Do not raise deck without
first installing spacer and
holddown screw between rear
shock mounts and hinge as
shown in figure 1-3.
13. Inspect top of deck assembly for damage.
14. Loosen two turn lock fasteners securing
the logic chassis to the support arm at
rear of deck.
Swing support arm out
away from logic chassis.
15. Grasp logic chassis fan and raise chassis up.
Lock chassis in this position
using slide bar on top of magnet assembly (figure 1-3) .
16. Inspect logic chassis connectors and
wiring for loose or broken wires. Make
sure all logic cards are firmly seated
in connectors.
12. Remove the screw located between the two
shock mounts at rear of deck (figure
1-3). Remove spacer between deck and
frame.
Install screw and spacer in
keeper hole in deck casting (screw must
be securely installed in area between
shock mounts whenever raising deck assembly) .
17. Lower logic chassis and secure chassis
in place using support arm and two turnlock fasteners.
18. Remove carriage locking pin and place it
in storage hole (refer to figure 1-3).
19. Close top cover and pack access cover.
'-
9D28
Figure 1-2. Pack Cover
83311300 K
1-3
20. On cabinet model, replace right side
panel.
CABINET INSTALLATION
GENERAL
NOTE
If unit will not be placed on
a false floor, install levelers
before removing unit from skid.
The cabinet installation involved determining a suitable l0cation and then leveling
and aligning the unit once it is located.
21. Manually lift drive and remove skid
from underneath.
NOTE:
CARRIAGE LOCKING HOLE (SHIPPING)
Figure 1-3. Drive Shipping Hardware
1-4
83311300 K
LOCATION
LEVELING AND ALIGNING
When the drive is installed, there must be
enough clearance around the unit to permit
access to it for maintenance. Table 1-1 and
figures 1-4 and 1-5 give the size and space
requirements of the drive.
The following procedure describes the leveling and aligning of the cabinet.
1. Roll cabinet to designated location.
2. Turn down leveling pads until casters
are completely off of floor.
TABLE 1-1.
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
Specification
3. Place spirit level on main deck so ends
of level point to front and rear of
deck. Level unit to height of other units.
Value
Cabinet
4. Adjust leveling pads until surface is
horizontal within three angular degrees.
Height
(36.2 in)
Width
(21.5 in)
Depth
(36.0 in)
Weight
(345 lb)
5. Place spirit level on main deck so ends
of level point toward sides.
6. Adjust leveling pads until surface is
horizontal within three angular degrees.
7. Repeat procedure until main deck is
horizontal within three angular degrees
regardless of spirit level orientation.
Drawer Mount
Height
(11.2 in)
width
(19.3 in)
POWER WIRING
Depth
(30.6 in)
SITE ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
Weight
(165 lb)
Drive power requirements are listed in table
1-2. Drive line current versus startup time
is shown in figure 1-6.
r-
9.0-'l1I1tEE: - - - - - 36.0----~--18.5 ~
~-----------------------------------------,~~
/'
";~
,,/ ,/,' ;A,
//
//
/36.0
~
I
61.0
SIDE VIEW
36.2
REAR VIEW
o
o
NOTES:
CLEARANCE TO NEAREST OBSTACLE MUST BE
MINIMUM OF 19 IN. FOR MAINTENANCE PURPOSES.
2. DIMENSIONS ARE GIVEN IN INCHES.
o
CD
Figure 1-4.
83311300 D
9029
Cabinet Without Drawer Mount Space Requirements
1-5
1
'4 5
.
T
~
•
I
I
I
I
I
,
I
I
,
I
,
,
I
I
I
~
I
,
I
39.2
I
I
,
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
22.2
I
t:~::~::wIJ~--
________________~
"""""~,~,~,~""~~~""'~,~""""
NOTE:
I.
Figure 1-5.
DIMENSIONS ARE GIVEN IN INCHES.
Cabinet With Drawer Mount Space Requirements
TABLE 1-2.
POWER REQUIREMENTS
Value
Specifications
AC Power Input
Options
I
Power Used With
Disks and Carriage
in motion
I
9030
Voltage
Phase
--
Freg;uency
100 (±10) V ac
60 (+.6, -1.2) Hz
1
100 (±10) V ac
50 (+.5, -I) Hz
1
120 (+8, -18) V ac
60 (+.6, -1) Hz
1
220 (+15, -25) V ac
50 (+.5, -I) Hz
1
240 (+17, -27) V ac
50 (+.5, -l) Hz
1
Power Input
Max Line
Current
Power
Consumption
Power
Factor
100 V 60 Hz
6.2 A
0.55 KW
.80
100 V 50 Hz
7.0 A
0.69 KW
.77
120 V 60 Hz
6.6 A
0.47 KW
.70
220 V 50 Hz
4.9 A
0.70 KW
.60
240 V 50 Hz
5.1 A
0.75 KW
.57
Table continued on next page.
1-6
83311300 H
TABLE 1-2.
POWER REQUIREMENTS (CONT'D)
Value
Specifications
Power Used With
Disks and Carriage
at Rest
Start Up Current
Power Input
Max Line
Current
Power
ConsumEtion
100 V 60 Hz
1.3 A
0.13 KW
0.9
100 V 50 Hz
1.5 A
0.17 KW
0.9
120 V 60 Hz
1.4 A
0.14 KW
0.9
220 V 50 Hz
1.4 A
0.30 KW
0.9
240 V 50 Hz
1.5 A
0.35 KW
0.9
I
Refer to figure 1-6
Power System Grounding
secure and have ground straps or their
equivalent joining them to assure a
constant ground potential. In turn,the
grid must be connected to earth ground.
An alternate qualified floor ground is
a grounding grid or grounding bus system provided under the false floor.
The site ac power system must have provisions
for correct equipment safety grounding. All
of the following conditions must be met.
1. The branch circuit supplying ac power
to the drive must have safety ground
provisions. Therefore, this current
must include an insulated grounding
conductor that is identical to the
grounded and ungrounded branch circuit
conductors. The insulated grounding
conductor shall show either a green
color or green with a yellow strip.
2. Controller and drives connected to
otherwise qualified floor grid, except
that floor grid is isolated from earth
ground.
In this case, controller is
then connected to earth ground to
ground the system.
3. No site floor grid available: controller
and drives connected to each other in a
daisy chain configuration.
Controller
connected to earth ground.
2. The grounding conductor specified in
step 1 is to be grounded at the service
equipment.
3. All power receptacles (including convenience outlets for oscilloscopes and
other test equipment) must be at a common ground potential to prevent shock
hazards if two equipments are touched
simultaneously. Therefore, all attachment-plug receptacles in the vicinity
of the drive are to be the grounding
type; furthermore, the grounding conductors serving these receptacles are
to be connected to the same grounding
conductor that serves the drive.
I
40
The controller and its attached drives must
be connected to earth ground. The permissible
grounding schemes,listed in preferred order,
are:
1. Controller and drives connected to
qualified site floor ground. A qualified ground would be a floor grid
where the horizontal and vertical
members of the grid are mechanically
I
foLJ
(j)
~
0::
u)
IZ
. 60Hz
'1~ \
"" ~~
~ 30
.$
I
220,2<;0 VAC
-~Hz
y
W
~
20
;:)
u
w
z
:J
System Grounding
83311300 M
Power
Factor
~ 10
~~
............:
~
x
<:{
~
o
o
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
MAXIMUM START-UP TIME (SECONDS)
8J76A
Figure 1-6. Line Current vs Start Up Time
1-7
Floor Grid Available
If a floor grid is available (schemes 1 or
2), each drive is to be individually connected to the floor grid. Ground each drive
as follows:
1. Grounding terminal is mounted at the
rear of unit, above the AC power cord.
Route braided strap with free end into
floor cutout.
2. Drill 11/32-inch hole in grid.
3. Secure strap lug to grid using screw
(P/N 17901524) and lockwasher (P/N
10126403). Lockwasher goes under
terminal lug.
Floor Grid Not Available
If a floor grid is not available, all of the
drives must be connected to the controller
in a daisy ch~in grounding configuration. In
turn, the controller must be connected to
earth ground.
The ground connections are via flat braided
shielding (P/N 93267009). Cut this shielding to the lengths required to go from drive
to drive,drive to controller,and controller
to earth ground. Crimp and solder a terminal
lug (P/N 40125601) to the end of each strap.
The 220/240 Vac, 50 Hz unit does not have an
ac power connector, install connector to
power (refer to figure 1-7) as follows:
-
Green or green/yellow wire to Ground
Terminal.
-
Black to Phase One.
-White to Neutral Terminal.
The input power is available at
board TBI. This terminal board
under the deck and ahead of the
it is accessible by raising the
drive is adapted to the desired
option by wiring terminal board
ing to figure 1-8.
terminal
is located
transformer,
deck. The
input voltage
TBI accord-
The power cable is routed out of the drive
cabinet as shown in figure 1-9.
Signal Cabling
Each drive connects to the controller via
two cables. These are designated the A cable
and the B cable (refer to table 1-3 for pin
assignments) .
The B cable always connects directly to the
controller. However, if more than one drive
Earth ground at the site may be-available at
the main power distribution panel (if it is
connected to building ground), at the steel
plate in contact with the masonry below the
panel (if the panel is not connected to
earth ground), or to an earth ground bus.
Connect one end of a prepared ground strap
to the available ground.
Connect remainder of grounds as follows:
1. Grounding terminal is mounted at the
rear of unit,above the AC power cord.
2. Attach two ground straps to this screw.
One strap will go to each of the two
closest drives. Tighten screws.
3. Repeat step 2 for remaining drives.
Drive closest to controller is to be
connected to controller ground.
4. Connect controller to earth ground.
PHASE ONE
(BRASS)
(Dc?~
'\
.........----..
r-I
+
NEUTRAL
(BRIGHT PLATED
TERMINAU
---m
MALE CONNECTOR
(120V, 15A, 60 Hz,
AC Power Connections
Each drive (except the 220/240 Vac, 50 Hz
units) receives its ac power via a 10-foot
cable. This cable originates from line
filter FLI located in the rear of the drive
below the power supply.
1-8
10 2 POLE,3 WIRE)
9032
Figure 1-7.
AC Power Plug
83311300
D
VOLTAGE OPTION
60 HZ 60 HZ 50 HZ 50 HZ 50 H2
100V 120V 100V 220V 240 V
CBIBI
I
CBIBI
CBI- CBI81 4I 81
8LKCD
WHT®
C8181
~
ORNCD
GRY@
~
T
E
R
M
I
N
A
L
2
-
CB22
I,
C822
3
-
II
~
til
8RNCD
8LK®
•
-'
~
YEL
C822
4
..
TO @
TRANSFORMER
TI
~
f--
CB22
5
GRY
..
WHT
...,.
r-C822
6
NOTES:
WIRE COLOR FOR 50 HZ UNITS.
2 WIRE COLOR FOR 60 HZ UNITS.
3 REFER TO SECTION 5 - BASE ASSY W/L.
4 .---.INOICATES JUMPER WIRE.
~
Figure 1-8.
TBI Input Wiring
is involved in the system, the A cable may
be either star or daisy chain connected.
Figure 1-10 shows both configurations.
When connected in a star configuration, each
drive A cable connects directly to the controller and the extra A cable connector
(~sed for daisy chaining) is terminated.
When connected in a daisy chain, the drives
are connected as shown in figure 1-10. In
this case, only the A cable of the first
drive in the chain connects directly to the
controller, and the others connect via the
daisy chain. The last drive in the chain is
left with an extra A cable connector and
this is terminated.
',---
Figure 1-9 shows a possible method of routing the cables within the cabinet. This
figure shows the cabinet with a drawer
mounted drive installed and the two drives
connected in a daisy chain configuration. If
the drives were connected in a star configuration the extra A cable connectors (J4)
would be terminated.
In cases where the drawer mounted drive is
not installed, the jumper A cable is replaced
by a normal A cable to the next drive in the
daisy chain (or a terminator if it is the
last drive in the chain or is star connected).
83311300 M
90318
I
SECTOR PLUG INSTALLATION
The number of sector pulses generated by the
drive for each revolution of the disk pack
depends on the configuration of its sector
plug. This plug is installed on the logic
backpanel at card location A03 and its
terminals have a one to one correspondence
with the backpanel pins. This means that
terminal lA on the plug connects to pin lA
on the backpanel and so on.
The plug furnishes preset inputs to the
drives sector counter and table 1-5 shows
the binary value of each sector plug
terminal. The drive comes from the factory
with its sector plug prewired for 64 sectors.
If a different number of sectors is desired,
it is necessary to rewire the plug.
Prior to rewiring the plug, the correct preset value for the counter must be determine~
This is done using the following formula
(refer to Publication Number 83317300 for
more information) .
4096 - Length of Sector
Preset Value
Where: length of sector
13440 (total dibits per revolutioro
Number of Desired Sectors
1-9
gEE NOTE 2
GROUND
STRAP
POWER
CABLE
CABLE
TIE (4)
AANDB
CABLE
NOTES:
1.
2.
REFER TO TABLE 1-4 FOR PART NUMBERS
OF ACCESSORIES.
REPLACED BY TERMINATOR IF IT IS LAST DRIVE
IN DAISY CHAIN OR STAR CONNECTED.
Figure 1-9.
1-10
9D33B
Basic Cable Routing with Drawer Mount
83311300
E
TABLE 1-3.
I/O CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENTS
Cable A (J3,J4)
Pins
Cable A (J3 ,J4)
Function
Pins
Cable B (J2)
Function
Pins
Function
1,4
Tag Gate Out
34,37
Bus Out Bit 5
A, B.,C*
R/W Data
2,5
Tag Gate In
35,38
Bus Out Bit 6
H,J,E*
Write Clock
3,7
Bus In Bit 1
36,39
Bus Out Bit 7
M,N,K*
Servo Clock
8,12
Bus In Bit 4
40,43
Not used
AA,CC
Seek End
10,13
Index
41,44
Not used
BB,DD
Module
Addressed
11,14
Bus In Bit 7
42,45
Bus In Bit 0
Interrupt
Bus In Bit 2
46,49
Tag 1 (2 0 )
EE,HH
15,18
16,20
Bus In Bit 5
48,51
Tag 2 (21)
17,21
Bus In Bit 3
52,55
Tag 3 (22)
22,25
MJdule Select Hold
53,56
Write Protect**
23,26
Bus Out Bit 0
73
Remote Pick**
24,27
Bus Out Bit 1
76
Remote Hold**
28,31
Bus Out Bit 2
74,77
Sector
29,32
Bus Out Bit 3
75,78
Bus In Bit 6
30,33
Bus Out Bit 4
NOTES:
*Shield ground.
**S/C 10 and Above Only
TABLE 1-4.
Accessory
ACCESSORIES
Part Number
A Cable
CDC 77439104
A Cable Jumper
CDC 40020504
B Cable
CDC 75241303
Cable Ties
CDC 94277406
Tie Wrap
CDC 94277401
Terminator
CDC 40067209
Depending on the number of sectors desired,
the sector length mayor may not come out
evenly (without a remainder). How this is
taken into account when using the formula
is explained in the following examples.
83311300
F
EXAMPLE 1:
a. 64 sectors are desired so sector
length is: 13440/64 which equals 210.
This means there will be 64 sectors
each 210 dibits in length.
b. Substituting into the preset value
formula:
4096 - 210 = 3886.
c. Referring to table 1-5, the plug is
wired as follows:
2B(2l1)
2A(2 10 )
3B(2 9 )
3A (2 8 )
9B(2 5 )
13A(2 3 )
l4B(22)
14A (21)
3886
Should
be a
logical
one and
connect
to
terminal
5A (+5V)
8B(2 7 )
8A(2 6 )
9A(2 4 )
15B(20)
210
Should
be a
logical
zero and
connect
to
terminal
lA (GND)
1-11
CONTROLLER
SYSTEM
GROUND
A
8
B
A
J3 J4 J2
J3
A
B
A
J2
J3
8
L1
T
T
E
R
M
E
R
M
J3
J4
J2
SMD
I
J4
SMD
SMD
2
3
J4
J2
SMD
N
STAR-CABLED SYSTEM
MAXIMUM INDIVIDUAL A AND 8 CABLE LENGTHS = 100 FT.
.& TERMINATORS
NOT REQUIRED ON OLDER UNITS WHICH
HAVE TERMINATORS ON RECEIVER CARDS.
CONTROLLER.
SYSTEM
GROUND
A
B
B
B
B
--f
J3 J4
SMD
I
J2
SMD
2
J3
J4
J2
MAXIMUM CUMULATIVE A CABLE LENGTH = 100 FT.
MAXIMUM INDIVIDUAL B CABLE LENGTH = 100 FT.
* EXCLUDES INTERNAL DRIVE CABLE.
1-12
J2
SMD
SMD
3
DAISY CHAIN -CABLED SYSTEM
Figure 1-10.
J3 J4
N
*
9FI6
System Cabling
83311300
D
TABLE l-4.
ACCESSORIES
Cable and Accessories List
Cable Length
1.53
3.05
4.58
6.10
7.63
9.16
12.2
15.3
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
m
(5 ft)
(10 ft)
(15 ft)
(20 ft)
(25 ft)
(30 ft)
(40 ft)
(50 ft)
I/O Plug Terminator
A Cable *
(Shielded)
A Cable
(Unshielded)
B Cable *
(Shielded)
B Cable
(Unshielded)
77569702
77569703
77569704
77569705
77569706
77569707
77569708
77569709
77439102
77439103
77439104
77439105
77439106
77439107
77439108
77439109
47201700
47201701
47201702
47201703
47201713
47201704
47201714
47201705
75141300
75241301
75241302
75241303
75241313
75241304
75241314
75241305
- Part Number 40067209
A Cable Straight-In Kit - Part Number 95050700**
Notes:
Shielded A and B cables are used in high noise enviroments.
*
** Kit used to modify 90° connector (standard on factor~ un£ts)
to 1800 connector.
Depending on the number of sectors desired,
the sector length mayor may not come out
evenly (without a remainder). How this is
taken into account when using the formula
is explained in the following examples.
EXM1PLE T:
a.
64 sectors are desired so sector
length is: l3440/64 which equals
2l0. This means there will be 64
sectors each 210 dibits in length.
83311300 AC
b.
Substituting into the preset value
formula:
4096 - 210 == 3886.
c.
Referring to table 1-5, the plug is
wired as follows:
11
2B(2 )
2A (2l 0 )
3B (2~)
3A (2 )
5
9B (2
l3A (22 1
14B (2 l )
T4A (2 1
3886
1
Should
be a
logical
one and
connect
to
terminal
5A (+5V)
8B (2~)
8A (2 )
9A (2 4 )
15 (2 0 )
~
Should
be a
logical
zero and
connect
to
terminal
lA (GND)
1-13
I
TABLE 1-5.
Plug
Terminal
2B
2A
Binary
Value
211
2
Decimal
Value
NOTE:
2048
10
3B
3A
8B
8A
9B
9A
l3A
l4B
l4A
lSB
9
28
27
26
2
5
,,4
23
22
21
20
256
128
64
32
16
8
4
2
1
2
1024
SECTOR PLUG WIRING
512
~
Those terminals to be set to a logical one should be connected to terminal SA
(+SV) •
Those terminals to be set to a logical zero should be connected to plug terminal
lA (gnd) •
EXAMPLE 2:
2. Compute the desired sector length and
preset value then determine the proper
wiring by referring to table 1-5.
a. 71 sectors are desired so sector length
is: 13440/71 which equals 189 with a
remainder of 21. This means there will
be 71 sectors each 189 dibits in length
and one sector (the last before index)
21 dibits in length.
NOTE
In steps 3 and 4, use 24 AWG
wire of the correct length with
a contact crimped to each end.
Refer to figure 1-11 for details.
b. Substituting into the preset value
formula (note that the remainder of 21
is not used):
4096 - 189 = 3907
3. Daisy chain together all the terminals
that are to be a logical one and connect the daisy chain to terminal SA
(+SV) .
c. In this case the sector plug should be
wired to preset the counter to 3907.
The correct wiring is determined using
table 1-5 (refer to example 1).
4. Daisy chain together all the terminals
that are to be a logical zero and connect the daisy chain to terminal lA
(ground) .
The procedure for wiring the sector plug is
as follows (~efer to figure 1-11 and table
1-5) :
5. Insert a wire and contact pin into all
unused terminals in rows 1 through 6
and rows 30 through 34 (refer to fi~e 1-11).
1. Remove the existing jumper wires from
the plug.
NOTES:
---rr
THIS SIDE
PLUGS ONTO
BACKPANEL
PINS
Figure 1-11.
I
1-14
=:
SHIPPING LOCK HOLE
================:4
o
r:::::Q:J;
l
lJ>i
2
3
4
5
!~
(I)
CI:J
)
BOTTOM~~'=================1f
COVER
DISK
~
PIN
STORAGE
HOLE
HEAD
ALIGNMENT
TOOL
~
OPTIMUM POSITION
OF SERVO HEAD
ARM ADJUSTMENT
SLOT
HEAD ARM
illf:~:; :::,MENT
lj
ALIGNMENT'
SLOT
tCsTANCES
APPROX.
EQUAL
Figure 3-6.
3-16.2
' \
.
9D55F
Head Arm Alignment
83311300 W
A
OSCILLOSCOPE SETTINGS
LOGIC GND TO SCOPE GND
-
A- +INTERNAL
B-
NOT USED
--
-- -- -f- -f- -- ---- - -- - _. --_._----- - -- -- -- - -- -- --- - -- -- - - - - - -- ---
J
TIME I DIV
TRIGGERING
t~
--
VOLTS IDIV
CH I - 20MV /CM
CH 2 - NOT USED
A- IfLS/CM
B-NOT USED
B
-
-~
~ ~
(~
. J.
ft
~
\~U
U\
A
n
U
r
\' 1
__ L __~___________ \ ______tJ ____ J____~_______
-
-f-
-f-
-~~
-f-
-roe
CH I
--
-f-
-f-
CH2
-
PROBE CONNECTIONS
CH I TO TPY (RD SIGNAL) ON HD ALIGNM ENT CARD
CH 2
TO NOT USED
C
Figure 3-5.2
9El
o
Head Alignment Waveform
head-arm adjustment slot and, if
necessary, recenter it. However, it
should be noted that any slight adjustment of the servo head requires
realignment of all read/write heads.
Torque servo head to 12 ±1/2 lbf·in
(1.4 ±O.l N·m).
f. Repeat steps a through e for all
heads to be aligned.
11. Remove carriage locking pin and also
remove jumpers from A2B09-1lA.
12. Press START switch to stop drive motor
and unload heads.
a. Command continuous seeks between
cylinders 240 and 245 for a minimum
of 30 seconds.
b. Unload and load heads at least
twice.
c. Command direct seek to cylinder
245.
d. Check alignment of each head adjusted.
If any heads are outside
acceptable range (as defined in
step 4), repeat this procedure
starting with step 10.
16. Press START switch to stop drive motor.
13. Torque head-arm clamp screws of each
head adjusted to 12 ±1/2 lbf·in (1.4
±O.l N.m). While torqueing screws,
use only straight arm allen wrench and
keep it as perfectly aligned as possible
with screws.
If care is not taken during this operation, head may be pushed
out of alignment.
14. Check each head adjusted to see if
torqueing screws affected alignment.
If any heads are outside ±150 mV range,
readjust them as directed in steps 7
through 13.
15. Perform the following to ensure that
heads will remain aligned under normal
operating conditions:
83311300 AC
17. Set AC POI-vER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
18. Disconnect test setup and remove alignment card and terminator (if installed).
19. Replace connector support bracket (see
figure 3-19).
20. Lower logic chassis to normal operating
position.
21. Lower case assembly.
22. Remove CE pack.
23. Restore drive to on-line operation.
3-16.3/3-16.4
I
Where P is meter reading with PIN
switch in P·position and N is meter
reading with switch in N position.
Meter readings to right of zero are
positive and meter readings to left
of zero are negative.
11. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to ON.
\
12. Press START switch to start drive motor
and load heads.
"
CAUTION
=
Example 1: P
The CE disk pack has odd-even
dibits on tracks 000 through
330 only.
Do not attempt to
access beyond cylinder 330.
=
Example 2 : P
(p)
+20, N = +15;
(+15)
(N) = (+20)
= +5
+20, N = -15 ;
(-15)
(N) = (+20)
= +35
-
(p) -
-
-
Example 3: P = -20, N = +15;
(P) - (N) = (-20) - (+15)
SERVO HEAD OFFSET CHECK
=-
35
1. Set head alignment card S/RW switch to
Sand X.l/Xl switch to X .1 •..
7. Record offset calculated in step 6.
2. Command a continuous seek between
cylinders 240 and 245 for a minimum
of 30 seconds.
8. Evaluate servo head offset as follows:
•
If offset ranges between +60 mV and
-60 mV, it is acceptable so proceed
with head alignment.
•
If offset is outside ±60 mV range,
it is unacceptable.
In this case,
trouble shoot servo system before
proceeding with head alignment.
3. Command direct seek to cylinder 004.
4. Observe dibit pattern on
oscillq~
scope. It should be similar to the
one shown in figure 3-5.2.
5. ToggleP/l'1 sNitch to both P and N
positions and record null meter
readings.
If both P and N readings are less than 50 mV, the X.l/Xl
switch can be set to Xl position for a
more accurate readings.
9. Command direct seek to cylinder 005 and
repeat steps 4 through 8.
10. Add offset readings from cylinders 004
and 005.
This sum should range between
+75 mV and -75 mV.
If it does not,
troubleshoot servo system.
6. Calculate head offset by the following
formula:
(P) -' (N)
=
OFFSET
A
OSCILLOSCOPE SETTINGS
- --
LOGIC GND TO SCOPE GND
VOLTS IDIV
~
.
TIME I DIV
A- IfLS/CM
8 -NOT USED
TRIGGERING
A- +INTERNAL
8-
NOT USED
t~
--
---- -
CH I - 20MV /CM
CH 2 - NOT USED
-
-r-
-r-
-- - _. ---------- - -- --
~
A
l)
.(~
n
-r-
---- -
-~
-- ---
--- --
~
~ ~
U
'!'-)
r
--
--
-
-- - -- -- ---
~
r1
CH I
u
__ L J _________ J~____ --'___ t ____ J ___~_______ CH2
-
-r-
-r-
PR08E CONNECTIONS
CH I TO TPY (RD SIGNAL) ON HD ALIGNM ENT CARD
CH 2 TO NOT USED
Figure 3-5.2
83311300 AD
8
-~~
c
--
D
--
-r-.
-r-.
-r-
-
gEl
Head Alignment Waveform
3-17
I
Example 1:
within this range, alignment is
satisfactory so proceed to step 16.
P4 = -25, N4 = -lSi
(P) - (N) = (-25) -
(-15)
-10 mV
P5 = +10, N5 = -lOi
(P) - (N) = (+10) -
(-10)
+20 mV
(-10) + (+20)
=
+10 mV
Sum is within ±75 mV range and is
therefore acceptable.
c. If any offsets are outside acceptable range, as defined in steps a
or b (whichever applies), these
heads are misaligned. Proceed to
step 5.
5. Press START switch to stop drive motor
and unload heads.
6.
Example 2:
P4 = +30, N4 = -lOi
(P) - (N) = (+30) -
(-10)
+40 mV
P5 = +15, N5 = -30i
(P) - (N) = (+15) -
(-'30)
+45 mV
(+40) + (+45) = +85 mV
Sum is outside ±75 mV range and is
therefore unacceptable. Servo system troubleshooting is required.
11. Cormnand direct""seek to "cylinder 245,
install carriage locking pin (refer
to figure 3-6) and repeat steps 4
through 8.
READ/WRITE HEADS CHECK AND ADJUSTMENT
1. Set R/RW switch to RW. Observe that
dibit pattern is similar to that shown
in figure 3-5.2.
2. Calculate offset of all read/write
heads by using same method given in
steps 5 and 6 of Servo Head Check.
3. Remove carriage locking pin.
Remove connector support bracket (see
figure 3-19).
7. Loosen head-arm mounting screws securing heads requiring alignment and
torque these screws to 4 ±1/2 Ibf·in
(0.5 +0.1 N .m) •
8. Press START switch to start drive motor
and load heads.
9. Cormnand direct seek to cylinder 245.
CAUTION
Use extreme care to avoid short
circuit contact with write driver
board when installing or removing
head alignment "tool and torque
wrench.
10. Align heads as follows:
a. Install jumper between A04-llA (Seek
Error) and ground. This jumper prevents force exerted during alignment
from moving the heads off the alignment cylinder to an adjacent cylinder.
Be sure to remove jumper before commanding drive to perform another
seek.
b. Select head to be aligned.
CAUTION
If any offset exceeds a
o ±300 mV range, those heads
are excessively misaligned.
Therefore, to avoid possible
loss of data, transfer data
from packs written with those
heads to other storage before
proceeding with alignment.
4. Evaluate read/write head offset as
follows:
I
3-18
WARNING'
To prevent personal injury in case
of an emergency retract, install
carriage locking pin in head alignment hole prior to positioning
head alignment tool. Be Sure
to remove pin before next seek
is performed.
c. Install head" alignment tool so that
tool pin engages head-arm alignment
slot (refer to figure 3-6).
a. When using same CE pack as used "for
last alignment, offsets must range
between +150 mV and -150 mV.
If
al~ offset~ are within this range,
allgnment lS satisfactory so proceed to step 16.
d. Observe oscilloscope and adjust head
to obtain belanced dibit pattern.
Pattern is balanced when point A
amplitude equals point B and point
C equals point D (see figure 3-5.1).
b. When using a different CE pack than
the one used for last alignment,
offsets must range between +225 mV
and -225 mV.
If all offsets are
e. Observe null meter and adjust head
until offset ranges between +75 mV
and -75 mV. Calculate offset as described in steps 5 and 6 of Servo Head
83311300 AD
(
"
,{~
.... :/~~ CARRIAGE LOCKING PIN
( ',=J)
RECORDING
TOP
SURFACE
HEAD
COVER ~ rlTh1BER
NUMBER
DISK
-...,
SIDPPING LOCK HOLE
o
c::Q=.J
5
CD
)
BOTTOM~~'================~)
COVER
DISK
PIN
STORAGE
HOLE
HEAD
ALIGNMENT
TOOL
(
''"---
mf
~TANCES
'\
HEAD ARM
~~~~ ALIGN~MENT
Ij
HEAD ARM
ALIGNMENT
SLOT
APPROX.
EQUAL
Figure 3-6.
9D55F
Head Arm Alignment
/
I
"'--/
83311300 AD
3-19
I
Check. Occasionally, a head cannot
be aligned because its adjustment
slot is at its end of travel. If
this-occurs, check position of servo
head-arm adjustment slot and, if
necessary, recenter it. However, it
should be noted that any slight adjustment of the servo head requires
realignment of all read/write heads.
Torque servo head to 12 ±1/2 Ibf.in
(1.4 ±O.l N·m).
f. Repeat steps a through e for all
heads to be aligned.
a. Command continuous seeks between
cylinders 240 and 245 for a minimum
of 30 seconds.
b. Unload and load heads at least
twice.
c. Command direct seek to cylinder
245.
d. Check alignment of each head adjusted. If any heads are outside
acceptable range (as defined in
step 4), repeat this procedure
starting with step 10.
11. Remove carriage locking pin and also
remove jumpers from A2B09-1lA.
16. Press START switch to stop drive motor.
12. Press START switch to stop drive motor
and unload heads.
17. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
13. Torque head-arm clamp screws of each
head adjusted to 12 ±1/2 Ibf·in (1.4
±O.l N.m). While torqueing screws,
use only straight arm allen wrench and
keep it as perfectly aligned as possible
with screws.
If care is not taken during this operation, head may be pushed
out of alignment.
18. Disconnect test setup and remove alignment card and terminator (if installed).
14. Check each head adjusted to see if
torqueing screws affected alignment.
If any heads are outside ±150 mV range,
readjust them as directed in steps 7
through 13.
19. Replace connector support bracket (see
figure 3-19).
20. Lower logic chassis to normal operating
position.
21. Lower case assembly.
22. Remove CE pack.
23. Restore drive to on-line operation.
15. Perform the following to ensure that
heads will remain aligned under normal
operating conditions:
I
3-20
83311300 AD
VELOCITY
GAIN
ADJUSTMENT
These procedures provide information for
checking and, if necessary, adjusting the
servo system velocity signal for both the
40 MB and 80 MB drives.
If the adjustment
cannot be completed satisfactorily, the
procedure must be terminated.
If this happens, refer to the Trouble Analysis section.
These procedures assume that an FTU is connected, and that a scratch pack is installed
on the drive.
\
3-7) until full length seek time is
between 36 to 39 milliseconds.
(See
figure 3-6.1)
6. Return drive to normal operation.
80 MEGABYTE UNITS
40 MEGABYTE UNITS
1. With drive case closed, command random
seeks for a minimum of 10 minutes to
provide thermal stability.
2. Stop random seeks and set up oscillo~
scope as shown in figure 3-6.1. Oscilloscope ground references must be as
shown.
3. Command continuous seeks to cylinder
410 (hex 19A) and adjust oscilloscope
trigger level to obtain waveform shown
.in figure 3-6.1.
.
4. Measure full length seek time. Time
between On Cylinder pulses should be
36 to 39 milliseconds.
',,--.
5. If full length seek time is not as
specified, perform velocity gain adjustment. Adjust velocity gain potentiometer E2R6 on card A12 (see figure
1. With drive case closed, command random
seeks for a minimum of 10 minutes to
provide thermal stability.
2. Stop random seeks and set up oscilloscope as shown in figure 3-6.2. Oscilloscope ground references must be
as shown.
3. Command continuous seeks to cylinder
82~ (hex 336) and adjust oscilloscope
trlgger level to obtain waveform shown
in figure 3-6.2.
4. Measure full length seek time. Time
between On Cylinder pulses should be
52 to 54 milliseconds.
5. If full length seek time is not as
specified, perform velocity gain adj~stment.
Adjust velocity gain potentlometer E2R6 on card A12 (see figure
3-7) until full lenth seek time is
between 52 to 54 milliseconds.
(See
figure 3-6.2.)
6. Return drive to normal operation.
OSCILLOSCOPE SETUP
INPUT:
CHANNEL
CH I
VOLTS/OIV
0.2V
SIGNAL NAME
CONNECTION
A09-24B
B
A
+ON CYLINDER SENSE
.... -
CH 2- NOT USED
TRIGGERING:
SLOPE/SOURCE
I-:-'
CONNECTION
TRIGGER A- +EXT
A09-23B
..... FORWARD SEEK
(USE XIO PROBE)
SCOPE GND TO GND ON LOGIC CARD.
USE XIO PROBES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
TIME/DIV: 10ms
MODE: CH
I
NOTES:
&
:-
~
SIGNAL NAME
FULL
~ "-- LENGTH- ~
SEEK TIME
~_~I-
9F28A
MEASUREMENT IS FROM TRAILING EDGE OF PULSE A
TO LEADING EDGE OF PULSE B
Figure 3-6.1.
83311300 AD
Velocity Gain Waveform - 40 Megabyte
3-21
I
OSCILLOSCOPE SETUP
VOLTS I DIV
TEST POINT
0.2V
A0403A
CHI(USE X
~FULL LENGTH~
SEEK TIME
SIGNAL NAME
+ON CYLINDER
PROBE)
CH 2 - NOT USED
(USE X
PROBE)
SLOPE ISOURCE
TRIGGER A-
TEST POINT
+/EXT
SIGNAL NAME
A0407A
-FORWARD SEEK
(USE X 10 PROBE)
TRIGGER B - NOT USED
(USE X
TIME IDIV:
PROBE)
10
rna
MODE TRIGGER:
CH 1
ICIIIROM3
ADDITIONAL SETTINGS: NONE
Figure 3-6.2.
9F20
Velocity Gain Waveform - 80 Megabyte
VELOCITY
XDUCER
GAIN
E2R6
9H236
Figure 3-7.
I
3-22
Velocity Gain Adjustment Locations
83311300 AD
SECTION 3C
TROUBLE ANALYSIS AIDS
'._--
r'
3C
TROUBLE ANALYSIS AIDS
GENERAL
Various types of malfunction can occur during the course of drive operation.
No attempt has been made to correlate the many
possible malfunctions to their most likely
cause.
However, as a troubleshooting aid on
the broad subject of accessing errors, these
four categories are definable:
•
Seek errors
•
Address errors
•
On cylinder errors
•
Seek monitor checks
Prior to beginning detailed tests or adjustments, perform the procedures in Drive Tests
and Adjustments.
If these tesis and adjustments do not correct the malfunction or reveal a correctable problem, proceed with the
Power System Checks.
POWER SYSTEM CHECKS
OUTPUT VOLTAGES CHECK
Perform the following check with the drive
performing continous 128-track seeks.
The
+5V and -5V adjustment procedures are located in the Drive Tests and Adjustments paragraphs of this section.
All measurements
should be made by connecting a digital volt/
ohmmeter at the logic chassis connection or
at the capacitor in the case of -42V.
The
following voltages shall be present:
1. Ground to +20
2. Ground to +5
(+20±2 vdc).
(+5.1±0.05 vdc).
3. Ground to +42
(+42±2 vdc).
4. Ground to -20
(-20t2 vdc).
5. Ground to -42
(-42±2 vdc).
6. Ground to -5
(-5.1±0.05 vdc).
EMERGENCY RETRACT TEST
1. Raise case assembly.
83311300 D
2. Press drive START switch to start drive
motor and load heads.
3. Apply a ground to A13-14B and observe
that heads unload.
4. Sync an oscilloscope negative on A1314B and observe the output at the
-LQV card, location A12, TPF. The
output at TPF should peak at 2.0 (±O.
5) volts during the retract.
5. Prepare drive for on line operation.
SERVO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS AND CHECKS
GE NERAL
The following procedures check the logic associated with the servo.
These procedures
are applicable only if adjustments could not
be made or if troubleshooting a malfunctioning drive.
All servo system checks are written as independent procedures.
If more than one check
is being made, drive preparation steps may
be omitted for subsequent checks.
VE LOCITY GAIN ADJUSTMENT
This procedure adjusts output of velocity
t:ansducer circuit thereby controlling seek
tlme.
Proceed as follows:
1. Perform steps 1 through 6 of Fine Position Amplitude Check.
2. Connect oscilloscope channell to
wirewrap pin A04-03A (On Cylinder) .
3. Set oscilloscope time per division
control to 10 ms per cm.
4. Command continuous seeks between cylinders 000 and 822.
5. Observe waveforms and note that time
between On Cylinder pulses is between
49 and 51 ms.
If necessary, adjust
potentiometer on card A12 until this
requirement is met.
3-23
6. Prepare drive for on line operation.
3. Connect oscilloscope channell to wirewrap pin A04-03A (On Cylinder).
4. Command 'continuous seeks between cylinders 000 and 001.
FINE POSITION AMPLITUDE CHECK
1. Prepare drive for use with test software or field test exerciser.
2. Trigger oscilloscope negative external
on wirewrap pin A04-07A (Not Forward) .
5. Observe that On Cylinder pulse occurs
between 1.40 and 2.10 ms from start of
the trace.
If not, replace card A04.
I
6. Prepare drive for on line operation.
3. Connect oscilloscope channell to test
point F on card All (Fine Position
Analog) .
4. Set oscilloscope volts per division
control to 2 volts per cm and time per
division control to 1 ms per cm.
5. Command continuous seeks between cylinders 000 and 001.
6. Amplitude of waveform (refer to figure
3-4) should be between 8.6 and 12.6
volts peak to peak.
If voltage exceeds
tolerance, replace card at All.
If
tolerance is still not met, replace
card at AIO.
7. Prepare drive for on line operation.
COARSE VELOCITY INTEGRATOR CHECK
This procedure checks operation of Desired
Velocity Function Generator. Function Generator smooths steps in coarse position error
signal which are present during last 256
cylinders of a seek.
1. Prepare drive for use with test software or field test exerciser.
NOTE
Insert spare wirewrap pin (or
equivalent) into back of connector attached to backpanel so
oscilloscope probe can be
attached.
2. Trigger oscilloscope positive external
at wirewrap pin A09-26B (Ts7).
ON CYLINDER DELAY CHECK
1. Prepare drive for use with test software or field test exerciser.
3. Connect oscilloscope channell to test
point D on card A12.
2. Trigger oscilloscope positive external
at wirewrap pin A04-15A (On Cylinder
Sense).
FWD SEEK
~
ascI LLascaPE SETTINGS
LOGIC GND TO SCOPE GND
VOLTS IDIV
CH I - 2V/CM
CH 2 - NOT USED
TIME / DIV
A- IMS/CM
B - NOT USED
10.6p_p
(± 2) V ~
""'Yf-t-t++++-++-t-H~""+-t-~~+++++-+-t-+-iboM.......""""'!H-t-H-+++++-l OV
TRIGGERING
A-EXT NEG, A04-07A
B- NOT USED
------------------------
PROBE CONNECTIONS
CH I TO AII-TPF
CH 2 NOT USED
REV SEEK
9D48
Figure 3- 8.
3-24
Fine Posi tion Amplitude Waveform
83311300
L
4. Command continuous seeks between cylinders 000 and 256.
5. Adjust oscilloscope controls to display
two sloped curves (refer to figure 3-9).
5. Observe waveforms and evaluate them as
follows (oscilloscope settings and waveforms are shown on figure 3-~0):
a~
Ensu~e
that top waveform on figure
an amplitude of -10.5 volts
maximum.
3~10has
6. The amplitude of the last discontinuity
(see figure 3-9) should be from .03 to
.05 volts (ignore spike).
If it does
not meet these specifications perform
Digital to Analog Converter and Velocity
Transducer Gain Uniformity Checks.
b. Ensure that steps on the bottom waveform (except for the last two) have
height between 20 and 60 mV. Last
two steps should each have height of
40 mV.
7. Prepare drive for on line operation.
6. If requirements of step 5 are not met,
replace cards in A12 or A13.
DIGITAL TO ANALOG CONVERTER CHECK
7. Prepare drive for on line operation.
The position converter output should be
clamped at "negative saturation until tracks
to go is less than 256 (T~256). During remainder of seek position converter output
is under control of digital to analog converter.
VELOCITY TRANSDUCER GAIN UNIFORMITY CHECK
1. Prepare drive for use with test software or field test exerciser.
1. Prepare drive for use with test software or with field test exerciser.
2. Trigger oscilloscope positive external
at wirewrap pin A09-26B (T~7).
2. Trigger oscilloscope negative external
at wirewrap pin A04-08A (Not Rev Seek).
3. Connect oscilloscope channell to test
point B on card A12 (velocity integrator
output) .
3. Connect oscilloscope channell to test
point C on Card A12 (D/A Converter) .
4. Command continuous seeks between cylinders 000 and 007.
4. Command continuous seeks between cylinders 000 and 260.
OSCILLOSCOPE SETTINGS
LOGIC GND TO SCOPE GND
CH I
VOLTS/DIV
CH I -.2V/CM
CH 2 -NOT USED
TIME / DIV
A- .5MS/CM
B - NOT USED
CH2
TRIGGERING
A-EXT POS, A09-268
8- NOT USED
PROBE CONNECTIONS
CH I TO AI2-TPD
CH 2 NOT USED
LAST DISCONTINU ITY
(IGNORE THE SPIKE)
9D49
Figure 3- 9."
833"11300
D
Coarse Velocity Integrator Waveform
3-25
OSCI LLOSCOPE SETTINGS
LOGIC GND TO SCOPE GND
VOLTS/DIV
CH I - 2V
CH 2 - NOT USED
TIME I DIV
A- 5MS
B - NOT USED
TRIGGERING
A- EXT NEG, A04-08A
B- NOT USED
PROBE CONNECTIONS
CH I TO AI2-TPC
CH 2 NOT USED
OSCILLOSCOPE SETTINGS
f-
LOGIC GND TO SCOPE GND
-I-
-"-
-r
-f-
-I-
GROUND ----;;a - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - REFERENCE
-f-
-f-
--
-
- - - - - - - - - - - - - --
---""'f
40 MV
-t
VOLTS IDIV
CH I - 0.05V
CH 2 - NOT USED
~--4----+----~--~---+----+-'---~--~----+---~40MV
.
TIME I DIV
A-5MS
B-NOT USED
TRIGGERING
A- EXT NEG, A04 -08A
B- NOT USED
PROBE CONNECTIONS
CH I TO AI2-TPC
CH 2 NOT USED
-r
f-
-~
-r
-~
'-r
-F-
-~
~
.
-~
-t-
-f-
-
NOTE
CD
LOWER WAVEFORM IS EXPANDED
VIEW OF THIS SECTION.
9050
Figure 3-10. Digital to Analog Converter Output Waveform
3-26
83311300 D
5. necaliprate horizontal sweep and adjust
triggering control to observe both
positive and negative ramps (see figure
3-ll). Ramps represent integrated
velocity sawtooth during last seven
cylinders of 'seek. Positive ramps are
forward seek, negative ramps are reverse seek.
6. Check voltages of second to last positive and negative ramps (refer to figure
3-11). Amplitude of each ramp should be
2.2 to 2.8 volts and difference in
amplitudes between two ramps should be
less than 0.4 volts.
If these requirements are not met, either card A12 or
velocity transducer is defective.
7. Prepare drive for on line operation.
5. Set oscilloscope trigger mode to chop.
6. Command continuous seeks between cylinders 000 and 001.
7. Check that Fine signal switches to a
logical 1 when positive or negative
velocity signal is between 1.3 and 1.5
vol ts (refer to figure 3-12). If these
requirements are not met replace card
in All.
8. Prepare drive for on line operation.
TRACK SERVO AMPLITUDE CHECK
This test checks the amplitude of track
servo signal output of servo preamp.
1. Prepare drive for use with test software or field test exerciser.
FINE ENABLE SWITCHING LEVEL CHECK
This procedure verifies that Fine Enable
switches in at proper level. This signal,
along with T~l, set Fine FF.
1. Prepare drive for use with test software or field test exerciser.
2. Trigger oscilloscope negative external
at wirewrap pin A04-07A (Not Forward
Seek) .
3. Connect oscilloscope channel 2 to test
point B on card A12 (velocity integrator output).
4. Connect oscilloscope channell to wirewrap pin A04-l6B (FINE).
2. Trigger oscilloscope internal positive.
NOTE
Insert spare wirewrap pin (or
equivalent) into back of connector attached to backpanel so
oscilloscope can be attached.
3. Connect oscilloscope channell to wirewrap pin AIO-25B (dibit signals from
servo preamp) .
4. Connect oscilloscope channel 2 to wirewrap pin AIO-23B (dibit signals from
servo preamp) .
LAST RAMP
OSCILLOSCOPE SETTINGS
LOGIC GND TO SCOPE GND
VOLTS/DIV
CH I - I V/CM
CH 2 - NOT USED
TIME / DIV
A- .5 MS/CM
B - NOT USED
TRIGGERING
A-EXT POS 1 A09-26B
B- NOT USED
PROBE CONNECTIONS
CH I TO A12- TPB
CH 2 NOT USED
9051
Figure 3-11.
83311300 AC
I
Integrated Velocity Waveform
3-27
OSCILLOSCOPE SETTINGS
--
r-
--
-r-
LOGIC GND TO SCOPE GND
--
--
--
--
1--- -
-
--
--
--
-
- --
--
CH I
VOLTS IDIV
CH 1- 5V/CM
CH 2 - I V/CM
T
TIME IDIV
A-IMS/CM
B-IMS/CM
t-
TRIGGERING
A- EXT NEG, A04-07A
B- NA
1.4(±.I)V
•
J
J
1.4 (±.I)V
- - --- - - - --
L -
---~
--
- r-
J
- - - - - - -- -- ----- ---- - - - ---
.... r-
- r-
- r-
- r-
-
f-
-
~\~
PROBE CONNECTIONS
CH I TO A04- 168
CH 2 TO A 12 - TP 8
CH 2
- - ---
r-
-
9052
Figure 3-l2. Fine Enable Switching Waveform
S. set oscilloscope trigger mode to add
and invert either channell or 2.
9. If one side of servo head is shorted to
ground, a waveform similar to that shown
in figure 3-14 will be displayed. The
servo will continue to function, but
intermittent seek errors occur.
6. Command seek to cylinder 000 and observe amplitude of waveform (see figure
3-13) .
10. If track servo amplitude is not as
specified in figure 3-13, replace servo
head or servo preamp.
7. Command seek to cylinder 822 and observe amplitude of waveform (see figure
3-13) .
11. Prepare drive for on line operation.
8. Check that waveforms observed in steps
6 and 7 are between 0.3 and 1.S volts
peak to peak (note that waveform in
step 6 has largest amplitude) .
OSCILLOSCOPE SETTINGS
--
-- -- -r- -r- -b- -- -r- ---- - - - - - -- - - --- - - - -- - -- -- ---- - -- --- -- - -- - - - - - -- ---
r-
LOGIC GND TO SCOPE GND
VOLTS IDIV
CH 1- .2V/CM
CH 2 -.2V/CM
~
I
TIME I DIV
A- IjLS/CM
B - NOT USED
TRIGGERING
A- INT NEG
B- NOT USED
(~
-f-
~
~ ~
U
n
~
~
~
r
~
u
~
11
u. 1
.3 TO
1.5V PP
~-- - -~- -- - - - -- - - - -~- - -- -- __V___ -~--- - - -}- - - -'-- -- ---r--- -r- -r- -r- --
-f-
J
-I-
PROBE CONNECTIONS
CH I TO AIO- 258
CH 2 TO AIO-238
9053
Figure 3-13. Track Servo Amplitude Waveform
3-28
83311300
D
ascI LLascaPE SETTINGS
LOGIC GND TO SCOPE GND
VOLTS IDIV
CHI-.IV/CM
CH2-.IV/CM
TIME I DIV
A- .5fLS/CM
B - NOT USED
TRIGGERING
A- INT NEG
B- NOT USED
PROBE CONNECTIONS
CH I TO AIO-25B
CH 2 TO AIO- 23B
9054
Figure 3-14.
Shorted Servo Head Waveform
CYLINDER PULSE SWITCHING LEVEL CHECK
9. Connect oscilloscope channel 1 to wirewrap pin AlO-09B (Track Servo Signal).
NOTE
If requirements of steps 1
through 7 are met it is not
necessary to perform remainder
of this procedure.
1. Prepare drive for use with test software or field test exerciser.
2. Trigger oscilloscope positive internal.
3. Connect oscilloscope channell to wirewrap pin A04-22A (Cy~inder Pulses).
4. Command continuous seeks between
cylinders 000 and 004.
5. Check for series of positive-going 10
(±2.5) psec cylinder pulses.
6. Trigger oscilloscope external positive
at A04-03A (On Cylinder) .
7. Check that last cylinder pulse (generated from leading edge of On Cylinder)
is present and has pulses width of
approximately 0.2 psec.
l't). Command continuous seeks between cylinders 000 and 004.
11. Set oscilloscope time per division to
50 psec per cm and volts per division
to O. 2V per cm.
12. Check that Track Servo signal is between -0.3 and -0.5 volts at beginning
of sweep.
13. Trigger oscilloscope positive external
at A04-28B (Cylinder Detect A) and
check that track servo signal is between -0.1 and +0.1 at beginning of
the sweep.
14. Trigger oscilloscope negative external
at wirewrap pin A04-27B (Cylinder
Detect B). Check that Track Servo
signal is between +0.3 and +0.5 volts
at beginning of sweep.
15. Trigger positive external and check that
Track Servo signal is between -0.1 and
+0.1 at beginning of sweep.
16. If levels are not met replace card AlO.
8. Trigger oscilloscope negative external
at wirewrap pin A04-28B (Cylinder
Detect A) .
83311300
D
17. Prepare drive for on line operation.
3-29
ON CYLINDER SWITCHING lEVEL CHECK
END OF TRAVEL CHECK
1. Prepare drive for use with test software or field test exerciser.
2. Remove logic control of voice coil by
disconnecting black lead wire from
voice coil.
3. Remove plastic shield from top of magnet
assembly to gain access to voice coil.
This procedure verifies that On Cylinder is
enabled when Fine Position signal approaches
null with Fine FF set.
1. Prepare drive for use with test software or field test exerciser.
2. Trigger oscilloscope positive external
at wirewrap pin A04-l5A (On. Cylinder
Sense) •
4. Command a return to zero seek.
5. Trigger oscilloscope negative internal.
3. Connect oscilloscope channell to test
point F on Card All (Fine Position
Analog) .
NOTE
Insert spare wirewrap pin (or
equivalent) into back of connector attached to backpanel so
oscilloscope probe can be
attached.
4. Command continuous seeks between cylinders 000 and 003.
5. Two erratic horizontal
displayed. Check that
and negative waveforms
and 1.08 volts peak at
trace.
waveforms are
both positive
are between 0.88
beginning of
6. Connect oscilloscope channell to wirewrap pin A03-l6A (Not Forward EaT
Enable) •
6. Command return to zero seek.
7. Set oscilloscope time per division control to 5 ms per cm and volts per
division control to 2 volts per cm.
7. Remove logic control of voice coil by
disconnecting black lead wire from
voice coil.
8. Slowly move positioner toward cylinder
822. After passing cylinder 822,signal
goes low and will remain low as long as
positioner is moving.
8. Remove plastic shield from top of magnet
assembly to provide access to voice
coil.
9. Trigger oscilloscope positive internal.
10. Connect oscilloscope channell to wirewrap pin A03-l0B (Reverse EaT Pulse).
11. Change oscilloscope time per division
to 20 ~sec per cm.
NOTE
Do not unload heads manually.
12. Slowly move carriage toward cylinder
000. After passing cylinder 000, Reverse EaT Pulses should appear (approximately 40 ~sec in duration) •
9. Change oscilloscope trigger to negative
internal.
10. Manually move carriage back and forth.
Check that both positive and negative
waveforms are between 1.45 and 1.77
volts peak at the beginning of trace.
11. If requirements of steps 5 or 8 are not
met, replace card A09.
CAUTION
Refer to discussion on manually
positioning carriage before
manually unloading heads.
12. Manually unload heads.
13. Unload heads manually (refer to proce~
dure for manually positioning carriage).
13. Press START switch to stop drive motor.
14. Press START switch to stop drive motor.
14. Set POWER SUPPLY circuit breaker to off.
15. Replace plastic shield removed in step
2.
15. Replace plastic shield removed in step
8.
16. Set POWER SUPPLY circuit breaker to off.
16. Restore logic control to voice coil by
connecting black lead wire to voice
coil.
17. Restore logic control to voice coil by
connecting black lead wire to voice coil.
17. Prepare drive for on line operation.
18. Prepare drive for on line operation.
3- 30
83311300
D
LOSS OF SERVO CONTROL CHECKS
If problems exist in servo system such that
satisfactory results cannot be obtained
through use of test software or field test
exerciser, check out system by performing
following procedures.
1. Prepare drive as follows:
b. Press START switch to start drive
motor and observe that voltage drops
to -10 volts when drive motor gets
up to speed.
CAUTION
To avoid head crash, make certain
drive motor is up to speed.
a. Press START switch to stop drive
motor.
4. Manually load heads (refer to discussion
on manually positioning carriage) .
b. Set POWER SUPPLY circuit breaker to
off.
5. Check velocity transducer and velocity
amplifier.
If signals observed are as
specified in the following, transducer
and amplifier are functioning properly.
c. Lift top cover to gain access to
logic chassis.
d. Put logic chassis in maintenance
position.
a. Connect oscilloscope channell to
test point F on card A12 (output of
velocity transducer circuit).
e. Loosen four screws securing logic
chassis cover and remove cover.
b. Set oscilloscope trigger control to
auto (free running).
f. Remove logic control of voice coil
by disconnecting black lead wire at
voice coil.
c. Set oscilloscope volts per division
control to .5V per cm, set time per
division control to 10 ms per cm.
g. Remove plastic shield from top of
magnet assembly to provide access to
voice coil.
d. Manually move positioner toward
cylinder 822 (forward direction).
Signal should go negative and amplitude should increase as the speed of
positioner increases.
CAUTION
Make sure positioner is fully
retracted (refer to procedure
for manually positioning carriage) .
2. Check that output of summing amplifier
is at 0 volts before drive motor is
energized by performing the following
procedure.
a. Set oscilloscope trigger control to
auto (free running) .
e. Manually move positioner toward
cylinder 000 (reverse direction) .
Signal should go positive and amplitude should increase as speed of
positioner increases.
6. Check Fine Position signal. If signals
observed are as specified in following,
it indicates that track servo, the AlO
card and servo head are functioning
properly.
b. Set oscilloscope volts per division
control to 5 volts per cm.
a. Connect oscilloscope channel 1 to
test point F on card All (Fine
Position Analog) .
c. Connect oscllloscope channell to
test point E on card A12.
b. Set oscilloscope trigger control to
auto (free runni~g).
d. Set POWER SUPPLY circuit breaker to
on.
c. Set oscilloscope volts per division
control to 2V per cm and time per
division control to 10 ms per cm.
e. Observe that voltage observed is 0
volts.
3. Check that output of summing amplifier
goes to -10 volts when drive motor gets
up to speed by performing the following
procedure.
a. Set oscilloscope controls as in step
2.
83311300
D
d. Observe 10.6 (±2) volts peak to peak
signal when moving positioner in
either forward or reverse direction.
When positioner is on cylinder,
signal should stay at 0 volts.
7. Check summing amplifier output. If
signals observed are as specified in
3-31
the following, it indicates that proper
signal is being gated to summing amplifier, fine mode is enabled, and velocity
amplifier and fine position signals are
properly summed together.
FINE POSITION OFFSET CHECK
1. Prepare drive for use with test software or field test exerciser.
2. Command direct seek to cylinder 400.
a. Connect oscilloscope channel 1 to
test point E (summing amplifier output) on card A12.
b. Set oscilloscope trigger control to
auto (free running) •
c. Set oscilloscope volts per division
control to 5V per cm and time per
division control to 20 ms per cm.
4. Connect oscilloscope channels 1 and 2
to All-TPF (Fine Position Analog) •
5. Switch oscilloscope to Add mode and adjust the ground reference level to the
horizontal centerline.
d. Signal observed should be that of
step 6 superimposed on signal of
step 5.
6. Set channell input coupling to DC and
set channel 2 input coupling to AC.
e. Signal should also clamp at approximately +10 volts.
7. The dc value of the position signal
should be -100 to +100 mV.
8. Check power amplifier output.
If
signals observed are as specified in
following, power amplifier is functioning properly.
a. Connect oscilloscope channel 1 to
black lead wire which was disconnected from voice coil.
b. Set oscilloscope trigger control to
auto (free running).
c. Set oscilloscope volts per division
control to 20V per cm and time per
division control to 10 ms per cm.
d. Move positioner in forward, then
reverse direction and observe signal
switching from +40 to -40 volts.
CAUTION
Refer to discussion on manually
positioning carriage before
manually unloading heads.
9. Manually unload heads.
10. Press START switch to stop drive motor.
11: Set POWER SUPPLY circuit breaker to
off.
12. Reconnect black lead wire to voice coil
and replace plastic shield removed in
step 19.
13. Replace cover on logic chassis and
tighten four screws.
14. Place logic chassis back in normal
operating position and close top cover.
15. Prepare drive for on line operation.
3-32
3. Set oscilloscope triggering to automatic. Set vertical sensitivity of
each channel to 50 mV per cm.
8. If the requirement of step 7 is out of
tolerance, connect both channell and
2 probes to A12-TPE (summing amp output) and reposition heads to a track
where the dc value of the signal is -10
to +10 mV.
9. Repeat steps 3 through 7.
If the dc
offset is now within the range of -30
to +30 mV, the cause of the excessive
dc offset at cylinder 200 is mechanical.
Check the head cables, coil flex leads,
velocity transducer and carriage for
exerting excessive force.
If the dc
offset is greater than -30 to +30 mV,
the excessive offset voltage is caused
by an electrical problem possibly located in one of the logic cards at
locations A09, AlO, All, A12 or a bad
ground from the velocity transducer.
10. Prepare drive for on line operation.
READ /WRITE SYSTEM CHECK
Field-level tests of the read/write system
require that signals with fast rise times be
accurately measured. Make sure that the
scope probe ground adapter is connected to
ground (TA-A or TP-Z) of the card being
tested. Connect secure ground lead between
scope ground and GND jack on maintenance
panel.
HEAD AMPLITUDE TEST
The procedure verifies that the read signal
has sufficient amplitude to be reliably processed by the read logic. Since amplitude
decreases as the recording frequency increases, the minimum amplitude in MFM recording is obtained when an all "O's" or all
83311300 D
"1' s" pattern is being read. The ml.nl.llium
amplitude is tested first. Minimum recording frequency, therefore, the greatest
amplitude,is obtained by a pattern of
alternate 111010 ..• 11 pattern. This amplitude
is also tested.
1. Connect oscilloscope to back panel pin
A05-l7B (Up to Speed) .
Since read data is tested by the same heads
that write the data pattern, head alignment
is not verified by this test.
If this test
fails on only one head, replace that head.
If it fails on all heads, replace read
amplifier card (on deck) and repeat test.
3. Press START switch. Pack should come
to complete stop in less than 25seconds.
Perform this test on all heads as follows:
1. Seek to cylinder 821.
2. Connect oscilloscope vertical inputs to
JI04 pins 1 an~ 3. Measure signal
differentially by placing scope in Add
mode and inverting channel B.
3. Sync positive on A03-TPC (Index).
I
4. write data pattern of all Ill's".
NOTE
The Field Test Exerciser (FTE)
writes by syncing on negativegoing edge of Index, then delaying
600 ~sec and writing either low
frequency (101010 .•. ) or high
frequency (0000 ••. or 1111 •.. )
until the leading edge of the
next Index.
5. Measure and record peak to peak amplitude of read signal.
It shall be at
least 130 mv peak to peak.
2. Press START switch and start timer. Up
to Speed should be 11111 in 10 (±5) seconds.
SPEED SENSING
This procedure verifies correct operation of
the speed detection function.
Proceed as
follows with a pack installed.
1. Load heads.
2. Connect oscilloscope to back panel pin
J202-l (Speed Transducer Output). Sync
negative internal. Calibrate scope
trace to ground.
3. Observe waveform on oscilliscope. Signal should reach at least -1. 0 vdc on
negative swing and at least +1.0 to +4.5
vdc on positive swing. If not, check
sensor gap as directed in Speed Sensor
Assembly Check and Adjustment procedure
in Corrective Maintenance section.
POWER UP CLEAR
This procedure verifies that the internal
Master Clear is operational during startup
conditions. A pack need not be installed.
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
7. write data pattern of 101010 ..•
2. Connect oscilloscope channell to +5
vdc.
Place channel 2 scope probe on
Power Up Blanking signal at A05-25B.
8. Measure and record peak to peak ampli~
tude of read signal. It shall not
exceed 1100 mv peak to peak.
3. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to ON while observing oscilloscope.
6. Seek to cylinder 000.
MISCELLANEOUS LOGIC CHECKOUT
START/STOP TIME
a. Channell (±5v) should reach +4.5v
within 100 ms.
b. Channel 2 pulse width (11011) should
be 600 (±lOO) ms.
This procedure verifies correct operation of
the spindle drive motor and hysteresis brake.
Use a stopwatch or wristwatch with sweep second hand.
83311300
P
3-33 .
H
\,,-
SECTION 3D
'-.
REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES
GENERAL
Procedures in the following paragraphs outline in detail the adjustment, replacement,
and checkout of the field-replaceable parts
or assemblies of a drive. Not all procedures contain all three categories of information. For example, some replaceable items
do not require a checkout procedure after
replacement; others may not require an
adjustment.
Before performing any of these procedures,
read the entire procedure and become familiar with safety precautions and preliminary
conditions specified at the beginning of this
Corrective Maintenance section.
The drive tests and adjustments should be
performed prior to replacing any parts. This
ensures that apparent malfunctions are not
caused simply by misadjustments. Also,
these procedures should be performed whenever logic cards or other electrical components are repaired or replaced.
BLOWER MOTOR REPLACEMENT
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF. Remove ac power
plug.
2. Raise case assembly.
3D
11. Lower deck from maintenance position.
Remove deck rear holddown screw and
spacer.
Install screw and spacer
in keeper hole on back of deck.
12. Secure deck assembly to base assembly
using two screws through bottom of
shroud. Tighten screws.
13. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to ON.
BRAKE PLATE REPLACEMENT
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
2. Remove disk pack.
3. Remove two screws and nylon bushings
securing brake plate to deck assembly
(figure 3-31).
4. Remove nylon bushings from faulty brake
plate and install them on replacement
brake plate.
5. Install brake plate and spring and secure to deck with two screws.
6. Restore drive to on-line operation.
CAM
TOWER
REPLACEMENT
3. Remove disk pack.
4. Raise deck assembly to maintenance position.
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
2. Remove disk pack ..
5. Identify blower motor leadwires and
disconnect wires (figure 3-15).
3. Raise case assembly.
6. Remove left side panel (left side as
viewed from front).
4. Manually load heads per Power Off
Manual Head Positioning procedure.
7. Remove six screws and washers securing blower assembly to base assembly
(screws are under base assembly) and
remove defective blower.
8. Install replacement blower assembly in
base assembly. Orient blower motor
leadwires per figure 3-15.
9. Secure blower assembly to base assembly
using six screws and washers. Tighten
screws.
10. Connect blower motor leadwires per
figure 3-15.
83311300
F
CAUTION
Use care not to touch heads
or bump head arm assemblies
during the following procedure.
5. Remove both cam towers.
6. On newer units, where the rail bracket
assembly has four cam tower alignment
pins, replace new cam towers in the
reverse order of removal. Tighten
mounting screws to a torque of 12 ±2
pounds-force-inch, and return unit to
normal operation.
3-35
on older units, where the rail bracket
assembly does not have cam tower alignment pins, proceed to step 7 and replace both cam towers simultaneously.
11. Remove tool from cam towers.
12. Replace stop block.
13. Manually unload heads per Power Off
Head 'Positioning procedure.
7. Remove stop block.
8. position both replacement cam towers
on cam tool so that cam towers are
pressed onto the alignment pins of
cam tool.
14. Lower case assembly.
15. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to ON.
9. with cam towers held by cam tool, firmly press cam towers against rail bracket assembly so that pilot pin of each
cam tower enters related pilot hole in
rail bracket.
10. Insert cam tower mounting screws into
threads of rail bracket assembly such
that they pass through holes in cam
tool and secure cam towers to rail
bracket assembly. Tighten screws a
torque of 12 ±2 pounds-force-inch.
CIRCUIT BREAKER REPLACEMENT
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF. Disconnect input
power cable from external power source.
2. Remove disk pack.
3. Raise case assembly.
~P301
J301
YELLOW
Figure 3-15.
I
3-36
8J23A
Blower Motor Replacement
83311300
F
4. Remove six screws and spring lock washers securing circuit breaker mounting
plate to base.
5. Remove screws and spring lock washers
securing circuit breaker to mounting
plate.
6. Identify wires to be removed from
circuit breaker. Remove nylon covers
and nuts securing wires to circuit
breakers.
7. Remove defective circuit breaker.
8. Install replacement circuit breaker
in mounting plate in reverse order of
removal.
9. Install circuit breaker mounting plate
on base being careful not to pinch
electrical wires.
10. Lower case assembly.
11. Connect input power cable to external
power source.
12. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to ON.
13. Perform Initial Checkout and Startup
procedure.
DRIVE BELT
ADJUSTMENT
3. Raise deck to maintenance position.
4. On units with hysteresis brake, remove
brake assembly as described in applicable Hysteresis Brake Replacement
procedure.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to motor shaft,
roll belt off drive motor
pulley.
5. Remove drive belt from drive motor
pulley by grasping and moving motor
mounting plate (against idler spring
force) towards spindle assembly.
Remove belt from drive.
6. Install replacement belt on spindle
pulley.
7. Grasp and move motor mounting plate
(against idler spring force) towards
spindle assembly.
8. Slip drive belt around drive motor
pulley. Release motor mounting plate.
9. Manually rotate drive motor pulley
several revolutions to make certain
that the drive belt is properly tracking on drive motor and spindle pulley.
Perform Drive Belt Adjustment procedure.
lOa On units with hysteresis brake, replace brake assembly as described in
applicable Hysteresis Brake Replacement procedure.
1. Raise case assembly.
2. Measure distance between end of spring
hook a~d locking nut as shown in figure 3-16.
If dimension is correct,
restore drive to normal operation
condition.
If adjustment is required,
proceed to next step.
3. Adjust idler spring tension by turning
nut that secures spring hook at back
of deck assembly. Clockwise rotation
of nut increases spring length, counterclockwise rotation of nut decreases
spring length.
4. Close cabinet top cover.
REPLACEMENT
11. Lower deck from maintenance position
and secure to base assembly.
12. Perform Drive Belt Adjustment procedure.
13. Restore drive to on-line operation.
DRIVE MOTOR REPLACEMENT
The following procedure may be used for motor
replacement on all SMD units.
Some SMD units
have a circular section removed from the pack
shroud which permits use of an alternate
method (refer to Drive Motor Replacement,
Alternate Method) •
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
2. Remove disk pack.
83311300 F
3-37
2. Remove disk pack.
3. Raise deck to maintenance position.
4. Disconnect drive motor leadwires.
5. On units with hysteresis brake, remove
brake assembly as described in applicable Hysteresis Brake Replacement
procedure.
6. Relax idler spring tension by turning
adjustment nut on rear of deck until
about two threads are visible on screw.
7. Roll drive belt off spindle pulley.
8. Disconnect idler spring from motor
mounting plate.
9. Remove four screws, washers, and bushings securing motor mounting plate to
deck casting (figure 3-16). Remove
motor and motor mounting plate through
bottom of deck.
10. Position drive motor and mounting plate
beneath deck (figure 3-16) and secure
to deck using four screws, washers,
and nylon bushings. Torque screws
to 10 (±2) inch-pounds.
11. Connect idler spring to motor mounting
plate.
12. Position flat side of drive belt around
spindle pulley. Hold belt taut around
pulley while performing next step so
belt does not slip off pulley.
13. While maintaining hand tension on belt,
roll belt onto motor pulley while manually rotating spindle pack hub in a
counterclockwise direction.
14. Rotate spindle pulley several revolutions to seat belt on pulley.
15. On units with hysteresis brake, replace
brake assembly as described in Hysteresis Brake Replacement procedure.
16. Connect drive motor leadwires.
17. Lower deck from maintenance position.
remove deck rear holddown screw and
spacer.
Install screw and spacer in
keeper hole on back of deck.
3-38
18. Secure deck assembly to base assembly
using two screws through bottom of
shroud. Tighten screws.
19. Set"AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to ON.
20. Perform Drive Belt Adjustment procedure.
DRIVE MOTOR REPLACEMENT
(ALTERNATE METHOD)
The following procedure may be used as a
substitute for the preceding drive motor
replacement procedure on all SMD units which
have a circular section removed from the
pack shroud directly above the motor.
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
2. Remove disk pack.
3. Raise deck to maintenance position.
4. Disconnect motor leadwires.
For those
units which include a quick disconnect
connector on the motor leadwires, the
remaining leadwire harness may remain
installed and the motor leads disconnected at the connector.
5. Remove drive belt from motor pulley by
rolling belt off motor pulley in a
clockwise direction as viewed from under the deck.
Remove belt from drive.
(The belt adjustment screw does not
need to be loosened unless easier
removal and reinstallation of the belt
is desired.)
6. On units with hysteresis brake, remove
brake assembly as described in applicable Hysteresis Brake Replacement pro
procedure.
7. Loosen motor pulley lock collar screw.
Remove pulley and lock collar from
motor shaft.
If pulley seems to be
seized on motor pulley, place two flat
head type screwdrivers 180 degrees
apart between pulley and motor plate
and push pulley off motor with downward pressure on screwdrivers.
83311300
F
DIMENSION
A
50 HZ
UNITS
60 HZ
UNITS
0.28±.03 O.50±.03
~
WASHER,
@--SHOULDER
I
(;)1
WASHER,
/'NSULATOR
q:>
WASHER,
GjD--SPECIAL
\
I-~~~ER'
~-SCREW
9K 19
Figure 3-16.
Drive Motor Assembly
8. Remove three remaining screws and hardware securing motor to motor pivot
plate and retain for later use.
9. Remove motor through top of deck assembly.
10. Remove motor pulley, lock collar and
motor pivot plate from replacement
motor. Discard pivot plate. Disconnect and discard surplus leadwire
harness on replacement motor if
original one was left in drive (refer
to step 4).
11. Insert motor (shaft end first) into
access hole in deck assembly until it
seats on pivot bracket.
12. Secure motor to motor pivot plate with
three screws and hardware retained in
step 8. Secure motor ground cable to
motor plate (at hole located nearest
tension spring) using internal tooth
star washer.
shown in figure 3-17. End of lock
collar shall not extend beyond end of
pulley after installation. Torque lock
collar screw to 60 ±6 inch pounds.
15. Reinstall hysteresis brake assembly
onto motor shaft using procedure from
appropriate Hysteresis Brake Replacement procedure.
16. Reinstall drive belt directly over
brake and onto spindle pulley. While
holding belt on spindle pulley, roll
belt onto motor pulley in a direction
counterclockwise when viewed from above
deck. Rotating spindle after belt is
started, facilitates belt installation.
Rotate spindle four to five revolutions
to insure that belt is centered and
tracking properly.
17. Lower deck from maintenance position.
Remove deck rear holddown screw and
spacer.
Install screw and spacer in
keeper hole on back of deck.
13. Connect motor leadwires (if leadwire
harness was retained in drive, install
connector together).
18. Secure deck assembly to base assembly
using two screws through bottom of
shroud. Tighten screws.
14. Install replacement pulley and lock
collar on motor shaft to dimension
19. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to ON.
83311300 R
3-39
•
I
DECK INTERLOCK SWITCH (A154)
I
The deck interlock switch is illustrated in
figure 6-14.
Adjustment
Adjustment of the deck interlock switch is
not a critical adjustment. Should it be
necessary to adjust the deck interlock
switch, use the adjusting screw in the end
of the plunger to increase or decrease the
travel of the plunger.
Removal-Replacement
1. Remove power from the unit.
2. Remove the case assembly (top cover),
raise the deck, and install a deck support bracket.
(Refer to figure 3-2.)
~
..
l
NOTE
I
n~~ PULLEY
~
~~
A six-inch long hex driver is
recommended for easier removal
of the· front and rear deck
mounting screws.
Figure 3-17.
3. Remove the two front deck hold down
screws located in the shroud area.
BRAKE
ASSEMBLY
6. Unplug the velocity transducer and remove its mounting bracket, located at
the rear of the magnet. This is necessary to allow removal of the two rear
deck mounting screws.
7. Remove the velocity transducer cable
clamp and lay the cable aside.
8. Remove the two rear deck mounting
screws. The rear deck hold down screw
and spacer should be in the keeper hole.
All screws are located directly above
the running time meter.
9. Unplug connector P200 from power amp
card and remove the tie wrap closest
to this connector to allow more harness
movement •
•
3-40
9FI4A
Pulley Installation
4. Remove the two wires from the deck
interlock switch, located directly behind the transformer.
WARNING
5. Remove the deck support bracket and return the deck to its original condition.
L.02 ± .02
j
Use care when reaching under
the raised deck to avoid any
accidents.
10. Raise the rear of the deck about four
inches. Lift the hinged, shock-mount
bracket containing the interlock switch
away from the magnet until it stops.
Slowly lower the rear deck assembly
until it rests on the mounting bracket.
11. Remove the two mounting screws from the
underside of the interlock switch, and
remove the switch.
Repair
No repair of the deck interlock switch is
possible.
83311300 R
HEAD
AR,M
ASSEMBLIES
REMOVAL. REPLACEMENT
The following procedure covers removal and
replacement of either the servo head or the
read/write heads. Remove heads from the
carriage only to perform head inspection and
cleaning, or as directed by other procedures
in this manual. When removing the servo
head also remove read/write head number two.
This allows room for the head cable and connectors to pass between the adjacent head
arms with a lessened chance of doing damage.
The various parts involved in the removal
and replacement of the head arms are identified in figures 3-18 and 3-19. Repair of
the head arm assemblies is limited to inspection and cleaning, refer to the Repair
paragraph for details and limits.
ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment of the head arm assemblies is
covered in section 3B, Test and Adjustment.
MAGNET
COVER
MAGNET
ASSEMBLY
REAR NOTCH
Y
FRONT NOTCH
HEAD
~CONNECTOR
C
-
I
I
I
SERVO
PREAML
SHIELD
f---.PREAMPL
HOUSING
-ZGN
TIE POINT
CONNECTOR
DECK
9F5 A
Figure 3-18.
83311300
F
Head Replacement - Right Side View
3-41
1. Remove connector support bracket or
servo pre-amplifier shield and disconnect head arm connector for subject
head (for servo head, also remove head
cable from cable clip and disconnect
tie point connector).
2. Remove head mounting screw and associated hardware.
3. Manually extend heads far enough to be
able to grasp front of head arm from
inside pack area.
CAUTION
Head pads and gimbal springs are
extremely delicate and easily
damaged. Grasp head arms carefully and only by edges of head
arm.
If head pad is touched,
perform head cleaning procedure.
4. Grasp entire stack of heads such that
they are all held in alignment to one
another. Carefully extend heads all
the way into pack area.
~HEAD/ARM
CONNECTOR
CD
Figure 3-19.
3-42
ONLY ONE HEAD/ARM SHOWN
9F3A
Head Replacement - Left Side View
83311300
F
5. Carefully grasp subject head arm at
front and also push gently on rear of
head arm as shown in figure 3-19. Guide
head arm and connector(s) through adjacent head arms and into pack area.
10. Carefully position head arm as required
in order to insert head mounting screw.
Support head arm from opposite side
when inserting head mounting screw or
forward pressure of wrench may dislodge
head arm.
6. Perform required maintenance procedure.
7. Install head arm assembly by fully
extending heads into pack area, and
guiding head arm connector between adjacent head arms. Use care not to
damage adjacent heads.
8. Seat head arm in both front and rear
notches on carriage.
9. Grasp entire stack of heads such that
they are all held in alignment to one
another. Carefully retract heads. Do
not push on front of head arm assemblies while retracting heads.
11. Ensure that head arm assembly is aligned
in relation to remainder of heads where
they protrude into pack area.
12. Tighten screw, securing head arm assembly to carriage, until torque is 12
±1/2 pounds-force-inch.
13. Carefully reconnect head arm connector
and replace related hardware removed
in step 1.
14. Perform Head Arm Adjustment procedure.
'"'--
83311300
F
3-43
~EPAIR
----D--~,'
::::'T:A:ORE
O.!,~FLYING SURFACE
General
The drive has a positive pressure filtration
system that eliminates the need for periodic
inspection and cleaning of heads. The heads
should be inspected for the following reasons
only:
1. A problem is traced to a specific head
or heads; for example, excessive data
errors.
2. Head to disk contact is suspected. This
may be indicated by an audible ping
scratching noise, or a burning odor'
when the heads are over the disk area.
3. Concentric scratches are observed on
the disk surfaces.
4. Contamination of pack is suspected (possibly due to improper storage of the
pack) .
5. The pack has been physically damaged
(possibly due to dropping or bumping) •
CAUTION
Do not attempt to operate the
media on another drive until
full assurance is made that
no damage or contamination
has occurred to the media.
Do not attempt to operate the
drive with another media until
full assurance is made that
no damage or contamination
has occurred to the drive heads
or to the shroud area.
Head Inspection
GIMBAL SPRING
-------------~ARM
BW41
Figure 3-20.
Typical Head Arm Components
1. If reddish-brown oxide deposits exist
on the head, replace or clean the head
arm assembly.
2. If head appears scratched, replace or
clean the head arm assembly.
3.
head appears damaged, replace the
head arm assembly.
~f
4. If the gimbal spring (it holds the head
pad to the arm) is bent or damaged, replace the head arm assembly.
Head Cleaning
CAUTION
Head cleaning is a delicate
procedure which is not recommended. It should not be
undertaken unless it is absolutely necessary and then it
should be performed by properly
trained personnel only.
Refer to figure 3-21 if head cleaning is required and perform the following procedure.
Use care not to damage any part of the head
arm assembly.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Do not smoke when inspecting
or cleaning heads. Use extreme care not to damage the
head.
Do not touch the head pad or
gimbal spring with fingers
or tools.
If head must be laid down, do
not allow the head pad or gimbal spring to touch anything.
Remove suspected head as described in the
read write or servo head arm replacement
procedure.
Refer to figure 3-20, observe
the head arm assembly, and perform the
suggested remedy as follows:
3-44
I
In the following step, hold
the can of dust remover upright (vertical).
If the can
is not held upright, liquid
propellant will be sprayed on
the head.
1. Use super dry dust remover (see list of
Maintenance Tools and Materials) to
blow off all loose particles from the
head pad (flying surface), from the
.
edge of the head pad, and from the holes
in the head pad. Hold the nossle onefourth to one-half inch (6 to 12 rom)
from the head pad. Spray with a back
and ,forth motion across the head pad,
maklng certain to hold the can only in
a vertical position.
83311300
F
CURVED END
OF HEAD PAD
COMPUTER CAR: __
DIRECTION
'~~_i
~
O_F_M_~ ,~_~~',
'--_ _ _
MEDIA CLEANING SOLUTION
Figure 3-21.
FLAT
SURFACE
DIRECTION
OF MOTION
',--,
~EAD
ARM ASSY
8W42
Head Cleaning Motion
2. Clean a smooth, flat working surface,
for example, a glass or formica table
top.
3. Place a new, unpunched, clean computer
card with the back side up ( printing
down) on the clean flat working surface
as shown in figure 3-21.
CAUTION
Care should be taken to avoid
excess cleaning solution. Excess solution on the head cable
may remove the plasticizer and
make the cable stiff. A stiff
cable reduces the flexibility
of the head pad and could cause
broken wires.
4. Moisten a small area in the center of the
card with media cleaning solution.
(Refer to the list of Maintenance Tools and
Ma terials • )
CAUTION
Inspect the media cleaning
solution for contamination,
rust, dirt, etc. Do not use
contaminated solution.
5. Very carefully place the head pad flying
surface on moistened area and move head
pad from moistened area to dry area in a
zig-zag motion as shown in figure 3-21.
Move head in a direction away from curved
end of head pad.
If i t is moved in the
opposite direction the sharp edge of the
curved end will cut into the computer
card and prevent movement and proper
cleaning.
6. Repeat steps 3, 4, and 5 using a clean
computer card and clean media cleaning
solution each time until no discoloration on card is present.
7. After discoloration has ceased, inspect
head to determine that oxide deposits
were removed.
If deposits remain but
show signs of being removed, repeat
cleaning procedure until deposits are
removed.
8. If oxide deposits cannot be removed,
replace head arm assembly.
9. If oxide deposits were removed and head
passes inspection according to the Head
Arm Replacement Criteria, reinstall
head.
10. Follow read/write or servo head arm
replacement procedure to install cleaned
head or a replacement head as required.
Head Arm Replacement Criteria
A head arm assembly requires replacement if
any of the following conditions exist:
1. Consistent oxide buildup on the same
head, indicating repeated head to disk
contact.
2. Appreciable oxide buildup which cannot
be removed.
·3. Scratches on the head flying surface.
4. Imbedded particles in the head pad
flying surface.
5. Bent or damaged gimbal spring.
NOTE
Discoloration of media cleaning
solution and computer card indicate that oxide particles are
being removed from head pad flying surface.
83311300
F
6. Any apparent physical damage to head
arm assembly.
3-45
Disk Pack Handling (CE and Data Packs)
•
The positive pressure filtration system of
the drive eliminates the need for periodic
inspection and cleaning of the disk pack
(media). However, should improper operating
conditions of the pack be indicated by any
of the following symptoms, immediately remove
the pack from the drive.
Disk surfaces may be
scratched by using contaminated or improper
cleaning equipment.
•
The pack may be damaged
while the covers are
removed.
•
Deposits of cleaning
solution residue may be
left on disk surface if
improperly cleaned or if
commercial grade solutions are used.
1. A sudden increase in error rates related
to one or more heads is observed.
2. An unusual noise such as pinging or
scratching is heard.
3. A burning odor is smelled.
4. Contamination of the pack from dust,
smoke, oil or the like is suspected.
If any doubt about the pack's functional condition exists, return it to the vendor,
enclosing a description of the known or suspected malfunction.
CAUTION
Do not attempt to operate the
media on another drive until
full assurance is made that
no damage or contamination has
occurred to the media.
Do not attempt to operate the
drive with another media until
full assurance is made that
no damage or contamination has
occurred to the drive heads or
to the shroud area.
Disk Pack Inspection and Cleaning
In ·some cases, the user may attempt to inspect and clean the disk pack rather than
return it to the vendor. This task must be
performed by properly trained personnel only,
using the following procedure.
NOTE
Inspection and cleaning of
disk packs in the field can
cause additional problems for
the following reasons:
•
3-46
Exposure of the pack to
non-cleanroom conditions
during inspection and
cleaning may additionally
contaminate the pack.
CAUTION
Disk pack cleaning should
never be attempted with the
pack mounted on the drive,
since this setup can introduce contamination into the
drive itself.
1. Mount the pack on a commercially available pack inspection fixture.
2. Dampen, but do not soak, a lint-free
swab-paddle with media cleaning solution
(refer to the list of Maintenance Tools
and Materials), or with a solution of
91% reagent grade isopropyl alcohol and
9% deionized water by volume.
3. Using a sweeping motion, insert the
damp swab-paddle between the disks and
manually rotate the pack while applying
the swab-paddle lightly to the disk
surface to be cleaned.
4. After the swab-paddle has been applied
for one full cleaning rotation, withdraw it with a sweeping motion while
maintaining contact with the disk surface (do not lift the swab-paddle from
the surface).
5. If oxide or contaminants are observed
on the swab-paddle, repeat steps 2, 3,
and 4, using a clean swab-paddle for
each pass, until no oxide or contaminants are observed on the swab-paddle.
6. Repeat steps 3 and 4 using a dry swabpaddle to remove all cleaning solution
residue.
7. Repeat steps 2 through 6 for each surface.
83311300
F
HEADS LOADED SWITCH
ADJUSTMENT
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
REPLACEME NT
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
2. Remove disk pac~.
2. Remove disk pack.
3. Raise case assembly.
3. Rais case assembly.
4. Remove magnet cover (figure 3-22) by
prying cover open with a screwdriver.
4. Remove magnet cover (figure 3-22) by
prying cover open with a screwdriver.
5. Identify heads loaded switch leadwires.
Disconnect leadwires at switch terminals.
6. Connect a multimeter (set to RXl)
across switch terminals.
7. With carriage retracted, multimeter
should indicate infinity.
CAUTION
Do not move carriage forward
far enough to allow heads to
load against themselves.
8. Slowly move carriage towards spindle
while observing multimeter. Multimeter
must indicate zero ohms when carriage
has traveled 0.07 (±0.04) inch from"
full retract stop.
(Distance is measured from rear edge of coil to magnet.)
If adjustment is needed, proceed to next
step.
If no adjustment is needed, proceed to step 10.
5. Identify heads loaded switch leadwires.
Disconnect leadwires at switch terminals.
6. Remove two screws and washers securing
heads loaded switch to mounting bracket.
7. Position replacement switch on mounting
bracket (pretravel adjustment bracket
must be under switch actuator arm).
Loosely secure switch to bracket using
two screws and washers.
8. Perform Heads Loaded Switch Adjustment
procedure starting at step 9.
HYSTERESIS BRAKE REPLACEMENT
(S/C 08 W /0 37669 & BELOW)
The following procedure describes removal and
reassembly of hysteresis supplied with units
manufactured at SiC 08 Wlo 37669 and below.
If a new replacement is being installed, use
the removal instructions from this procedure
and the reassembly instructions described in
Hysteresis Brake Replacement SiC 08 wi 37669
and above.
NOTE
Make certain that carriage is
fully retracted while performing next step.
9. Loosen screws securing heads loaded
switch to mounting bracket. Adjust
switch position until it actuates after
0.07 (±0.04) inch travel from full retract stop.
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
2. Remove disk pack.
3. Raise case assembly.
4. Raise deck assembly to maintenance position.
10. Disconnect multimeter leadwires from
switch terminals.
5. Disconnect hysteresis braker leadwires.
Remove cable·ties as required, noting
their locations.
11. Connect heads loaded switch leadwires
to switch terminals.
6. Loosen two setscrews securing brake armature to drive motor shaft.
12. Install magnet cover.
7. Remove two screws and washers securing
brake assembly to drive motor mounting
plate (figure 3-22.1): Remove brake
assembly.
13. Lower case assembly.
14. Install disk pack.
15. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to ON.
83311300
F
8. Apply one drop of Loctite to threads of
screws used to mount brake assembly.
3-46.1
HEADS
LOADED
SWITCH
, ~~~v\
!
~
~
o~~
ADJUSTME~T--- C-...;.... ~
I
PRETRAVE
BRACKET
_,
"
c::.
I
I
C)
0
SWITC(
MOUNTING
BRACKET
BJI02A
Figure 3-22.
3-46.2
Heads Loaded Switch
83311300
F
9. Position replacement brake assembly over
drive motor shaft. Secure brake assembly
to motor mounting plate with two screws
and washers. Tighten screws.
10. As viewed from drive motor end, position
left most setscrew of brake over flat on
motor shaft (refer to figure 3-22.1).
Tighten both setscrews to a torque of
16(+2) pounds-force-inch.
HYSTERESIS BRAKE REPLACEMENT
(S/C 08 W / 37669 & ABOVE)
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
2. Remove disk pack.
3. Raise case assembly.
4. Raise deck assembly to maintenance position.
11. Connect hysteresis brake leadwires.
12. Replace cable ties removed in step 5.
13. Lower deck from maintenance position.
Remove deck rear holddown screw and
spacer.
Install screw and spacer in
keeper hole on back of deck.
14. Secure deck assembly to base assembly
using two screws through bottom of
shroud. Tighten screws.
5. Disconnect hysteresis brake leadwires.
6. Remove cable ties as required, noting
their locations.
7. Refer to figure 3-22.1 and loosen hex
head socket screw in brake collar that
clamps brake armature to motor shaft.
SC 08 WI 37669 & ABOVE
.820±.OO5
LEFT MOST SETSCREW
SEATS AGAINST FLAT ON
TOP
TOP
VIEW
VIEW
DRIVE(~
9K20
Figure 3-22.1.
83311300 F
Hysteresis Brake Replacement
3-47
8. Loosen nut securing brake assembly to
brake mounting bracket.
9. Remove brake assembly, including collar.
10. If a new brake is being installed, remove brake mounting bracket from it.
19. Lower deck from maintenance position.
Remove deck rear holddown screw and
spacer.
Install screw and spacer in
keeper hole on back of deck.
20. Secure deck assembly to base assembly
using two screws through bottom of
shroud. Tighten screws.
CAUTION
In order to prevent damage to
drive motor shaft, brake replacement must be performed
in the order specified.
11. Loosen screw that attaches brake mounting bracket to motor mounting plate; or
if a new bracket is being installed,
loosely install brake mounting bracket
on motor mounting plate.
12. Install brake shaft collar on brake
(ridge of collar to be facing away from
drive motor) and then install brake on
drive motor shaft.
13. Slide brake on motor shaft so that stud
on brake contacts end of slot in mounting bracket. Tighten nut securing brake
to brake mounting bracket.
14. Support brake to maintain centering on
motor shaft while tightening screw securing brake mounting bracket to motor
mounting plate.
15. While holding motor pulley to prevent
shaft from turning, rotate hysteresis
brake armature several turns to eliminate any misalignment between drive
motor shaft and brake armature.
16. With brake shaft collar resting on brake,
tighten hex head socket screw in collar
as follows:
•
On older units (use a 7/64-inch hex
wrench) tighten screw to a torque of
20 ± pounds-force-inch.
•
Newer units (use a 9/64-inch hex
wrench) tighten screw to a torque
25 ± pounds-force-inch.
NOTE
Replacement brakes are supplied
with extension cabling (required
on older units).
If extension
cable is not required, discard
it.
17. Connect brake leadwires.
18. Replace cable ties removed in step 6,
being certain that all wires are secured so they will not be rubbed by
drive belt.
3-48
PACK COVER SOLENOID ASSEMBLY
(OPTIONAL)
ADJUSTMENT
The pack cover solenoid adjustment is required whenever the solenoid is changed or
if the pack cover does not lock when power
is removed from the drive. There are two
adjustments pertaining to the solenoid: 1)
clearance 2) spring tension.
The clearance adjustment is made to obtain
minimum clearance between the interlock latch
and the interlock keeper on the pack access
cover. When the pack access cover is latched
(solenoid deenergized, and latch in up position) the keeper must strike the latch and
not allow the pack cover catch to be release~
Loosen the attaching hardware securing the
solenoid assembly to the shroud, and slide
the assembly backwards or forwards to achieve
this adjustment.
The spring tension adjustment is made to fully extend the solenoid plunger when the solenoid is deenergized. The tension should
not be so great as to prevent the plunger
from fully retracting when the solenoid is
energized. Perform the adjustment by loosening the spring mounting hardware and sliding
it up or down in the mounting slot.
REPLACEMENT
The solenoid assembly is mounted on the front
of the shroud (refer to figure 3-22.2) and
prevents the pack from being opened while the
spindle is turning. The following describes
replacement. Adjustment is described in the
Pack Cover Solenoid Adjustment procedure.,
1. Perform Deck Maintenance position procedure to raise deck.
NOTE
The "B" side of the ~onnector is
numbered.
It may be necessary to
remove connector J205 in order to
disconnect leadwires at pins 4B
and l2B. There is no polarity
orientation required when leadwires are being reconnected.
,2. Disconnect solenoid leadwires from connector J205 (pins 4B and 12B).
83311300 N
\
9. Position replacement brake assembly over
drive motor shaft. Secure brake assembly
to motor mounting plate with two screws
and washers. Tighten screws.
10. As viewed from drive motor end, position
left most setscrew of brake over flat on
motor shaft (refer to figure 3-22.1).
Tighten both setscrews to a torque of
16(+2) pounds-force-inch.
12. Replace cable ties removed in step 5.
13. Lower deck from maintenance position.
Remove deck rear holddown screw and
spacer. Install screw and spacer in
keeper hole on back of deck.
deck assembly to base assembly
us~ng two screws through bottom of
shroud. Tighten screws.
Se~ure
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
2. Remove disk pack.
3. Raise case assembly.
4. Raise deck assembly to maintenance position.
11. Connect hysteresis brake leadwires.
14.
HYSTERESIS BRAKE REPLACEMENT
(S/C 08 W / 37669 & ABOVE)
5. Disconnect hysteresis brake leadwires.
6. Remove cable ties as required, noting
their locations.
7. Refer to figure 3-22.1 and loosen hex
head socket screw in brake collar that
clamps brake armature to motor shaft.
SC 08 WI 37669 & ABOVE
TOP
VIEW
9K20
Figure 3-22.1.
83311300 F
Hysteresis Brake Replacement
3-47
8. Loosen nut securing brake assembly to
brake mounting bracket.
9. Remove brake assembly, including collar.
10. If a new brake is being installed, remove brake mounting bracket from it.
CAUTION
In order to prevent damage to
drive motor shaft, brake replacement must be performed
in the order specified.
11. Loosen screw that attaches brake mounting bracket to motor mounting plate; or
if a new bracket is being installed,
loosely install brake mounting bracket
on motor mounting plate.
12. Install brake shaft collar on brake
(ridge of collar to be facing away from
drive motor) and then install brake on
drive motor shaft.
13. Slide brake on motor shaft so that stud
on brake contacts end of slot in mounting bracket. Tighten nut securing brake
to brake mounting bracket·.
14. Support brake to maintain centering on
motor shaft while tightening screw securing brake mounting bracket to motor
mounting plate.
15. While holding motor pulley to prevent
shaft from turning, rotate hysteresis
brake armature several turns to eliminate any misalignment between drive
motor shaft and brake armature.
NOTE
18. Replace cable ties removed in step 6,
being certain that all wires are secured so they will not be rubbed by
drive belt.
19. Lower deck from maintenance position.
Remove deck rear holddown screw and
spacer. Install screw and spacer in
keeper hole on back of deck.
20. Secure deck assembly to base assembly
using two screws through bottom of
shroud. Tighten screws.
POWER AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF. Disconnect input
power cable from external power source.
2. Remove disk pack.
3. Raise case assembly.
4. Raise logic chassis to maintenance
position.
5. Raise desk to maintenance position.
6. Disconnect servo preamp connector
(figure 3-23).
7. Remove screw and washer securing servo
connector bracket to servo preamp housing
(figure 3-24). Slide servo connector
bracket carefully back along servo head
cable.
NOTE
Observe connector orientation
on pins.
To minimize motor and brake
vibration, ensure that the
socket head screw in the brake
shaft collar is positioned opposite the set screw in the
pulley shaft collar.
16. With brake shaft collar resting on brake,
tighten hex head socket screw in collar
as follows:
•
On older units (use a 7/64-inch hex
wrench) tighten screw to a torque of
20 ± pounds-force-inch.
•
Newer units (use a 9/64-inch hex
wrench) tighten screw to a torque
25 ± pounds-force-inch.
NOTE
Replacement brakes are supplied
with extension cabling (required
on older units).
If extension
cable is not required, discard
it.
17. Connect brake leadwires.
• 3-48
Figure 3-23.
Servo Preamp Connector
83311300 Z
INTERLOCK
LATCH
;9H23
P'~gure 3-22 .2.
Pack Cover Solenoid Ad'Justment
83311300 G
3-4g.1
3. Remove attaching hardware securing solenoid assembly to shroud. The solenoid
assembly should fall free of shroud.
NOTE
Observe connector orientation
on pins.
NOTE
The Interlock Keeper is supplied
with the solenoid assembly kit
and is attached to the pack access
cover.
4. Install replacement solenoid assembly
reversing steps 1 thru 3.
POWER AMPLIFIER ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
Disconnect input
power cable from external power source.
2. Remove disk pack.
3. Raise case assembly.
4. Raise logic chassis to maintenance
position.
5.
Raise desk to maintenance position.
6. Disconnect servo preamp connector
(figure 3-23).
7. Remove screw and washer securing servo
connector bracket to servo preamp housing
(figure 3-24).
Slide servo connector
bracket carefully back along servo head
cable.
3-48.2
Figure 3-23.
Servo Preamp Connector
83311300 G
8. Disconnect servo head connector from
servo preamp.
9. Remove two screws and washers securing
power resistors R3 and R4 to power amp
mounting plate (figure 3-24).
caps are somewhat delicate and care
should be taken not to deform them.
14. Replace defective transistor as described in figure 3-26.
POWER AMP
ASSEMRLY
R3 &
-------rll
POWER Al\' P
l\'OUNTING
PLATE
SERVO
PREAI\TP
Figure 3-25.
Power Amplifier Assembly
0
~
TRANSISTOR
PIN CAPS
HOUSING
Figure 3-24.
Servo Preamp Housing
\
SHOULDER
WASHER
INSULATING
WASHER
SCREW
9F7
[pnTIrilim- --
\
LOCK
JASHER
/
-q]-~-~-~--
/
10. Remove two screws and.washers securing
power resistors Rl and R2 to power amp
mounting plate '(figure 3-24).
11. Remove four screws and washers securing power amp mounting plate to deck.
',,--.
12. Rotate power amp assembly up and out
towards rear of unit (figure 3-25).
On older units without ECO 37281 installed, requires power supply module
removal to gain access to power amp
assembly.
NOTE
Observe lead arrangement and
assure leads can be replaced
on appropriate connections.
13. Remove transistor pin caps from defective transistor (figure 3-24). The
83311300 D
NiT
FLAT
WASHER
TRANSlslR
V \
SILICONE
GREASE
POWER AMP
MOUNTING PLATE
9F9
Figure 3-26.
Transistor Assembly
15. Replace transistor pin caps (figure
3-24) .
16. Reposition power amp assembly.
3-49 "
17. Secure power amp mounting plate to
deck.
6. Cut cable tie securing ±5 V sense harness to power supply chassis.
18. Secure power resistor Rl and R2 to power amp mounting plate (figure 3-24) .
7. Remove ground strap between power supply chassis and shock mount on deck
(figure 3-28).
19. Secure power resistor R3 and R4 to power amp mounting plate (figure 3-24) .
20. Connect servo head connector to servo
preamp.
8. Remove upper two nuts, lockwashers and
flatwashers securing PC board assembly
to power supply chassis (figure 3-27).
9. Remove right and left fuse shields.
21. Replace servo connector bracket and
secure to servo preamp housing (figure
3-24) .
22. Connect servo preamp connector (figure
3-23) .
23. Lower deck from maintenance position.
Remove deck rear holddown screw and
spacer.
Install screw and spacer in
keeper hole on back of deck.
24. Secure deck assembly to base assembly
using two screws through bottom of
shroud.
Tighten screws.
25. Low~i logic chassis to normal operating position.
26. Lower case assembly.
27. Connect input power cable to external
power source.
28. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to ON.
29.
Install disk pack.
POWER SUPPLY MODULE AND REGULATOR
REPLACEMENT
To remove and repair the power supply module
it is necessary to disconnect harnesses, components, and jumper wires. Observe arrangement of all leads to be disconnected and assure leads can be replaced on appropriate
connections.
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
Disconnect input power cable from external power source.
2. Remove disk pack.
10. Raise deck to maintenance position.
11. Remove lower two nuts, lockwashers and
flatwashers securing PC board assembly
to power supply chassis.
12. Lift up on power supply and remove PC
board by swinging toward front of drive
around drive motor.
13. Remove four standoffs from PC board
mounting studs.
14. Continue lifting the power supply up
and out to gain access to both regulators.
15. Remove wiring from terminal strip of
defective regulator (figure 3-28).
16. Remove six screws securing regulator
.assembly to power supply chassis~
(Shown as "A" in figure 3-27 for the.
+5 V regulator).
~ull re~u~a~?r
away from chassis.
17. Remove quick-disconnect jumper wire from
-OUT terminal of +5 V regulator, or from
+OUT terminal of -5 V regulator, depending upon which regulator is to be
replaced.
18. Remove defective regulator assembly.
19. Remove 0.33 ~F capacitor assembly from
quick disconnect terminals on back of
regulator and install in replacement
regulator.
20. Slide regulator inot power supply chassis.
21. Secure regulator to chassis using six
screws (figure 3-27).
3. Raise case assembly.
4. Remove four screws securing power
supply to base. These screws are located under the base (figure 3-27).
5. Remove black and red quick-disconnect
wires from ±5 V regulators at ±SEN connections on terminal strip (figure
3-28) .
3-50
22. Connect wiring harness to terminal
strip (figure 3-28).
23. Replace quick-disconnect jumper was
removed in step 17.
24. Replace PC board assembly (refer to
steps 8 through 13).
83311300 N
POWER
SUPPLY
CHASSIS
ASSEMBL~
STANDOFF
\~~
~~
E~ff~d
PC BOARD
.
......
~ ~
__________~I i'--..
A_ ~~
~
@
I
.
A
- - - +5
V REGULATOR
~~
I
. I
!
e~
Figure 3-27.
(
"'-.
B33ll300 T
/~
SCREW
Power S
.
SIC 23 a~~P~Y
Module
Re pa1r
elow
(Sh eet
1 . of and
2) Replacement
9 FlO
TERMINAL
STRIP
GROUND STRAP
~TODECK
~-5 V REGULATOR
A2 (-5 V)
Al (+5 V)
TERM
RING
TONGUE
QUICK
DISCONNECT
RING
TONGUE
QUICK
DISCONNECT
+SEN
RESISTOR
RED
(+5 SENSE)
RESISTOR
(-5 SENSE)
-SEN
RESISTOR
BLACK
(+5 SENSE)
RESISTOR
BLACK
(-5 SENSE)
+OUT
RED
NONE
GND STRAP
BLACK
BLK JUMPER
-OUT
BLACK
BLACK
BLK JUMPER
BLUE
NONE
AC
BLACK
NONE
PURPLE
NONE
AC
WHITE
NONE
YELLOW
NONE
RED-
I
9F11
Figure 3-27.
3-52
Power: Supply Module Repair-£lnd Replacement sIc 23 and Below (Sheet 2)
83311300 Z
25. position power supply and secure to deck
using four screws removed in step 4.
NOTE
Route wiring harness between
power supply and side of base.
26. Connect black and red sense wires removed in step 5.
27. Secure sensing harness to power supply
chassis with cable tie straps.
28. Reconnect ground strap to power supply
chassis.
12. Connect input power cable to external
power source.
13. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to ON.
14. Remove magnet shield to expose voice
coil.
CAUTION
Do not move carriage forward
far enough to allow heads to
load against themselves.
(==~F:::~%l'ro
29. Lower case assembly.
30. Connect input power cable to external
power source.
31. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to ON.
32. Install disk pack.
RELA Y REPLACEMENT (K2)
Emergency retract will engage
and drive carriage toward rear
of unit.
15. Move coil by applying a lateral (parallel to coil movement) pressure to coil
just far enough to disengage heads
loaded switch. Emergency retract
should engage and drive carriage toward rear of unit.
16. Replace magnet shield.
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF. Disconnect input
power cable from external power source.
2. Remove disk pack.
3. Raise case assembly.
4. Raise deck assembly to maintenance position.
17. Lower case assembly.
SERVO PREAMP BOARD REPLACEMENT
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF. Disconnect input
power cable from external power source.
2. Remove disk pack.
5. Identify and label relay leadwires.
Disconnect leadwires.
3. Raise case assembly.
6. Remove four screws and washers securing
A9 assembly to deck.
4. Raise logic chassis to maintenance position.
7. Remove two screws and washers securing
Remove relay.
relay to A9 assembly.
5. Raise deck to maintenance position.
8. Install new relay and assemble in reverse order of removal.
6. Disconnect servo preamp connector
from servo preamp board (figure 3-23).
NOTE
9. Inspect routing of wire harness to make
sure it does not interfere with raising
and lowering of logic chassis or rub
on drive belt.
10. Lower deck from maintenance position.
Remove deck rear holddown screw and
spacer.
Install screw and spacer in
keeper hole on back of deck.
It is necessary to raise the
deck several times during the
procedure. Do not remove deck
rear holddown screw and spacer
from rear shock mount bracket
at this time.
7. Lower deck to normal operating position.
11. Secure deck assembly to base assembly
using two screws through bottom of
shroud. Tighten screws.
83311300 N
3-53
8. Remove two screws and washers securing
power resistors to power amp mounting
plate (figure 3-29).
and tighten screw to secure housing
to mounting plate.
f. Remove screwdriver and lower deck.
9. Lift power resistors up and toward
drive motor to allow removal of servo
preamp housing.
10. Remove upper securing screw and washer
(figure 3-29). Carefully slide servo
connector bracket back along servo
head cable.
11. Disconnect servo head connector from
servo preamp board.
12. Remove servo preamp housing from
power amp mounting plate as follows:
a. Insert screwdriver as shown in
figure 3-29.
NOTE
Deck will not be raised enough
to install support bracket.
b. Raise deck with left hand until
lower securing screw is accessible.
c. Loosen lower securing screw until
housing is free.
It is not necessary to remove the screw at this
time.
g. Remove upper securing screw.
15. Connect servo head connector to servo
preamp board. Note pin keying.
Be
careful not to bend pins.
16. Reposition servo connector bracket
and secure to servo preamp housing
using upper securing screw and washer
(figure 3-29).
17. Replace power resistors (refer to
steps 8 and 9) using two screws and
washers.
18. Raise deck to maintenance position
(install support bracket). Connect
servo preamp connector to servo
preamp board (figure 3-23). Note
pin keying.
Be careful not to bend
pins.
19. Lower deck from maintenance position.
Remove deck rear holddown screw and
spacer.
Install screw and spacer in
keeper hole on back of deck.
20. Secure deck assembly to base assembly
using two screws through bottom of
shroud. Tighten screws.
d. Remove screwdriver and lower deck.
e. Lift housing up and out.
f. Remove lower securing screw from
housing.
13. Replace defective servo preamp board
(figure 3-29).
Servo preamp board is
secured to housing by two screws.
14. Secure servo preamp housing to power
amp mounting plate as follows:
22. Lower case assembly.
23. Connect input power cable to external
power source.
24. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to ON.
25. Install disk pack.
a. Insert lower securing screw and
washer into housing (figure 3-29).
SPEED SENSOR
b. Position housing against mounting
plate.
ADJUSTMENT
c. Using upper securing screw, loosely
secure housing to mounting plate.
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
d. Insert screwdriver as shown in
figure 3-29.
2. Remove disk pack.
NOTE
Deck will not be raised enough
to install support bracket.
e. Raise deck with left hand to gain
access to lower securing screw
3-54
21. Lower logic chassis to normal operating position.
3. Using speed sensor adjustment tool,
check adjustment of speed sensor
(figure 3-30).
If adjustment is
required, continue to next step.
If
no adjustment is required, procedure
is completed.
4. Raise deck to maintenance position.
83311300 D
SERVO
PREAMP________
II
1\
HOUSING
~
POWER AMP
IVTOUNTING
PLATE
LOWER
SECURING
SCREW
~
-----r " I~/ :/~SCREW SECURING
:::t::/'
PREAMP TO HOUSING
UPPER
SECURING
SCREW
TO REMOVE AND INSTALL
LOWER SECURING SCREW,
INSERT SCREWDRIVER HERE.
9F12
Figure 3-29. Servo Preamp Board Replacement
83311300 D
\
'--.-
3-55
10. Recheck speed sensor adjustment.
peat adjustment if necessary
JUST TOUCHING
SPEED SENSOR
ADJUSTMENT TOOL
Re-
11. Connect speed sensor leadwires.
12. Lower deck from maintenance position.
Remove deck rear holddown screw and
spacer~
Install screw and spacer in
keeper hole on back of deck.
13. Secure deck assembly to base assembly
using two screws through bottom of
shroud. Tighten screws.
14. Perform Speed Sensing Check.
SPINDLE ASSEMBLY
SPINDLE
SPINDLE REPLACEMENT
9FIS
Figure 3-30.
CAUTION
When spindle assembly is removed,from drive or shipping
conta~ner, do not allow it to
rest on pulley end of assembly.
When it must be set down, lay
it on its side or on spindle
face plate.
Improper handling
of spindle assembly may cause
damage to spindle bearings
which could result in premature
failure of spindle or even damage to disks and heads.
Speed Sensor Adjustment
5. Loosen locknut on speed sensor.
6. Rotate speed sensor until it is in adjustment. Torque speed sensor locknut
to 5 (±l) inch-pounds. Recheck adjustment with adjustment tool.
7. Lower deck from maintenance position.
Remove deck rear holddown screw and
spacer.
Install screw and spacer in
keeper hole on back of deck.
8. Secure deck assembly to base assembly
using two screws through bottom of
shroud. Tighten screws.
9. Perform Speed Sensing Check.
REPLACEMENT
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
2. Remove disk pack.
3. Raise case assembly.
4. Raise deck assembly to maintenance position.
5. Disconnect speed sensor connector J202.
6. Loosen locknut on speed sensor (figure
3-30) .
7. Remove faulty speed sensor by turning
sensor counterclockwise.
8. Install replacement speed sensor until
tip of speed sensor and adjustment
tool are as shown in figure 3-30.
9. Tighten locknut on speed sensor.
3-56
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
2. Remove disk pack.
3. Raise case assembly.
4. Raise deck assembly to maintenance position.
5. Disconnect ground strap from ground
spring.
6. Turn nut on belt spring tension screw
(figure 3-16) until about two threads
remain through nut.
7.
belt from spindle pulley by
roillng belt off pulley in a counterclockwise direction.
Remo~e
8. Remove three button head screws securing spindle assembly to deck (figure
3-31). These screws are located under
the spindle top surface and accessible
th:ough the three holes in top of the
sp~ndle.
NOTE
Notch in deck allows clearance
for ground spring.
9. Carefully lift spindle assembly from
deck to avoid damaging ground spring.
83311300
J
FLAT
WASHER
COMPRE~~
S PR IN G
FLAT
--------fl;.
WASHER ______
-I·
0
®
SCREW
END
::-ij
~~
I
8J24B
Figure 3-31. Spindle Rep1a cement
~
83311300 D
3-57
10. Remove two screws, lockwashers and
flat washers securing ground spring
mounting boock to spindle assembly
(figure 3-33).
11. Install ground spring mounting block
on replacement spindle assembly using
two screws, lockwashers and flat
washers. Tighten screws.
12. Carefully lower replacement spindle
assembly through deck opening in
shroud. Orient spindle assembly so
that ground spring mounting block faces
drive motor.
13. Secure spindle assembly to deck using
three socket head screws. Do not
tighten screws.
14. Perform Spindle/Carriage Alignment procedure and then return to next step of
this procedure.
7. Insert a 1/8 inch Allen wrench into
lockshaft screw inside spindle shaft.
Hold spindle pack mounting plate
stationary with one hand and with the
other hand loosen lockshaft screw.
8. Remove lockshaft screw, flat washers
and compression spring from spindle
(while ·removing parts, take note of
how parts are assembled).
9. Remove lockshaft and compression spring
from top of lockshaft.
10. Position compression spring ~n replacement lockshaft and install into top of
spindle until lockshaft is seated inside spindl.~ shaft.
11. Assemble lockwasher screw, one flat
washer, spring, and other flat washer
as shown in figure 3-30.
NOTE
15. Connect ground strap to ground spring
terminal.
16. Perform Ground Spring Adjustment procedure.
17. Install and adjust drive belt (refer to
Drive Belt Replacement and Adjustment
procedures) .
18. Lower deck from maintenance position.
Remove deck rear holddown screw and
spacer.
Install screw and spacer in
keeper hole on back of deck.
19. Secure deck assembly to base assembly
using two screws through bottom of
shroud. Tighten screws.
20. Perform Head/Arm Alignment procedure.
LOCKSHAFT REPLACEMENT
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
2. Remove disk pack.
3. Raise case assembly.
4. Raise deck assembly to maintenance position.
5. Remove screw securing ground spring to
mounting bracket (screw closest to
ground spring contact). Loosen other
screw in ground spring and rotate
spring away from lockshaft end seal.
6. Remove lockshaft end seal by inserting
a screwdriver tip between end seal and
bottom of pulley and prying down until
end seal £alls off spindle shaft (two
screwdrivers on opposite ends facilitate
seal removal).
Using Loctite Primer in next step
reduces the setting time for
Loctite from 24 to 12 hours.
12. Apply a very minute amount of Loctite,
Grade C to the first three threads of
the lockshaft screw (make sure that no
Loctite contacts screw, washers, or
the spring).
13. Guide lockshaft screw into bottom of
spindle shaft and thread screw into
lockshaft.
14. Torque lockshaft screw to 40 (±5)
inch-pounds.
15. Position lockshaft end seal onto spindle shaft. Lightly tap seal onto
shaft using a plastic faced hammer.
Make sure that end seal is completely
flush with bottom of pulley.
16. Rotate ground spring onto end seal and
secure screw to mounting block using
one screw. Tighten both screws securing spring to mounting block.
17. Lower deck from maintenance position.
Remove deck rear holddown screw and
spacer.
Install screw and spacer in
keeper hole on back of deck.
18. Secure deck assembly to base assembly
using two screws through bottom of
shroud. Tighten screws.
19. Clean spindle and shroud per procedure listed in Preventive Maintenance
section.
20. Allow Loctite to cure for 24 hours
(12 hours if primer was uped) before
starting spindle motor.
7. Insert a 1/8 inch Allen wrench into
lockshaft screw inside spindle shaft.
3-58
83311300 J
SPINDLE/CARRIAGE ALIGNMENT
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
2. Remove disk pack.
3. Raise case assembly.
4. Raise logic chassis to maintenance position.
5. Remove number 3 (second from bottom)
head/arm assembly (refer to Head/Arm
Alignment procedure).
CARRIAGE
ALIGNMENT
ARM
6. Refer to figure 3-32 and install carriage alignment tool in head number 3
slot on carriage. Secure tool to
carriage with two screws and washers,
Torque each sc~ew to 4 inch-pounds.
7. Extend carriage until alignment tool
is aligned as shown in figure 3-32.
8. Check that distance between alignment
tool and spindle is as specified in
figure 3-32.
If adjustment is required, go to step 9.
If requirement is met, go to step 15.
9. Retract carriage.
10. Rotate spindle until three holes in
top of spindle are aligned with the
three screws securing spindle to deck
assembly.
11. Remove the screws and washers securing
spindle to deck.
Install screws (without washers) snug tight.
12. Extend carriage until alignment tool is
positioned as shown in figure 3-32.
13. Gently tap spindl~ using a plastic hammer until dimension between alignment
tool and spindle is as specified in
figure 3-32.
14. Tighten one screw at a time and check
dimension after tightening each screw.
After tightening the last screw, remove the first screw tightened in
step 11 and install one washer on screw
and install screw. Tighten screw.
Perform this procedure for the second
screw and then the third.
Recheck
dimensional requirement after tightening each screw.
HOLE(S) FOR REMOVING
SPINDLE-TO-DECK
MOUNTING SCREWS
8J26
15. Remove alignment tool and install number 3 head/arm assembly.
16. Perform Head/Arm Alignment check and
adjustment for head 3.
83311300 D
Figure 3-32.
Spindle/Carriage Alignment
3-59
3. Raise case assembly.
7. If not within requirements of step 6,
loosen two screws securing ground spring
block to side of spindle assembly (figure 3-33). Reposition block.
(Slide
block towards deck to increase spring
tension. Slide block away from deck to
decrease spring tension.) Tighten
screws and recheck requirements of step
6. Repeat adjustments until requirement is met.
4. Raise deck assembly to maintenance position.
8. Remove ground spring 1eadwire at ground
spring mounting block terminal.
5. Connect a push-pull gauge to outer end
9. Connect mu1timeter (set to RX1) across
ground spring 1eadwire and ground
spring terminal. Meter should indicate
zero ohms. If not, go to step 10. If
OK go to step 11.
STATIC GROUND SPRING
ADJUSTMENT
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
2. Remove disk pack.
of ground spring {figure 3-33).
I
6. Force (applied perpendicular to spring
length) required to pull ground spring
contact free of spindle locks haft end
seal should be within 90 (±25) grams.
SLOTTED HOLES FOR
UP AND DOWN MOVEMENT
OF MOUNTING BLOCK
10. Clean 10ckshaft end seal with gauze
slightly dampened with media c1ean-
SPINDLE
ASSEMBLY
FLATWASHER
~/ )
~~LOCKBHAFT
~
END SEAL
~TERMINAL LUG
~
I
8JI4
Figure 3-33. Static Ground Spring
. 3-60
83311300 Z
ing solution. Repeat step 9, if requirement is not met replace ground
spring.
If OK go to step 11.
11. Disconnect multimeter leadwires.
12. connect ground spring leadwire to
ground spring terminal lug.
13. Lower deck from maintenance position.
Remove deck rear holddown screw and
spacer.
Install screw and spacer in
keeper hole on back of deck.
14. Secure deck assembly to base assembly
using two screws through bottom of
shroud. Tighten screws.
15. Lower case assembly.
16. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to ON.
REPLACEMENT
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF.
2. Remove disk pack.
3. Raise case assembly.
4. Raise deck assembly to maintenance position.
5. Disconnect ground spring leadwire from
ground spring terminal lug.
6. Remove two screws, lockwashers, one
flat washer and one terminal lug securing ground spring to mounting block.
7. Position replacement ground spring on
mounting block as shown in figure
3-33.
8. Secure ground spring to mounting
block t using two screws, lockwashers,
one flat washer and one terminal
lug (assemble hardware as shown in
figure 3-33). Tighten screw.
9. Perform steps 5 through 16 of Static
Ground Spring Adjustment procedure.
TIME METER REPLACEMENT
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF. Disconnect input
power cable from external power
source.
,/
5. Remove screws and spring lock washers
securing time meter to mounting plate.
6. Identify wires to be removed from time
meter.
Remove nylon covers and nuts
securing wires to time meter.
7. Remove defective time meter.
8. Install replacement time meter in mounting plate in reverse qrder of removal.
9. Install time meter mounting plate on
base being careful not to pinch electrical wires.
10. Lower case assembly.
11. Connect input power cable to external
power source.
12. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to ON.
13. Perform initial Checkout and Startup
procedure.
TRIAC REPLACEMENT
1. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to OFF. Disconnect input
power cable from external power source.
2. Remove disk pack.
3. Raise case assembly.
4. Raise deck assembly to maintenance position.
5. Locate bad triac.
6. Identify and label triac leadwires.
Disconnect leadwires.
7. Remove two screws and washers securing
triac. Remove triac.
8. Install new triac in reverse order of
removal.
9. Lower deck from maintenance position.
Remove deck rear holddown screw and
spacer.
Install screw and spacer in
keeper hole on back of deck.
10. Secure deck assembly to base assembly
using two screws through bottom of
shroud. Tighten screws.
11. Connect input power cable to external
power source.
2. Remove disk pack.
12. Lower case assembly.
3. Raise case assembly.
13. Set AC POWER and POWER SUPPLY circuit
breakers to ON.
4. Remove six screws and spring lock
washers securing time meter mounting
plate to base.
(
"--83311300 Z
3-61
I
VELOCITY TRANSDUCER
The velocity transducer assembly consists of
a transducer coil (complete with housing an0
connector), a transducer core, and an extension rod. Whenever it is necessary to change
any part of the transducer assembly, all
parts of the assembly must be changed.
NOTE
When ordering the velocity transducer assembly, also be certain
to order the extension rod.
The following procedure first covers replacement of the transducer coil, aligning it to
the old transducer core.
It then covers replacement of the core.
Refer to figure 3-34 and:
1. Remove attaching hardware securing
transducer coil to rear of magnet assembly. Unplug connector P22.
2. Carefully remove transducer coil, sliding it straight out rear of magnet assembly.
3. Slowly and carefully slide replacement
transducer coil into rear of magnet assembly.
4. Align one of the three slots on back of
transducer coil with mounting hole in
magnet. Manually extend heads and slide
carriage back and forth. Be aware of
any drag or of any rubbing sound • . Rotate coil and move carriage again for
each of remaining two slots on back of
transducer coil.
5. Select mounting slot that produced minimum drag and minimum rubbing. Orient
this slot to mounting hole and install
and tighten attaching hardware.
•
3-62
6. Reconnect connector P22. Extend heads
and move carriage back and forth to
verify alignment of transducer coil.
7. Reach in from logic chassis side of
drive and disconnect extension rod from
rear of carriage assembly using a 1/8inch open end wrench.
8. Push extension rod and transducer core
through coil and out rear of magnet assembly.
9. Apply light coat of Loctite grade C to
threads of new extension rod and screw
rod into end ot' replacement transducer
core. Wipe off excessive Loctite.
NOTE
Do not apply Loctite to remaining end of extension rod until
completing next step.
10. Slowly and carefully slide replacement
transducer core and extension rod
through coil from rear.
CAUTION
Use extreme care not to allow
Loctite to get on carriage
rails or bearings.
11. Very carefully apply a light coat of
Loctite grade ,C to threads on end of
extension rod. Thread extension rod
into rear of carriage and lightly
tighten. Wipe away excessive Loctite.
12. Manually extend heads and move carriage
back and forth to verify that carriage
moves freely and there is no excessive
drag.
83311300 Z
Figure 3-34.
Velocity Transducer Replacement
'--
(
"---
83311300 Z
3-63
•
SECTION 4
DIAGRAMS
DIAGRAMS
INTRODUCTION
This section contains the logic and power
diagrams for the drive. These diagrams describe the drive in terms of the functions
it performs.
The diagrams are grouped by card location
with each sheet having a unique two digit
cross reference number. This number is useful when following signals that go from one
sheet to another. Each sheet in the diagrams
83311300
A
4
has a title that is descriptive of the function the logic performs.
For descriptions of the discrete and integrated circuits found in the diagrams, refer
to sections 4, 5 and 6 of the reference manual (Publication Number 83317300).
Flowcharts, simplified logic, and timing diagrams that describe various drive functions
are found in section 3 (Theory of Operation)
of the reference manual.
4-1
,j::>.
3
4
I
2
1
N
+sv
t A4R3
2R8
A.N\r
lOOK
I.OOK
2CI
+!5V
D
ODD+EVEN DlBITS
1=--4_-+"~
A 5&1
B U-
2R5
2C3
180
IUF
~
A4R6
I~
A4RI
10K
lOOK
XI Y
_IS
I
II
+ r 10
IIt
c
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED
9.67 MHZ NOM.
.IUF
2R3
2C5
::j;ISPF
2C6
~t
2N
R2
23 9
TPA
I
~z
+5V
B3RI
2R6
I.OOK
2R7
I
2f~1
I
I
-=-
I
r...J
322
AR2
I
[
I
I
~h
215
2RI
~
100
-15V
Ii<
IVRI
I
L -=--
--
BIR9
162
L
(SERVO CLOCK) AOI9.67 MHZ OUT 12B ( A06-03B(l7
r--
+2
4.84 MHZ CLOCK
H.35V)
4.84 MHZ CLOCK
-5V(-5.05V,-5.IV)
+5V
C3R2
2.2K
A
ODD
DIBITS
140H
U-D4A
+~5V
C3RI
. 2.2K
~
4
co
®
NOTE
NOT
USED
W
CD
23B (
CD
-S.IV
-5.IV
"VV'
~I~-----------------------'
484 MHZ CLOCK
51.1
806 KHZ CLOCK
2
•
26B ( A03-15A(7
403 KHZ CLOC K
25B c:
403 KHZ CLOCK
13B
1
CD
A03-31A(7)
CD
REV. D. AS SHOWN
REV. C. 0.90 U SEC
REV. B. 0.75 U SEC
967 AND 4 84
CLOCK
P.Cf
o
o
::u
24B,
3
w
CD
B
VBB
.. + 5V
C2R2
I-'
I-'
IIBc:CD
51.1
DIVIDE BY 12
22B
261
.,;:.
">C2R4
IK
24)AI0-12B
c
3.6V
39
I
_______ -::.~5~ J
~-15V
~L
_ _ _ _ _ _ -22V
14B,34B
BIR6
162
BIR7-=-
I
I
BIR9
~L~-----+22V
•
BIRS
261
2~RI
3.3V
~+15V
glB,218
W
OSCILLATOR
:----------,
to co 16
3
~~~F
+f5V -=-
'01-
::::~
Hh
I.OOK
B
Ll '
+SV
+5V
t
o
;' lofE-
PHASE/FREQUENCY
DETECTOR
AOI10-33A:>04B
2C2
LOC- AOI
4
3
1
IA
(
CD
•
3
4
v,J
W
I-'
I-'
W
+ 5v
o
o
1
2
2R8
lOOK
t"1
2CI
+5V
2C2
o
t
D
A4R5
~ 2.21<
AOI4lAI0-33A)04B
TP-T
ODD+EVEN DIBITS
IUF
VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR
9.67 MHZ NOM.
------------
+5V
+5V
2C4
XIV
+ 110
n-=
I I I
.IUF
2R3
LOOK
c
2C6
~i+5V
-=
':=1
A
>----.
1 ~~!
r
47
2CRI
2RI
100
IK
2VRI
IVRI
BIR9
3.6V
39
I
BIR9
162
3.3V
TPA~
TPZ
(SERVO CLOCK) AOI9.67 MHZ OUT 12BCA05-03B(17)
+2
~+15V
4.84 MHZ CLOCK
~L
_ _ _ _ _ _ +22V
(-I.35V)
~-15V
~L
_ _ _ _ _ _ -22V
~0IB,2IB
14B,34B
.-
-5.05V
L =_____ _
-15V
34A
B
c
261
.01~215
2R4
~:
B!R6
162
2C5
PF
1'15
4.88 MHZ CLOCK
It
_ 5V (-5.05V,-~.IV)
liB,
'
!.OOK
A4CI
t%j
+5V
~
t
D
2R8
'IIV'v-
lOOK
~A4R4
~A4R2
23.7K
10K
i'O'OK
H~,
390PF
PHASE I FREQUENCY
DETECTOR
AOI)AIO -33A 04B
1.6 USEC
A 5~1
140H ~--+---+",,->[> B U-A3A
FA>FB
U-B4A
OA-B >0
1]'
IRS
180
AOI-
~CD
IUF
r---
VOLTAGE
FB>FA
°B-A>O
+5V
1
o
2C3
a
ODD+EVEN DIBITS
2C~
2CI
~
A4R6
I~
OSCILLATOR
2C4
XIY
10
XI Y
CONTROLLED
- - - -9.67
- -MHZ
- -NOM.
----,
+5V
+1
I
I
I
~h
I
I
1
r.J
270
c
'~5NS 12'
BIRG
162
BIR3
147
~
c
I
~I
39!
,.
-~.~5::'
J
BIR9
162
:=liz
TPA
B
'-
+5V
B3RI
(SERVO CLOCK) AOI9.67 MHZ OUT 12B, A06-03B
~+15V
4.84 MHZ CLOCK
~L_----_+22V
(-I.35V)
~-15V
... -22V
~L_----
0lB,21B
-5V
,
14B,34B
51.1
a ABV.
DIVIDE BY 12
-5.IV
CR NO 24 FOR REV
C2R2
......
806 KHZ CLOCK
I
2.2K
ODD
DIBITS
+5V
~
I
w
4
I
f"_OCK
'Vv . . . . . -_ ~OCK40'\
KHZ C
, .,
}"
CD -06B
4.88 MHZ CLOCK
51.1
+5V
te",
G)
,
B
• + 5V
+5V
24XX)AI0-12B
CD
VBB
4.88 MH Z CLOCK 24B, (})
(-5.05V,-~.IV)
NOTES:
(DNOT USED
@BIR2 NOT USED REV H a ABV
G)CR NO AS SHOWN FOR HFRV REV P
N a BLW.
A
liB,
ea
3
1'111111.'iii.
CLSV REV D
a
ABV
967 AND 4.84 CLOCK
DIAGRAMS
LOC- AOI
1I
'::, :~
AO~-15A(7)
258
-CD
13B, A03.31A(7)
IA
"'I"
"'"
3
4
1
2
D
D
4R2
lOOK
4CI
4C2
TP-X
3.3UF
±2()%
TP-Y
c
c
4R4
TP-W
4C4
47PF'::;I;'
~·i;//~K
4C6
+5V
DluF
4R7
147
4CRI
+5V
B
+E4RI
-15V
4VRI
B
3.3V
2.2K
CD~
OlR7
162
tl%
-;-2
WRITE PLO CLOCK AOI(9.67 MHz)
28B::: AI4.,.IOB (32)
..
..
A
CD
co
.....
2
w
o
o
®
I-'
:J::I
tIj
4
~==~~-------- ~
(-1.35V)
II
02RI
02R2
IK
IK
NOTE:
w
w
HIGH FREQ CLOCK
(19.34 MHz)
12
-5.IV
NOT USED.
FOR AOI VOLTAGE INPUT PINS
SEE SHEET 1.
140H CHIP USED ON CLSV REV C AND BELOW
ONLY.
3
@
REV
H 6
VBB
A
-5.IV
DIR9
30B::: AI4-09A(32)
ABV.
9.67 MHZ,
CLOCKS
19.34 MHZ
(
(
(
co
w
I
(
(
...
3
4
W
(
/
2
I-'
I-'
BUS
OUT BIT
0
W
BUS
OUT
BIT
0
o
BUS
OUT
BIT
I
o
ill'
I-Ij
E2F
D
5
TAG 2
'\
13
8
14B
BIA
I~
I
12
1
140
AID
TARGET MUX +5V
BITS 4-7
II
r
/
A02-
(19)
Q1B
A07-()58
BUS OUT BIT 0
2
BUS OUT BIT I
(lB).o7-1
Q1A
BUS OUT BIT 2
(l8)A07-1
Q3A
BUS OUT BIT 3
Q6B
PRESENT
SEC REG
24
OSA
PRESENT
SEC
REG
25
Q6B
PRESENT
SEC
REG
26
REG
(TAG 101 + TAG III· BIT 0)
(7)A03-2
(7)A03-2
C I (7)A03-2
4
LOAD
_,
~;
0
B4
1
4
~~7
0
~A
(It) A07-<>4
GI
6 I
IIro- 9
10 I
14~12
13 I
TARGET
0.....-
4
R
RGTR
520
B3
CD
D
IK
2
27
~CD
5i'--7
I
CD
26
~CD
12~10
5
2
~CD
13~15
~~CD
~16
-=- ~B
./
5
4
3
27
TARGET
REG
TARGET
REG 2 6
TARGET
REG
25
TARGET
REG
24.
15
14" CD
.3.... CD
~
15
-=-
(18)
B
A07-1
I
(lB)A07-1
(lB)A07-1
Q4A
gsB
liB
, 12B
(7)A03-2
(7)A03-3
(7)A03-3
(7) A03-3
BUS OUT BIT 4
2
4
r-4-
BUS OUT BIT 6
BUS OUT BIT 7
PRESENT
SEC REG
2°
lOA
PRESENT
SEC REG
21
lOB
PRESENT
SEC
REG
22
PRESENT
SEC
REG
23
23
I
5 ~7
6
-I-- I
II - 9
0
10
I
14-12
0
13
BUS OUT BIT 5
IIA
09A
MUX
189
C4
0 1
12
~CD
~CD
10
21
~CD
13~15
2°
~C!)
'----
..L....--
I
co--
TARGET MUX
BITS 0-3
~16
L--.!.2...
-=-
A
---I..76
SECTOR
COMPARE
TARGET
REG
23
TARGET
REG
22
TARGET
REG
21
TARGET
REG
2°
~f-~
"""I
Ul
4
..
F
5
G
4
AC
6
c
AD 6
H
5
J
5
K
6
L
6
N
4
B
~CD
A
USED.
3
5
CD
NOTE:
NOT
~
BUS OUT BIT 4
BUS OUT BIT
CD
5
r
8
501
C2
II
4 A
12
2
13 I
A>B
A=B
AB
I
~- A=B
~i6 A.
I
4
0\
...
3
2
1
ENABLE RPS
INTERRUPT
!J
:3
D
c
-----5
TIE HIGH
SECTOR COMPARE
(§)A02:-~::::~~~------------------~============================--
(7)
,
II~
A0:3_2IB:~:3::3~~
__~SE~C~T~0~R________________________________________~
(7)
AO:3_I:3B:3:3A
(IB)
A07-28B lB
(19)
em
INDEX
TARGET REGISTER TAG (lOll
A07 -liB ,2M
~I>
o
6
I
'I
I
TAG III- BIT 0
®
CD
LOAD TARGET REG ( A ) 3
v
c
'-, 1
JA0202B
~
0AU~
-
(12) A05-21B
(16) A06-IOA
(191 A07-:3IB
SW
POWER UP CLEAR +
MANUAL FAULT CLEAR
~,
21A
B
:3
(18)
®
"m'o
146
E2
--I
JA02-9A
B
DIAGNOSTIC
TAG
(010)
- 1
F'
5 (AE)
A02:32A
BUS OUT BIT 5
A07- :3IA ,I2A
:3 (A
INTERRUPT
12
v
CLEAR
ATTENTION
~Q
BUS OUT BIT
UNIT
READY
NOTES:
A
CD
CD
NOT
USED.
FAUL T
PANEL
CLEAR
ASSY.
SWITCH
LOCATED ON
SWITCH
A
co
w
w
.....
.....
RPS STEERING AND INTERRUPT
w
o
o
o
LOC'
4
3
I
(
"
.
ex>
w
w
3
4
I-'
I-'
,/
/
/
\
w
2
1
0
0
8
ENABLE RPS
INTERRUPT
T)
~
D
CI
(7)
1.02A03-21B ,33B
(7)
A03-13B
(18)
A07-28B
I
I
~
4
3
S
3,1
15
BUS IN BIT
0
28A
I
BUS IN BIT
I
2SB
~Q)
2
3
-
NO HD SEL
c
OS-2IA !IS}
W
OS-ISB (IS)
B
C
l-Y§.Q
I
G3
MUX
170
04
12
II
0
1
I
2
15
BUS
IN BIT 4
21A
BUS
IN BIT
ISA
5
S-IIB liS}
-12AIIS}
L-
® USED ONLY ON BJ70lJ/K UNITS
® 17!JH CHIP USED BPEV REV BAND
,:::..
U
V
~Q)
A
NOT USED
BELOW.
25 A,. AOS-17B liS}
MUX
170
E4
NOTE:
Q)
ADS-17A liS}
-G3
10
~Q)
9
4 ~
0
I
5
I
S
2
~CD
7
J
REG 22
3
13
A0230A
IN BIT 2
~Q)
2
2
I
BUS
~Q)
~
13
I
26
REG
VOLTAGE FAULT
TARGET
IK
I
FAULT
LOG IC PLUG
17A
15
2'
IK
(13) A05-14B
G3
MUX
170
E3
ON CYL
3
(43) JA02-IIA
~
0'
I
10 2
9 3
3
135}AI5-32
FEU'
13
:~
l
25
REG
+5V
®
D
ATTENTION
9
CYL. (W+ R) FAULT
TARGET
4
+5V
3 E
32B
3
C I (lB) A07-30
5
READY
CLEAR ATTENTION
Q
AE
IK
HIGH
BUS IN BITS
o
THRU 5
C: A02
.
~
I
4
I-'
o
DI
A02Z4B
(Z7)AII_ZIB-
3
2
OFFSET
OFFSET
TAG
22
TAG
ZI
LOGIC
(43) JAOZ-IIB ,Z2A
COMMAND
PLUG
LOGIC PLUG
(43) JAOZ-14A ,14B
TARGET
REG
A0205A, A05-27A (14)
AIO _ 08A (42)
PROTECT
D
ZI
I'~
~EG Z 1
TARGET
3@
WRITE
I'
BUS
IN
BIT 6
ZZB, A06-IOB (16)
IN
BIT 7
14A , A06-IIA (16)
CD
ZO
I'
ZO
BUS
3@
CI
SEEK
(lO)A04-IIA Z3B
C
ERROR
5 ~D SELECTED
A02(lZ) A05-31A _13B
FAULT
(14) A05-31B _13A
WRITE
3
@
PROTECT
DELAY
JAOI-IOB (41)
A05-Z4B (lZ)
O5B _ A06-Z6A (17)
A14-12B (32)
A13-16B (31)
BUS OUT 81T I
WRITE
GATE
/B
B
READ
3 (AC)
BUS .OUT BIT 3
-+-5V
Z70
(18) A07_Z5Ag38
CONTROL
TAG
(III)
•
-+-5V
Z70
04B AI5 -31B (35)
, A05-ZZ8(1Z)
AII- 24B (Z5)
A16-12 B (36)
GATE
-+-5V
Z70
- I
ADDRESS MARK DELAYED OZA, A05-27B (lZ)
3 (AD)
BIT
4 OUT
4
I
NOTES-
CD NOT
A
®
USED.
SIC 09 WITH
48028A ONLY.
ADDRESS
MARK
ENABLE
APPLICABLE TO 5PEV
00
w
w
BUS IN BITS 6 AND 7
WRITE AND READ GATE
I-'
I-'
W
o
o
t-3
LOC-A02
4
3
31B
A16-13B (36)
AII-24A(Z5)
, AI4-Z6B (33)
A15-27B (35)
®
1
A
(-
"
(
(
/
.
00
w
3
4
w
I-'
I-'
2
1
W
0
0
1-3
D
A02(27)AII -21B ,24B
OFFSET
TAG
.2 2
TAG
21
LOGIC
(43) JA02-11 B ,22A
COMMAND
o
'1
21
PLUG
I:~
TARGET
REG 2 I
LOGIC PLUG
(43) JA02-14A ,I4B
IN
BIT 6
22B, A06-IOB (16)
IN
BIT 7
14A ( A06-IIA (16)
2°
I'
TARGET
BUS
CD
30
REG
BUS
2°
3@
CI
SEEK
(I0)A04-IIA 23B
c
ERROR
+5V
+5V
5 ~D SELECTED
270
A02-
OFFSET
FAULT
(12) A05-3IA _13B
WRITE
PROTECT 05,\ A05-27A (14)
AIO- OBA (42)
+-
WRITE PROTECT DELAY
(14) A05 -31B J3A
3 (AB)
JAOI-IOB (41)
A05-24B (12)
BUS OUT BIT I
t-- B 1
WRITE
GATE
058,
:~:~I~~A(~~~)
A13-16B (31)
B
~3
3 (AC)
READ
GATE
04B,
~6~:~k~ «~~'>
B
AII-24B (25)
A16-12 B (36)
BUS .OUT BIT 3
+5V
270
(IS) A07_25Ag3B
CONTROL
3 (AD)
BIT
4
TAG
(III)
- I
OUT
4
ADDRESS
ADDRESS
A
APPLICABLE TO BPEV
NOTE:
CD
.;:..
I
I-'
I-'
4
NOT
MARK DELAYED 02A, A05-27B (12)
I
USED.
3
.
BUS IN BITS 6 AND 7
WRITE AND READ GATE
MARK ENABLE
31B
A16-13B (36)
AII-24A(25)
, A14-26B (33)
IA
01::>.
A03-
I\J
(403 KHz CLOCK)
-.~
(I) 01-l3B
(3)
I) 01-26B 15A
>'-V I'
15
2ii
'"
S ICD
ICO
4 CD
3
1CD
29
I
I
I
J6
CNTR
ISS
U-A4
2
:J+5'
I
:
"
L
I
148
12
13
~~:05A
l
.,r-
i!
24
,.....--§..
~
~
~
,.,lL CD
, tl?- CD
, IJL CD
,~. CD
-
16 CNTRI
IS8
U- 84
2.3+1
.--
®I
A
(;3
R
ICO
S I CO
4 ICO
3 ICO
6
2T
~
J'6
5"V 'f I
CNTR
IS8
U-C4
2
2
C .3+1
+SV
C4RI
co
t
W
I-'
I-'
(j)
28A
SECTOR COUNT
W
CD
29 B
IFiC~"ENT SECTOIit
:t:'
o
4
I
9
,B..CD
tC'"1
309K
£MiBll'
ICD
ICD
ICD
ICD
A>B~CD
A.B 14
AB~
A-B 14
AB
A-B
A
7
5
WI
cg
~5'
175{"
ON CYLINDER
03A ,
ON r.VI INnFR
03R
!6~=~~~l;?)
A05-24A(12)
Ie
10
17A
(8)A03-2IA
"
"
10~
FINE
uC'J\nc
t nl\.nc:-n
START
SEEK
I
.~"
'-J
BI
FINE LATCH
9
ENABLE
11
n~~
.. vou,
~
1 IUJ~
11--
-T_1172H
10 M
FINE
BICI
(23)AI0-07B
(23) AIO- 08B
A04288
r;'(
27B
CYL
DET
DET
A
9
8
10
A0416B A12-22B (28)
COARSE
~
GATED CYL
18
06A,AII_2:3B(26)
A0416A AI2-17B(28)
PULSES 14A
IB
AIIAI3-038(31
A09-27B(21)
p
)~
=-_____________~~:=__'
A
(31 )AI3- 07B ______T__
:0
co
w
W
I-'
I-'
W
o
o
:J:>I
tt:I
128
(31 )AI3-17A
NOTE:
NOT USED.
2 FOR A04 VOLTAGE INPUT PINS SEE SHEET 10
"
NOTE
CD
NOT
USED
01:>0
;=J
I]
~
I
I-'
-...J
4
3
APPLICABLE TO MLVV
ACCESS CONTROL, PART
n
@
CF II
A
.;:.
3
4
I
1
2
I-'
00
SERVO TRACK
FLT LATCH
A04(8 )A03-27A ,33A
SERVO TRACK FAULT
,
~
"I
A0431A
SERVO FAULT
AI2-02A(29)
(4) A02-27A
(16) A06-IOA
(19) A07- 31B
(12) A05-2IB----~
D
D
®
I
JA0rL---102B
~UL~
,31B
SW
(12)A05-13 B
~
MANUAL FAULT CLEAR + POWER UP CLEAR
+-__===~___CTI
~~B__F_A_U_L_T_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
~
I
SERVO READY
078
SERVO
4· \!V 10
~:13 _ 05A (30)
A03-178(8)
A05-25A (19)
(29 )AI2-07A
(l4)A05-33A ;--9B
25 SEC DELAY
(14)A05~17B ,23B
UP TO SPEED
(8) A03-07A :32B
(8)A03_07B 25B
c
SERVO READY
~9
~
II
CLEAR LOAD
11M
HEADS LOADED
If
I· T
+5V
~
S4-L
2
~
C
S2
NCJA02-
~~)24B
READY
HEADS C2CRI
LOADED 14 ,
u
I
,
~
I I
.. _u . ~ .
A~tY09-16B
21)
21B: A03-04B!8)
LOAD HEADS
29B
CO'" HEADS
25A, A09-"",,}1
RTZ
12B - AI2-08A(28)
LOAD-+RTZ
NO
A04
068
AI2 - 07 B(28)
C
~AII-IOB(25)
9,10
A03-17A(8)
AI3 - 26A (30)
(MAX ADO FLT+REAOY).
~
UI_4~A ~6
FWO+REV EOT
.
( T) 10
31S
BI
JJ
A:...,.::S.=.ET.:.......,:R.:.cTC!Z'--t-_ _ _ _ _ _
(8) A03 -06B >,2;;..4c:...
B
A04UP TO SPEED + UNLOAD HEADS 26A
II
(8)A03-16B ~2A
FWD+REV EOT
(14)A05-26A ,26B
UP TO SPEED
AII-25B (25)
.0lUF - ' - C2Cl
CERAMIC ~
12A
UNLOAD HEADS
.
A
00
W
W
I-'
I-'
w
o
o
~
tI:l
MAX
10
ADDRESS
®
3
UNLOAD HEADS
HEADS
FLT
NOTE
CD
,
I
ON CYLINDER PULSE
6
APPLICABLE TO ELVV/LLVV
NOT USED
LOCATED ON OP PNL.
FOR A04 VOLTAGE INPUT PINS SEE SHEET 10
4
LOC: A04
3
LOADED
~ 10
A04- A09-25B(20)
13B, AI0-27B(24)
A03-12A (8)
IA
;/
!
co
4
w
w
.......
.......
w
o
o
(8 ) AO 3 - 27 A
~
.
3
1
2
SERVO TRACK
FLT LATCH
,~~ 1- 7N;;:::O-::SC=E-=-RV-O=--T-R-A-C-K
SERVO TRACK FAULT
t'%j
A0431A
AI2-02A(29)
D
D
(J2)A05-IIA,3IB
3 FAULT CLEAR
(12) A05-13B~3>B
(29)
- "t
'FA'ULi" + SERVO
AI2-07A~
_I
TRACK FAULT
,
(J4)A05 -33A ~9B
25 SEC DELAY
(14)A05-17B ")23B
UP TO SPEED
;-;;:{ H)9
HEADS
c
(8) A03-07A ,32B
SE'Tl:OAD
(8)A03-07B ,~:>ti
l;LEAR LOAD
LOADED
LOAD HEADS
I I
+5V
AO,~~09- 16 B!2J1
21B ~ A03-04B 8)
29B ~ AI2-07B(28)
LOAD HEADS
25A, A09-15B(21)1
RTZ
12B ,
LOAD
+
RTZ ,
C
AI2-08A(28)
06B , A03 _ 17A (8)
AI I - lOB (25)
AI3 - 26A(30)
______________~----~S~E~R~V~0~R~E~A=D1i--~=_v-.v-'!g;:~~~\U)
BUSY LD +
RTZ LATCH
II
"""--""1
(MAY. ADD FLT+REAOY)·
SERVO READY
BI
(8) A03 -06 B
)>-2_4,-,A-=.:SE:...:T~R~T~Z--1f--_ _':"-'_ _ _..J
.01 UF
CERAMIC
(8)A03-16B ~2A
FWD+REV EOT
UP TO SPEED
JA022A
II
'=f C2CI
(14)A05-26A ,26B
----01
B
12
A
--START
I' •
ON CYLINDER PULSE
MAX
10
NOTESNOT
CD
USED.
® LOCATED ON
3.
@
"""t
......
~
A0426A
AII-25B (25)
I
_.7~>
A
UP TO SPEED + UNLOAD HEADS
ADDRESS
HEADS
FLT
5
FOR A04 VOLTAGE
INPUT PINS
SEE
SERVO FAULT _ LOAD
AND RTZ
SHEET 10.
SIC 09 AND BELOW
(31) AI3-33B.
4
APPLICABLE TO MLVV
PNL.
SIC 10 AND ABOVE AS SHOWN
LOADED
~ 10
4
A?3 B- ,
t:6~ 2~~r£~/ I A
AD3-12A(tl)
® 17 2H CHIP USED ON OLDER UNITS.
OP
UNLOAD HEADS
3
.r::.
.
3
4
I
""
o
2
1
,----
0----
I
~
I..L "CI
IT
oO'UF
D
,
I
I
" , , ) VOLTAGE
FAULT
'
0~-3~'
:02- 27A
10
,.;-;I
-~
JA02A06'OA 1161 ,
OIA (42)
FAULT LED DISPLAY 13B '~A04-33B
(II)
L
-
12
-
D
A12-07A
11.,
I
. .:.:..::U=LT"'--3_I.....A, A02- 13B (6)
L
I !JU
" ••___________:FA
II
I
~
A02- 1
0281
(42) JP201-02B_
CI
3 FAULT CLEAR IIA
- --:I
II 9) A07-06B 22A 13 W
-
-C~~ ~H~CK-D:G~O~I~S -
-
-
(6) A02-02A 27B
(39) JAO 1-08A 30B
B
I
r r ----:J
WRITE FAULT
I'
ADDRESS MARK
I
I
+tIV
tE4RI
":LOI,I
4
a
ENABLE DELAYED
HEAD SELECT FAULT
12
~RGTR
-=
"'In
6
II
r.o
r
JA02lPA2
15
WRITE FAULT
13
HEAD SELECT FAULT
12
WRITE e READ FAULT
E5C2
lUF
((3) A05-25B MASTER FAULT CLEAR
~ ~...J :1
U 9) A07-03B CLEAR FAULT STATUS
(6) A02-05B ,24B
WRITE
bATI:
-=
• I I
~
''I
~'l
10
(6) A02-04B ,22B
READ GATE
(9) A04-03B ,24A
ON CYLINDER
CD NOT USED.
® FAULT CLEAR
LV
o
o
!l:'
::z::
1~~J/P201-13B (42)
® USED ON LL YV
REV La BELO W
A
SWITCH LOCATED ON SWITCH PANEL ASSY.
USED ON ML YV REV M a ABOVE.
3. FOR
@
A05 VOLTAGE INPUT PINS
SIC
10 WITHOUT
SIC
10 WITH
4
IB
A02-25B (5)
JA02lPA2
-l
co
......
A02-27B (5)
JA02lPA2
lOB
~~ J/P201-IOB(42)
A02-15B (5)
23A JA02lPA2
-.~ J/P201-08B (42)
30A
A02-31A (5)
LV
LV
I-'
QN'CYLe(W+R)
~~ J/P201-12B(42)
I ,: 1'1
NOTES-
A
G) Ie
MASTER FAULT CLEAR+ CLEAR FAULT STATUS I
----~
(411 J AO I -09A .28A
A02-27A (14)
A04-31 BUll
SEE
SHEET 13.
48140 AND BELOW.
48140
AND
ABOVE.
3
1
(>
('
/
..
00
w
w
I-'
I-'
1
2
CLEAR FAULT STATUS
A07-036 (19)
W
3
I."LI:.AK
o
o
~AULI ::'I"IU::'
,
A05-2:36(12)
+5V
~
tIj
+22V
C5RI
D
-t-5V •
A05256
.1
C5R4
IK
C5R5
I.IOK
tl%
A05-
c
~46
• +5V
IB
• -5V
)
,33B
C5R6
IK
+22V
I
_2B
I
-22V
,326
I
+42V
~ 'i42"j'
3
C5R7
1.21K
tl".
+42V
B5RI
16.9K
tl".
B5R2
1.33K
tier.
TPA
0>12A
-4'ZV
B
I
~
_20V~O
I ," '
I I .~~. ~V~
...
,
.;!I,
A5R2
I. 10K
:!:1'Yo
A5CRI
L-.-----A02-17A(5)
A5CI
01UF
1·
A,
A
NOTES I
CD NOT USED.
(g) SIC 10 WITH 48140 AND ABOVE.
@ 173 H CHIP USED LLYV REV E
a
BELOW
POWER
AND
"'NI"
I-'
UP
I
MASTER
VOLTAGE
LOC' A05
4
3
2
CLEAR
FAULT
~
4
I
tv
tv
CD
.,'"3A
D
'4
__-= _____
@.l
(6) !g~:?!~
2
+5V
+4~V
JA0208A
B3R4
)>-
10K
....I
===-:-:==-===
OFFSET WRITE PROTECT.
)'
,
2RI
100
B3CRI
o
B3R5
68
1/2W
-1-.-
2R2
10K
JA04• ~~~ FAULT POWER STORAGE
r ~~-UF-'
~-]:?~~
A04- A16OIA OIA
1
READ ENABLE
iWRiTE PROTECT- SW -,
I
I
I
~
,
I
a
I
L
~
3
12 ( H
~~
~
LOCK-TO-DATA 14A.
CD
:!:L E2CI
T-=
FAuLT
~Fo%•
I
I
E2CRI
+5V
l'
+5V
C3R3
WRITE PROTECT
DELAY 31B, ~~;~_II;: ~:b)
E2R3
1.5K
E2CR2 '
C2R6
390
It<
c··
13
<:!!)
(1) A04-07B ,25A
PWR UP CLEAR
SERVO READY
Ir
c
+5V
r
+5V
C3R4
C3R5
1906K
D2RI
3.9K
±1"Io
-.
B
•
(5)
+-
4~S
~7Itn!'11O 1
15 ( D)
UNIT READY
.p.v, •
+5V
I.IOK
±I"I.
2
leo u!6~~
UNiT'"READv
I'L I
29A,
CD
SPEED OR VOLT FAULT 21A, A 13-15A (31)
15
VOLTAGE FAULT
+5V
15 (G)
,
I
Co
UP TO SPEED 17B, A04-23B
B4R6
3.9K
I
B.
(Ill
+5V
t
~
~
2
C2R8
10K
8
25 SEC DELAY 33A, A04-09B (II)
-:r
"'5V
"'5V
C2C3
6.8UF
6V
BRUSH CYCLE 26B,
CD
UP TO SPEED 26A, A04-26B (I Il
A
IS( E)
1 -)1'
,
,4
CD
t>ft i"r{'}'j
® LED LOCATED
ON SWITCH PANEL ASSY
3. FOR A05 VOLTAGE INPUT PINS SEE
SHEET 13.
00
SIC 09 WITHOUT 37831 I 37869
w
w
25 SEC
I-'
I-'
@)
a
TIME FOR REF ONLY.
® WRITE
PROTECT SWITCH LOCATED
ON SWITCH PANEL ASSY.
@ CAPACITOR
LOCATED UNDER LOGIC
CHASSIS AT LOCATION JA04.
BLW
MISC. FAULT DETECT + SPEED
DETECT
W
o
o
8
@) DELAY
NOTES'
NOT USED.
LOC· A05
4
3
+
2
1
A
/
!
ex>
w
4
w
I-'
I-'
CD
W
o
o
,13A
READENABLE
;-WRm PROTECT-SW ..,
I
I
I
--LI
1-3
(6) A02 - 0 5A
A08-14B
.
2
1
-t5V
6
I
JA0208A
I@l.
• 14 I
L __- _____ ...J
D
~
3
»-
O=:F:::F~S-=ET=--:W~R~IT:::E:-::P-=R~OT:::E:-::C=T
B3CRI
B3R5
68
1/2W
B3CR2
27A
D
JA04• ~~~A FAULT POWER STORAGE
LOCK-TO-DATA 14A,
CD
r +....L;"'r- -,
I
500UF I
~_]:?~<:J
JA04- A16OIA OIA
12 (H
~~
.:!:.L
__
>
r
-
FAULT
-
E2CI
lUF
±IO%
.I
~ 3
R
U-E2 V
.
I
E2rRI
+5V
.1
E2R3
470
"'" i
II
!
-~~~~
WRITE
LE2R4
13
0
PWR UP CLEAR
SERVO READY
I
318, A02- 13A (6)
JAOI-13A (40)
-5V
C3R3
IK
(II) A04 - 07B ,25A
DELAY
l.aK
+5V
c
PROTECT
r
c
+5V
rI
C2R7
3.9K
UNIT READY
(5)
+15
B
15
~29A,CD
(0
SPEED OR VOLT FAULT
~30
2JA, A13-15A (31)
IB
VOLTAGE FAULT
+5V
UP TO SPEED
17B, A04-23B 1111
+5V
15@-
C2R8
10K
25 SEC DELAY 33A, A04 -09B (II)
+5V
T
+5V
~""
IK
AI
27K
~
BRUSH CYCLE 268,
3.3 MEG
CD NOT
"i=
U-BI
JJ
~
I
4
USED.
® LED LOCATED
25 SEC
t\J
W
@ DELAY TIME FOR REF ONLY.
@) WRITE PROTECT SWITCH LOCATED
NOTES-
)~
.0IUF
CD
UP TO SPEED 26A, A04-26B 1111
! BICI
15@
C2C3
6.8UF
6
V
3
ON SWITCH PANEL ASSY
3. FOR A05 VOLTAGE INPUT PINS SEE
SHEET 13.
V~
ON SWITCH PANEL
® CAPACITOR
SIC 09 WITH 37831 BUT NOT 37869
®
COOt IOtNJ
.
MISC. FAULT DETECT + SPEED
DETECT
19333
LOC, A05
2
ASSY.
LOCATED UNDER LOGIC
AT LOCATION JA04.
CHASSIS
1
A
"""!
"""
.
3
4
tv
2
1
+5V
6
CD~
________
OPERATOR WRITE PROTEC,T
JA02-~~~~
(42) J/P201-09B ,08A
D
(6) A02-05A
y" y-, ...... - ... _.n.
A08- I 4B I£AD AUGNMENT WRITE PROTECT
JA0409A
B3CR2
VA
~~R5
~~~!5n
~
1/2W
o
Q2
2R2
10K
i[.~U-C3Af' (
32A FAULT POWER STORAGE
JA04- A16OIA OIA
12 (H)
:!:L E2CI
__
r
-
FAULT
-
>--+~
lUF
,I
±IO%
~
R
U~.E2
I
14
V :>
~
E2CR3
~I
T
+5V
C2R6
220
C3R3
IK
E2CR2
WRITE PROTECT DELAY
(TO WRITER)
T
,
A05-07B ,25B
r
SERVO READY
I
31B
'
A02- 13A (6)
JAOI-13A (40)
E2R3
IK
±I%
-5V
c
+5V
13(:)~P~OW~E=R~U~P~Q~E~A~R~~~I~~__~.~_______
UII
CD
---,
:®_]:.o~<:J
CI
14A,
~)
+~
500UF I
r-
'Q
2CRI*
B3CRI/ 2CR2
I
.f'0(.
UNIT READY
JA0209B
13A
,~ J/P201-13A(42)
UNIT READY 28B, AC2-24A (5)
UNIT READY 29A,
15 ( D )
B
,
,.- I
+ VOLT FAULT 2IA'AI3-15A (31)
15
VOLTAGE FAULT
+5V
15 (G)
,
I I
®
UP TO SPEED 17B, A04-23B
B4R6
3.9K
2
C2R8
10K
8
l'
+5V
25 SEC DELAY 33A, A04-09B (II)
C2C3
6.8UF
6V
BRUSH CYCLE 26B,
F~R2 ~~~i
15 ( E
'>
W
o
'v 'v
,.4 "fR
I'
I~
I JL )'
I
NOTES'
NOT USED.
CD
2. LED LOCATED ON SWITCH PANEL ASSY
173 H CHIP USED LLYV REV E 8
® DELAY TIME FOR REF ONLY.
® CAPACITOR LOCATED UNDER LOGIC
CHASSIS
25 SEC
@
@)
AT LOCATION JA04.
MISC. FAULT DETECT + SPEED
DETECT
BELOW
o
~
::r:
4
CD
UP TO SPEED 2SA, A04-26B (II)
.IUF
1
B3CRI
B3R5
68
1/2W
I 2CR2
o
Q2
JA04O~~A FAULT POWER STCiRAGE
{[._U-C~1'7
14A,
r-~-..,
tL!500UF I
~~~~..J
OIA
A16OIA
!L E2CI
__
12 ( H)
r
~
FAULT
~~
lUF
:t1O~.
,
I
I
I
..
I I
14
-:--! 3
~
E2CR3
~ T
C3R3
I~® POWERUPCLEAR
SERVO READY
31B
A02- 13A (6)
'JAOI-13A (40)
-5V
II<
Ut) _A05-07B ,25B
WRITE PROTECT DELAY
(TO WRITER)
T
E2R3
IK
tl%
+5V
CI·
CD
rIr
c
+5V
/I
+5V
C3R4
r:-~"
_ o.~131
_
I.UOI'\.~ 9
+5V~S
09B
r
JA0213A
,~ J/PZOI-13A(4Z)
UNIT READY
UNIT READY 28B, AC2-24A (5)
~
~
29A,
115
UPTOSPEED 1" VOLT FAULT
B
CD
21A, A13-15A (311
IB
13
UP TO SPEED 178, A04-23B (II)
B4R6
3.9K
+5V
~
5
C2R8
10K
G
25 SEC DELAY 33AC A04-09B (Ill
-J
1-'
+5V
rr
t
C2C3
6.8UF
6V
BRUSH CYCLE 26B,
a,.,
33K
0
UP TO SPEED 26A, A04-26B 1111
NOTES-
CD NOT USED.
1 B)C~
AI
2
LEO LOCATED ON SWITCH PANEL ASSY
.IUF
@
DELAY
CHASSIS
25 SEC
@)
TIME fOR REF ONLY.
® CAPACITOR
LOCATED UNDER LOGIC
AT LOCATION JA04.
MISC. FAULT DETECT ... SPEED
DETECT
~
I
IV
lJ1
4
3
2
1
A
t
4
t-v
3 .
2
1
~
+5V
~
A05(25) A II _ 07A ,08A
DI
(25) A 11-068
(25) A I 1-038
(25) A I 1-04A
A05-
UNIT SELECT
078
068
07A
r - - ":. - - - - -,
JA02-
3
z
UNIT SELECT 2
UNIT SELECT 2'
UNIT SELECT 2°
___
ENABLE
~1~5A
I
2
A05-
~~~04B
LOGIC PLUG 2 3
+r~:::~
r
I
I
"wA.. -.....
12 2
13 I
A>B
I
A'B
~~ A06A ) 02A START
3
BI
T-=
+~
PWR UP CLR
E
3.9K
Is
C2C5
C2CR2
3.9K C2CR3
W
..-
I
14
C2CI
·IUF
±20 %
+~
C2R4
13
+5V
C2C2
6.8UF
6V
(
G>
14
n
14
NOTES'
CD
A1
CO
®
3.
NOT USED.
1
LOGIC PLUG SWITCHES ARE LOCATED ON
SWITCH PANEL ASSY. SWITCHES SHOWN
IN LOGIC NUMBER POSITION.
FOR A05
A
VOLTAGE INPUT PINS SEE SHEET 13.
~
SIC 09 WITHOUT 37831
~
"ntlh'n•.J.jJ.'
w
o
UNIT SELECT
o
~
4
3
+
2
t--'
(
\
(
/
/
00
w
(
/
4
W
(
/
(
.
3
I-'
}-'
IS ( C )
W
o
o
MOO ADDRESSED
AOS(18) A07_2SA~3A
t"i
(-
/
/
2
1
.- r
+ Ci:EAR
, . 1
TAG GATE IN
P
IS(B)
D
('
/
TIE HIGH
oJ
I
TAG
GATE
TAG
GATE
AOS~
~A--Z-
IN
97~
IN
D
r---~®i
O6B
(38) AIS-2SB'04A
READ
• 1
CLOCK
r--
READ CLOCK
~,28B
SERVO
CLOCK
J2
READ WRITE DATA
>-<
~,2BA READ WRITE DATA
>-<
~
®
CI
WRITE GATE
I , - 1
SERVO
1-;'
READ DATA
TO
L __
-1lo~
B
CLOCK
)
07A
II N
'f K ~
..r--'
+5V
, -
(2)
(:34) AT5- 268 ,25B
I
"W
~S~ER~V~0~C~L~0~C~K__________~)0~5B
~M
G)
(31) AI3_ISA,29B
I
-'E,..
b~~______________________:R~EA~D~C~L~O~C~K____~~fls~
I OSA
( I) AOI _ 12B ~3B
. I
-=
c
180
•• -
(38) AI6 -27B
16(A)
-.1
TIE HIGH
(6) A02_05B,2SA
WRITE
I
WRITE DATA
1
oJ
29A( A14- 23B (32)
+-
, '-''1
GATE
II
270
180
~+5V
WRITE
CLOCK
27B( AOI-27B(2)
J2
T .-,
26B
~;27A
B
~
WRITE
CLOCK
WRITE
CLOCK
I ero I
._
::1
' )
J
~z
:~
82
(18)A07-28A ,33B
o
16 ( 0 ~
A
BUS OUT
BIT
7
liB)A07-IIA:30A
BUS OUT
BIT
S
BUS OUT
BIT 5
liS)A07-14B33A
I
CD
®
®
NOT
USED
~
3
I
<:EL
2°
<-EL 22
12l
SIC 09 WITHOUT 37951 AND BELOW
CO
®
DRIVES WIO PLO (A-IS), THIS WIRING IS USED
liE ...
,1111:111.,··
AI3 - 16A -SIC 09 WITH 37951 AND ABOVE
READ GATE - - SIC 09 WITHOUT 37951 AND BELOW
WRITE GATE- - SIC 09 WITH 37951 AND ABOVE
4
IIIn ~n <:~I ________________3_I--,'"
. 1
13
A02 -04B - -
B
501
4 A E4
E
"~I :~:Ii85
~
POWER UP CLEAR
(18) A07-09A,30B
NOTES-
oj:::.
HD SEL TAG (all)
"I
10 8
3
.
AR
LOC:AOS
.I:>.
4
I
f\J
3
2
co
1
TIE HIGH
IK
+5V _--'V'II\,--+-~
J3~~4
~ 27A TAG 20 470
~ 23B
470
3
~
I
D
51
26B TAG
~
21
27B
4
( B ) 19
UNIT SELECT
____I1________r-__________t-______________________~TA~G~2~0
TAG (000)
25B AII-05A (25)
Ali-liB (25)
__________________________~~1~9~
24B
470
TAG
21
33B
470
TAG 22
30A
ERROR
RECOVERY
TAG (001)
f'j\
\V
AOZ-2BB (5)
D
A02-16B (5)
30B
CD
19
55
~
32A TAG 22
29B
470
470
DIAGNOSTIC
(010)
31A
A02-12A (4)
19
GATE 470
29A TAGOUT
4
~
TAG
3ZB
HD SEL
TAG
~
(011)
n9A
BUS OUT BIT 7
r---~~10~=S====~9--------------------~~
470
+------I----'.::.....j CD
I~TH
t--+--_+-'~bC
c
8
HIGH CYL BIT 8
'4A
38
07A
~IZB
BUS OUT
BIT 6
IK
+5V
(BI-IO)
HIGH CYL BIT 9
470
19 (L
POWER UP CLEAR+MANCLR:
L ___ -1
19 (BB
-:-M'""OC::D---:A-=D-"'D-"'R"'E-'""SS"'"
TARGET REGISTER TAG (101)
9
®
10
13
B
~14A
UT
8
III
17ZH
EI
,
146
DI
r6
LOW CYL TAG
10
B
6
140
A2
10
8
I
146
DI
BUS OUT
ZIA BIT 4
470
33
~AOZ-03B(6)
I
TAG GATE IN
470
~-
A13-06B (36)
CONTROL
TAG (1111
9
~------.
AO~-OZB(4)
Z8B
(l10)~ I:ZA(
9
470
470
~17A
~)
A03-25A(B), A03-23A(B)
, 'A. A13-33A (30),AII-03A(25)
A02-IIB(3), A06-30A(l7)
BUS OUT BIT 6
12
B~I~ °5
?"'A. AI3-25A(30),A03-33B(B)
II
19(A~----~SE~L~E~C~T~H~0~L~0~--~~~~--------------,
ZIB
Ie
CD
470
.". .,-. .,--________ r-----,
37
A13-31A (30),A02-IZB (3)
A03-3ZB(8), A06-30B(l7)
AII-04B(25)
AI3-ZIA(30),A03-3ZA(8)
A03-33B(B)
(i)
BUS OUT
39
IZA BIT 7
470
~
~08A
470
A06-338 (17)
L__________________________________________________~B~U~S~0~U~T~B~IT~~5
L@19
( A06-03A(l7)
____________~~~B~(A~~M~m,M~~B~,M6~9(1n
AII-06A(25) ,A03 - 23A(B), A03-23B(B)
BUS OUT
09B BIT 3
3Z
~ BB
~
31
A
~~3B
w
W
I-'
I-'
w
o
o
8:
4
L=0
G
470
17B~ AI3-2BBi~~:2~~~;~~ci;)~:~~(~~B(25)
19
BUS OUT BIT
lOB
470
~
'V'o'.
BUS OUT BIT
®
SIC
10 WITHOUT 48140 AND
2
lOA (
BELOW.
NOTES'
CD
®
NOT
USED.
INPUT PINS TO THIS RECEIVER SECTION
VERTED SO OUTPUT IS COMPLEMENTED.
4
AI3-29B(30), A02-03A(3)
A03-22A(B), A03-26A(B)
19
BUS OUT
~~3A BIT Z
co
BUS OUT BIT
470
ARE
RECEIVERS
IN-
LOC: A07
3
AI3-24A1~~~2A6~~;~:"6i~26B(B)
A
(
("
\
/
(
4
00
w
;'
I
(
(
(
+
3
W
/
/
2
I-'
J-I
W
A07-
o
o
(IS)A05-12B ,22B
UNIT SELECT COMPARE
+5V
:!:
D
ID
A07-
18
G:f:J
(~JA02-04B (43)
MOD .ADDRESSED
UNIT SEL TAG (0001
~ AOS-09B liS)
MOD ADDRESSED
@
POWER
(13) AOS-OSB )31B
UP
TAG (1/11
TI
10K
HIGH
~-5V
HOLD
18
'0------I r---I
I
10K
SELECT
18
POWER
CLEAR
I
I
®
-L -,
~
A05- iSB ii3il
JA0202B
I
LL_-.=
= FAU~)
~W_ ...J
470
"""
L;IB
)
A05- 2IB(l2)1
A02 - 27A (4) I
AOS- lOA (16) I
I
I
(;)I~
470
>IV\r
10K
-~
~+5V
cl
c
P6
27
OSA
~)
24
04A
2S
0
~)3A
23
BUS OUT BIT I
BUS OUT BIT 0
LOW CYL
18~'
BUS OUT BIT
"""
,_
o®
TAG
I' -
LATE
I'
EARLY
18 ( J)
..,.
1
tv
1.0
®
®
®
15B( AIS -03B(36)
STROBE
15A( AI6-o48(36)
B
(010)
.- 1
BUSS OUT BIT 2
14
SERVO OFFSET NEGATIVE
ISB, AII-2IA (27)
II
SERVO OFFSET
ISA, AII-22B (27)
POSITIVE
P
CLEAR FAULT STATUS
03B, A05- 25B (13)
I' 1/
CLR CHK
OSB, A05- 22A (12)
USED.
CLEAR
SWITCH
LOCATED
SIC
09
WITH
SIC
10
WITHOUT 48140
SIC
10
WITH
4
3796S
48140
DIAGNOSTICS
[=-________________________________________________________________~R~T~Z_S~E~E~K~
NOTES'
FAULT
STROBE
BUSS OUT BIT 3
18( H'
NOT
05B AI3-2SB (30)
( A02-07B( 3)
A03-IIB(B)
A03-32(8)
BUSS OUT BIT 4
18~
@
!b~::~~~ ((~~)
® A03-2SB(B)
CD A03-I/B (B)
BUS OUT BIT 0
18(0
CD
04B,
TAG (0011
al
A
I
470
S
TAG
II Be A02-23A(4)
>IV\r
470
ERROR REC
(III)· BIT 0
470
470
02B
18 ~
TAG
AND
AND
ON
ABOVE.
SWITCH
PANEL
ASSY.
®
CD
NOT USED ON BJ701 J/K UNITS.
USED ONLY ON BJ701 J/K UNITS.
BELOW.
AND ABOVE.
3
•
LOC: A07
0~5(A~( A03-12B(8)
_________
® A04-27A (10)
A
.t:>.
I
4
.
3
LV
o
A09(27)AII-26A
~6A
AIRS
FINE POSITION ANALOG
___----AIR4
-1.61
CD y?B
:~'
I (i)
-:::c-I
14B
-.98
- .98
---cr
~
FINE. HEADS LOADED+OFFSET
-1.61
O-~-
9
AIRI
2.15K
1M
(26)AII-22A ,27A
1
INVERTING AMP
w
31.6K
D
1-42V- A9RI"A91
2
HORIZONTAL INPUT 6A
VERTICAL OUTPUT AR5-PIN 9
fIf
D
ON CYL SENSE A09-24B, A04-15A (9)
AII- 33A (27)
AIR2
2.15K
1M
COMMAND
JA09B8
3RI
-42V EMERGENCY RETRACT
8-E3 (49)
511
±1"Io
3(JN
~!~---=-'
(II) A04-139 ;l58
II
HEADS LOADED
4.7MEG
5"10
Q2
+
T-=
VELOCITY
TRANSDUCER
14
X 0 CR
DICI
150UF
20V
:!: 20"10
3.9K
L-______________________
4R2
2.21otEG
4RI
-21S K
JA09~W~
__ 098
~~
B-EI2(49)
IRI
±so,.
• -
± 1%
c
IR2
--L-
FROM
A12VELOCITY ~,128
TO EMERGENCY
RETRACT POWER
STAGE
+15V
c
3.9K
IR3
1.2K
-15V
BI
(9)
A04 - 07 A
,23B FORWARD
SEEK
(9) A04 -OBA ,22B REVERSE SEEK
SUMMING AMP OUTPUT
(2B) A12-26B ,2BB
+22V
C4
@
G)
~
I :+12V
~"V
2A
REG
-15V
33A
+
C2R5
~~~2K
INVERTING
AMI'
21
H
L
E
2.B7K
:t I %
+IV
B
21
c' 3
C2R6
FWD
STOP
+ I. 5V
HORIZONTAL INPUT 28B
VERTICAL OUTPUT U-EI-PIN 8
SPECIAL CONDITIONS 22B LOW
EIRI
23B HIGH
I
t>.ITY
5V
LVN
,lG
'+42V
32A
GI
9
9
AR7
• -42V
:s~~,
NOTES:
ENABLE
:
W
@
LOCATED ON EMERGENCE
RETRACT ASSY.
®
WITH
w
f-'
f-'
W
o
o
3
NOT USED
ELPV.
1\
-IV
(AJ) 21
~ ~~~P
HORIZONTAL INPUT 28B
VERTICAL OUTPUT EI D PIN 8
SPECIAL CONDITIONS 228 HIGH
238 LOW
CD
4
f'-' • 2.2K SWITCHING MODE
-I.SV
-15V
co
~
1
f
32B
G)
SEE K
SUMMING AMP OUTPUT
+5V
91B
A
SEEK
REVERSE
+ 5V
34B
G)
REG
FORWARD
REV
C.
ON CYLINDER SENSE. EMERGENCY
AND
A
(--
(
/
\
(XI
3
4
w
2
W
I-'
I-'
W
o
o
A09(27) AII-26A ~6A
$:
FINE POSITION ANALOG
1
INVERTING AMP
AIR5
31.6K
AIR4
-1.61
Q)~"
-.98
-.98
~
-1.61
O-~
-U
9
HORIZONTAL INPUT 6A
VERTICAL OUTPUT AR5 - PIN 9
ON CYL SENSE A09-248
AIR I
2.15K
"'i'M""
(26) AII-22A ,27A
1-42V- A9RI"A9'
:
0
C~ ;0
=[1 "
FINE. HEADS LOADED+OFFSET
148
AIR2
2.15K
~
D
A04-15A (9)
All - 33A (27)
COMMAND
JA0988
3RI
-42V EMERGENCY RETRACT
'VVI
8-E3 (49)
511
~
)(JW "I"I
~l~_-=.J
=1%
I
IIIl l04-138 ,258
II
HEADS LOADED
5,..
02
+
....L..
T-=
VELOCITY
TRANSDUCER
14
4RI
WI
215 K
!
.~
3.9K
DICI
150UF
20V
! 20%
4R2
2.2 MEG
L-_________________
JA09098
~w~_~<
8-EI2(49)
IRI
±5·/.
I,..
c
IR2
4.7MEG
(28)A12-288>-----+;128
TO EMERGENCY
RETRACT POWER
STAGE
+15V
c
3.9K
IR3
1.2K
-15V
B
,238 FORWARD
SEEK
FORWARD
SEEK
(9) A04 -08A ,228 REVERSE
SEEK
REVERSE
SEEK
(9)
(28)
A04- 07A
+22V
®
C4
3BREG I
~
33A
:
+ 12V
L - _..._ _ _ +
-'l2.V
15V
C4
® ~-15V
®
SUMMING AMP OUTPUT
SU.... ING AMP OUTPUT
AI2 _ 268 ,288
,348
I
9'8
• -5V
C2R5
10.OK
:!:I%
INVERTING
C2R6
2.87K
@
®
,lG
8
CD
%J
1
TPZ
I
w
I-'
f
4
ENABLE
:
NOT USED
@
LOCATED ON EMERGENCE
RETRACT ASSY.
®
WITH ELPV. REV C.
3
f
-IV
(AJ) 21
~ ~~~P
HORIZONTAL INPUT 288
VERTICAL OUTPUT EID PIN 8
SPECIAL CONDITIONS 228 HIGH
238 LOW
ON CYLINDER SENSE. EMERGENCY
RETRACT CONTROL AND
SWITCHING MODE
LOC. A09
~
I
f>~;, • 2.2K SWITCHING MODE
-1.5V
NOTES:
A
TPA
91
AR7
-15V
• -42V
~
HORIZONTAL INPUT 288
VERTICAL OUTPUT U-EI-PIN 8
SPECIAL CONDITIONS 228 LOW
EIRI
238 HIGH
t>.ITY
LVN GI 9
-- 8
±
+ I. 5V
+ !IV
T 5V
-+42V
:s3A,
t
+IV
H FWD
L STOP
:1%
328
A
B
----0
'EMERGENCY,
[RETRACT
I RELAY
1 K2
VOICE
COIL
C2VR2
I
8R 1
100
10
/D
P/JA0921B
1
SCRI
POWER
I
AMP
I
CD
1
8R3
f-S~E.I ~9_ _ _ _
_
'1
(31) A13-17B
26B
A09-
"IA04-",8
'7B
T~7
''l
eo,,, "''''''''
12
-15V
t
"
4
4,,~
81
~
~_
r1
I I~O
13.3K
6R4
I
6R3
~
II
pmg:;
I
L__
~M))
3CR2
f
c 3R4
511
025n
!.I%
20 ~
20'fAF\,
REVERSE SEEK
-42V
3R3
150
IW
FORWARD SEEK
~H~T~9_
A
co
w
CD
NOT
®
LOCATED ON POWER
AMP
USED
w
I'-'
I'-'
w
o
o
1-3
FOR A09 INPUT VOLTAGE PINS
SEE SHEET 16.
4
3
-42V
I
I
I
--.J
A09-5v
NOTES:
IB
32B
PIIJI-
(~ A3-14(50)
'A
(.
-,
r--'
/
\
~
.;
w.
+
3
/
f
2
1
~
~
w
o
o
E;
23~
DI
10
+ 14V
,t,
J8- JAIO- AIO028 258 258
7C3
470PF
~~
(
::SPF
A
7RI
100
!20'Y.
DI81TS
~~~~O
'I'
7R3
5CI
.01 UF
47PF
IPF
PRE AMP
7r
£.
.....
7J!:
'::"
I(
4RI
.....
I.OOK
6
'.OOK
~;,~,~~,~~,~ t" 1 I i~'
,lo-
'R.
'I I
T
r- r
I
5C4
I·oluF
+ 14V
............
seR2
'c.
-1.IUF
4R2
-40
I.OOK
%20"1.
4CI
':'
hr
yrOI8ITS@23.24IC
4R4
I.OOK
':'
rl-I ~:5Ri
8CRI
...1...
'I' .01 UF
±
I.OOK
01l~._3;~38
CI
5CS
7CI
.1 UF
.IUF
.t20'Y.
4C4
r . O I UF
':'
+5V
-14V
E4R3
33K
BI
+,4Y
3~~K
l·o,ufl
I
-
-
A
8R2
+5Y
I
918
I
-
1
~+14V
-
E4RI
~ 10K
1"
I
-14V
-14V
r·
-14V
B e2
OIUF
~ I
"'i "
~
-
gt=JI
':'
I
02
TPA
~
50 USEC
±5%
~-14V
A
CD
!
NOT
USED
L....-.(AN) 23.24
I
,"K't!!:"R'
3
;:
A
5~8
NOTE:
TPZ
4
IB
E4R4
9.53K
8YRI
~
! 7.5V :;;k
5V
~
-22V
\4
I3B.3K
!
348
+r
,--"If---4 • 5 %
FINE SERVO DECODER. PART
A
~
4
I
(,.oJ
...
3
2
1
~
o
D
20
AGC CONTROL
24
10 kn
JAIO-
fA\,.1.ili~)
~
/~
+OIBIT
•
I(
,
+12 V
pF
f" ,
1
2 (QP-C6
,
~
1 kn
249
~
~.
...... "
•
19
( A) 23
2.15 kn
G
n
H
Q4
2.2 kn
+12 V
3.3 kn
c
DEBITS
FROM
SERVO
PRE AMP
4.99 kn
•
6.8 kn
249
. -12 V
.
~~)
I,.,
-111"11
.200
n
2.15 kn
1 kn
It
2.2 kn
+12 V
~
1"1......"
~
•
J~-C4
(8)
h..12
AID, 34B
I
+22 V
,33B
B
,028
r
010
EJ
:
-5V
365 n
REG
I
®
;,OIA
? 3.3 kn
6.8 kn
. +5 V
-12 V
B
-12V
I
±
!
TPZ
,34A
~
+12V
.20V
-22V~
~~
Q3
• +5 V
,01B
--
c
CR2
.. ......-+5 V
33 kn
9.53 kn
JI- I
SEWR~2
TPA
. HEADqs
.l8,01 8 ~
~~
J8~
F:ON
NOTE:
CD
®
A
NOT USED
THIS CARD HAS TW'O SEPERATE
"*"GROUNDS CONNECT TO PIN 34A.
OTHERS CONNECT TO PIN IA.
SEE SHEET 50
+5 V~"~n
."~'
G)
3145
00
(,.oJ
(,.oJ
I-'
I-'
~
.
MAGNmc /'EP,JI'HEMLS INC.
(,.oJ
o
o
a~_
4
3
+::>t.N::>INIj
Ult"I:>,
)
A
(
('-----\
co
4
w
w
I-'
I-'
W
o
o
22, 24
~
(~-
(
+14V
I.
.11
-'-CICI
"T' .0IUF
CIR!
I.OOK
D
I
•
+
3
I
TP-U
CAK~
(
~
+5V
OIR!
2.2K
CIR8
10K
r1r ·
OIC!
OIUF
OlCR2
'='
CIR5
...JY'oI\r
II
6
CIRII
TP- R
-
·OIR5
10 499
T
OICR!
01 RI
10.OK
D
17.8 K
CIR9
~
::;r214
~OICI
~
"T' .IUF
I
-14V
READ GATE
:l:20'W.
-l.... OlC2
'1"' .01UF
f
:!:20 %
22,24 (AN)
••
OlR4
ISOK
:5%
"T'
0lC4
.01 UF
'CD
..L
C2CI
,\1
TP-T
7r
•
~
10
499 02CRI
1 ~3
•
~
",9
-'-02C1
~.IUF
:l:20'W.
I!
T02C2
E:
:t 5%
DURING
~ ...-
®
RI·2.S7Kfl AND
R2= 34Sfl RE V L
AND BELOW.
,
I
w
-14V
AIRIO
-5V
lOO~T~~~
2.15K
'\I
±20%
TP-L
~
'='
TRACK
-l....
"T' AIC2
2.15K
4
B
SERVO SIGNAL
09B
AII-26B
(26)
AIRI6
l:::jAIR5
13.0K
IO.OK
~
L.J
3RI
470
:t5%
+14V
~
-.
2.15K
U1
AICRI
,+----,
'='
O.IUF
FOR AIO INPUT VOLTAGE PINS SEE SHEET 18
~
+5V
-14V
4.99K
AICI
A2Re
I.ooK
3CI
2200 PF
:20%
+5V
T
7r
MANUFACTURE
A2R5~
I.OOKS
....L.
••
2R4
ISOK
AIR7
NOTE:
SELECTED
c
A2CR2
I"
A2R4
383
•
1J21-14_ __
2.2M
TEST
088
A04- 278
2.87K
AtR9
CD
CYL
p...:....._ ....-+..:O~E:....:T-=8-<
A2R!
CD
24 CAP) EVEN DIBIT READ GATE
-
'AIO078 A04-288
(9)
J\N'
I 1 1 y2g~F
-14V
CYL
OET A
II
02R2
1000K
C2R7
20.0K ..._ _ _.....
I
TP-J
02RI
2.2K
:1:5%
-!:-
CD
CD
(9)
2
C2R2
f-
CIR2
L
+5V
I I
C2RI
-14V
-14V
4
.0IUF
22, 24 (AL)
~
~
'" OIVRI
7.5V
'--
10.OK
B
-L..
-14V
C2R5
•
CIRIO
IO.OK
CIRI
SENSING'='DIBITS
c
A2CRI
10.0 K
CD
~
®
A2RI
20.0K
CIR4
24 CAR)
1
I
CD
;t5'W.
:l:S'W.
'OICRI
2
AIRI4
O.OOII4 F
:20%
~
CD
A
TP-Ql
470
.± 5·4
AIR3
AI RI7
II.SK
AGe
AM) 22
~~~r=~~~~~~~~~hlT7I~o--,~
FINE SERVO DECODER, PART 2
3
...
LOC' AIO
2
T
1
"'I"
4
+
3
W
0'1
2
1
T
D
22
r
I.
(A)
I(.1
7
QP-C4
.
T
uF
AGr.'D DIBITS (
(2 V poP @NULL)D)24.XX
.1 uF
D
2.10 kn
.1· uF
2.15 kO
+12 V
10 kn
~.1 uF
6.98 kO
4.99 kn
10 kn
-12 V
c
c
22~~--------~
.1 uF
AGC 'D D I BITS
(4 V poP @NULL)
+
24. XX
4
24.
xx ( J )+PDS
PEAK DET. GATE
~
-12 V
33 pF
t10"
200 0
10 kn
B
2[CRP-B~15
16lcRP••-:-B'31!'1
.,
•. -.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
+5 V
+5 V
180 0
- NEG. PEAK
24.XX (K) OET. GATE
•
,_.
6rTX7fl
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
131
.1
14
L____
I
J
I
I
I
31
14
114
,.L ____J•
200
n
2.94 kn
A
w
w
VI/'
~"O 'F~
-
W
10 kn
-12 V
33 pF
-12 V
+12 V
10 kn
~"" r
UN
32
NEG. PEAK DET. ( G) 24
:
10 kO
A
MAGNETIC rERjI'HERf,lS INC.
"~(OIfQ,MDI
o
o
4
3
> 24
-I
232 kn
I
I-'
I-'
o
PDS. PEAK DET. ( F
•
,F
1'00 • '" ,
co
~
B
L
N
-.
1
(--
;,/-\
/
"
.
3
4
(Xl
w
W
I-'
I-'
2
1
W
0
0
~
0
D
+14V
.1
+5V
E2R3
2.74K
+5V
EIR5
19.GK
E2R7
~¥'
~
825
E2RI
3.9K
±5"-
l'
1
E2CI
33 PF
I PF
±
CI
EIRI
EIR3
II<
22, 23
ODD
E3RI
II<
.tll'll.
;is,,,,
SENSING
OIBITS
E2R2
L741<
E2R5
,
r
Ie
000
ar
0181TS
OIBITS
33
32A
EVEN· OIBITS
32B
EZCZ
EVEN
EIC2
SSPF
1;Z"-
+!lV
E2VRl
8.2V
-14V
A03-228 (7)
AOI-04B (I)
A03-05B(8)
13
33PF
±IPF
E2RG
26.1
AIO12B :::: AOI-22B (I)
0181TS
ODD + EVEN
E2R4
21.1
23
03RI
270
t5'l1.
TP-W
+IAY
AP)
+ !IV
DIBITS
22,23
OIBIT READ GATE
+5V
Q)
TP-X
DiBiTS
22, 23
EVE~
+5V
T
-=
EZC3
.0IUF
II
~EIR4
19.6K
EIR7
28.7K
OIBITS
CD
liB A03-04A(81
+ 5V
EIRZ
Q)
12
D3R2
270
t5'l1.
000+ EVEN
OIBITS lOB
CD
IB
I
ODD DIBIT READ GATE
NOTE:
Q) TEST
A
Z
®
SELECTED
DURING
MANUFACTURE.
FOR AIO INPUT VOLTAGE PINS SEE SHEET 18
A
164H CHIP USED HFRV REV J AND BELOW.
USED ON HFRV REV N
a
SERVO DECODER, PART 3
~
t
w
-.J
4
JAR} 23
3
BELOW.
.t.>
I
4
W
+
3
00
2
1
1000 pF
o
D
11.8 kO
+12 V
H
NULL ADJ
~~ (F") POS. PEAK DET.
TRACK SERVO SIGNAL '}~A1\-26B(261
3.57 kn
Rloe
10 kn
-12 V
~~ ('"G\NEG. PEAK DET.
470
+12 V
4.22 kO
14.7 kO
10
6N
2.87 kn
n
kn
,...~ .. +5 V
1 kn.
~~_~"'
I' ~.
•• _ _ _ _ _..:..;+C::..:Y:...::L:...:.D;;.ET_E_C....T_B-'j)'--..Q!!!
,------- A04- 27 B (9)
c
4.99 kn
.
Ie
.............. .....-+5 V
1 kn.
-12 V
,~p:J~4,_~,~.~
____..;.+.:.CY'""L:...:.O;;.ET.....E....C_T_A-,))--lWl- A04-28 B(9)
~
~~ (C}+SENSING 0181T5
+12 V
A~~
AOJ
4.02
lin
RIOI
&
B
B
10 kO
+12 V
hI kn
~
10 kn
.1 uF
-12 V
AGC CONTROLfH\ k~
NOTE:
A
.&
TEST SELECTED
RESISTORS
A
co
.._-,--
w
w
I-'
I-'
M~~
w
o
o
;J::I
1:1
4
3
I'EJl,jI'HEfI.A,lS INC.
+
USED ON HFRV REV P
a ABOVE.
FINE SERVO DECODER, PART 3
2
NORMANDAU
O'IPiATIONI
(
\
f
/
00
4
w
+
3
W
I-'
I-'
,
2
LV
o
o
~
(")
D
o
+12 V
p,
2.28 lID
•• 5
N
470
1 ' -,
n.
,I
470
n
V
".5V
.5 V
1000
.POS ·PEAK OET. GATE
c
19
23
+1
®0
-EVEN DIBITS ~)--llD- NC
@
®
c
270
AGC'O OIBITS
(2V pop @NULL)
2
-SENSING OIBITS
1111A04-13B 27B » E X T . INHIBIT
HEADS LOADED
19
23
19
23
.5 V
+5 V
==________~------====~_r--~.~E~V~EN~D~I~B~IT~S~\)_llliA03-04AIBI
IfiT ~
+IOOO.EVEN 0 I BITS
AGC'O DIBITS
(4V pop (g)NULL) 1 kll
»)--lillL NC
-(ODO.EVEN OIBITS»~ A03 _ 22B 171
T7S »)B.!!L ___________-..;;.OO'-'D_D_I_
BI_
AOI - 04 B 11 I
AOI - 2 2B 11 I
lk1l
B
.
.000 OIBITS)~ A03-05B 14 I
~~!o-l.------------------------------~----~~
-NEG PEAK DEl. GATE
a
13
23
R103
28.7 kO
1000
• 5
V~Ir------_----""""
19.6 k.fi
&
A
A
...-."
MAGNETIC
I'ERJrH~LS
.
INC •
ANE SERVO DECODER
SMD 7490
comp. . . (~
"'I"
LV
\D
4
3
LOC: A 10
2
1
I CP
(10) A04-30A ,I3B
DI
(B)A03-IOB ,
14B
2
1
+sv
AII(II) A04-0SB ,lOB
....
3
4
*'I"
*'"
0
--- -I
1,2
LOAD + RTZ
SEEK
13
REV EOT PULSE
A2 PIN I
~141
B3C
r-1ZUU-~
B2D
~'urr
VVv----;7~;;;Jy
I:.UU
3.3K
_.
B2CI
.015
'"
'1'
(9)A04 -22A'
VELOCITY
I/o.
UNLOAD
3.9K
HDS
12,131 ._'_ .. !,.II
3 ...
r
B2RZ
3.9K
14
A03-ISA (S)
REV
EoT
ENAiii:E
AIIR
READ ADDRESS MARK ENABLE
09B, A03-IOA (S)
JAOI-
2;~~
JI01-IIB(3S)
ADDRESS MARK ENABLEIO
AII-
CD
Ali-
(O.IV/IN/SEC)
1
(6) A02-31B .24A
FWD
EOT
ENABLE OB~
READ GATE
(S) A02-04B ,24B
c:
o
SEEK
_
B2RI
3.9K
UP-TO-SPEED·
(II) A04-2SA _25B
REV
+5V
TPC
200+5V
31~~
:3B
02A
(2B)AI2-30B'
FWD SEEK
OV
TEST POINT C
BIRS
909K
CYLINDER PULSES
0
A2 PIN B 0 \1 It.r III I II I II II I II I
+2V
-IV
+IV +2V
"'VI/Ir-
13A
I ~ TI II
1----
~
I
I I I I I II I I I II I I I
(lB) A07-25BII.
,
3,4,5
S
~
141
B3B
UNIT SELECT TAG (000)
~=
0:
IN
ASB
\.!j)
"'I
c
'"IIA
,AI5-23B(35)
9
~CD
CD
B
27B,0
CD
CD
~OA
0.;:
30B
-A_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _....J
AII(IS) A07-25B ,05A
Q)
A I
CD
UNIT SELECT TAG (000)
(13)A05-05B :
(lB)A07-09A ~04B
(IS) A07-IIA
03A
(is) A07- 14B ,06A
07B
(IS) A07- 17B
PWR UP
BUS OUT
BUS OUT
BUS OUT
BUS OUT
CLEAR
BIT 7
BIT S
BIT 5
BIT 4
00
w
W
I-'
I-'
NOTES:
W
2.
o
®
o
o
~
(J
4
NOT USED.
FOR All INPUT VOLTAGE PINS SEE SHEET 26
SIC II AND ABOVE
3
UNIT SELECT 2 0
CD
UN IT SELECT 21
CD
UNIT SELECT 22
CD
UNIT SELECT 2 3
FWD/REV EOT ENABLES,
READ AM ENABLE,
.
LOGIC PLUG AND UNIT SELECT GATING
LOC: All
04A , A05-07A (15)
03B
<
A05 - 06B (15)
OSB, A05-07B (15)
07A_ A05-0BA (i5)
IA
/
/'
(
\
3
4
00
w
w
2
I-'
I-'
W
o
o
AII(28) A12-27B ,08B
:t:'
()
D
+:lV
INTEGRATED VELOCITY
• +~V
)34B
1B
•
,32B
• +12V
~2B
33B -22V
-22V
~
~JJ
:II~~
T
'
I~
TPZ
+5V
a2R3
3.iK
+5V
i:5%
c
(IS) A04 -14A ~2A GATED CYLINDER PULSES
II
,I I
II I1II II II. TI
°
I
c
OV
INPUT PIN II B
A4CI
+
LjuF
35V
tlO%
!A4RI
3.91(
:t5%
OFFSET COMMAND
,
I
"4.L(:
4 I
I
13
..,rj...J
U-B4 '" 6
iMs
AII-
(S) A04-06A ,238
AR2 PIN 9 I T~
A4R'
33.2K
12
+5V
(27 t (AS)
AII23A, A03-28B (8)
FINE ENABLE
19
: -I2V
TPA
0lA,34A
:t~""
-~V
9
D
2Ft10
FINE. HEADS LOADED
A04-23A(l0)-1_6A~~S~LO~P~E~__________________________________~J
S 1
BICI
I50PF
:t1O%
®
A
(24) AIO-OSB
BIR5
BIR6
10+OK
10.OK
ODD
6
FINE POSITION SIGNAL
I~
A
NOTE:
(i)NOT USED
CilCR NO AS SHOWN FOR HFRV REV P a ABOVE.
CR NO 25 FOR HFRV REV N a BELOW.
I
I-'
FINE ENABLE. OFFSET COMMAND
PULSE AND FINE POSITION
-15V
~
,j::>.
4
(AT) 27
7
26 B TRACK SERVO SIGNAL
LOC: All
3
2
(
4
(Xl
w
w
......
......
w
o
o
13
I
::5~.
XIY
S.81<
IRI
IR2
3.31<
+1:5V
E2RI0
~
+
3
LOAD
HEADS
07B
III A04-29B,
/
(
!
/
TP~
2
+15V
::5%
9.091<
()
E2RII
o
90091<
GN
~
A2R:5 2
10.01<
I....
I.OOM
~
E2RI3
12
306
U-A2A
DIVRI
+15V
1.781<
@)
IR7
DICRI
I'
3.31<
:1:5".
DICR3
DICR4
DICR:5
DICRS
DICR7
DICR8
DICR9
DICRIO
lOA INTEGR~R
(9) A04-13A CLAMP
E2RS
E2R5
23.71<
CD
,
29B
VELOCITY
XDCR~
,...-.....,........._ W _... GAIN ADJUST
~~~~~~ATION
\1
)1
.vy.
28.71<
VELOCITY
TRANSDUCER
101<
1:50PF
E2R8
23.71<
DICRII
Q3
.~
,
DICRI2
111
SUt.tMING AMP OUTPUT
2SB A09-28B (20)
C
9091<
9091<
-15\1
61.91<
4:'7V
±f
~5%
~N
51.11<
DIRII
A2VR2
407V
31.SI<
DIRIO
S
A2VRI
E2CI
E2R7
0
DIC2
\ I
31061<
DIR9
3R2
3.31<
:!:5%
U-A4D
VELOCITY
90.91<
DIR8
:!:5-'.
XIY
200 _ .... 8
DIRI4
7:5.OK
@)
DIR7
3RI
S.81<
CI
DICR2
DIR5
DIRS
+1:5V
IRS
S.81<
:1:5%
DIVR2
-10V
* """'*t:5'Y.
~~~.
82.5
1-15V E2RI4
1.001<
o
IR4
5.62K
Ieo
IR6
-15V_-'lllirv-----4_-61.9K
E2RI5
E2R4
2.1:51<
I.OOM
E2R3
2.151<
~
G LOAD
S GATE
•
Al
TP-F
TP-B
IN
B
DIRI2
C4RI
SI91<
3.83K
B
A2R2
~
I.OOM
29 (A
COARSE
22B
(9)A04-ISB 23B
(27)AII-09A ,
POSITION ERROR
-'"
-'"
-,,.
CJ
2.SII<
_
+5-/.
COARSE
FINE
~::~
POSITION
NOTCH AMPLIFIER
C4RII
-----JV\I\r
0
90 • 9 1<
C4R4
1.9SK
A
~
5S.2I<
2
"'I"'
W
"'"'
®
NOT
A
VELOCITY
NOTES:
CD
+f:5: 4RS
2.21<
:1::5.1.
C4R5
(27)AII-2SA I;B FINE POSITION ANALOG
17B
-(9) A04-ISA·
FINE
@)
liSED
FOR AI2 INPUT VOLTAGE
SHEET 25.
LOCATED
ON DECI<.
PINS SEE
o
SIC 09 WITH 37854
AND ABOVE
I
INTEG
SUMMING AMP OUTPUT
AND VELOCITY
SIC 09 WITH 37938
AND ABOVE
~
.,
LOC: AI2
VELOCITY
30B
2~BAII-02A
(25)
' AII- 08B (26)
,
0l:>-
4
~
io
3
·1
(5)A04-07A'~B ~
01:>-
2
1
+15V
L04RI
23.7K
"!8.!K
D4R2
10.OK
TP-X
01
~
27A
(31) A13_04B
DIF
2B
58 IF 27
(3I)AI3-02B
IF 6
IIB
(31 )AI3-02A
0
2
T
04CRI
6
7
r
B 16
9 B
10 4
10
D3R3
I
I 'O,'" 112
+5V
II 2
12 I
~ U~"~
I ____--,
03RI
2.15K
I.OOM
B2R5
6.19K
6.19K
!""' ,
TP-C
B2R6
-15V
C2R6
10.OK
-15V
+15V
C2R7
el
B4RI
23.7K
3B.3K
B4R2
IO.OK
TP-U
-+1
( 31) A13-03A
(31) A13-04A
(3I)AI3-IOA
(31) A13-09B
5
12B DIF 2
13A DIF 24
3
13B DIF 2
15A IF 22
Ie
6.19K
B4CRI
T
B2R7
COARSE
POSITIOO ERROR
6.19K
7
B
(31) A13-09A 17A OIF 2'
0
(31)Ai3_IIBJ6ADIF 2
10
,
!IN~
9 B
306
_
12
A) 2B
B2RII
~
-15V
7 NrI""CD1
I+-
-15V
+5V
B
-15V
(9) A04-0BA Z~B
-15V
~
(B) A05 -138 '
B
C4RI0
2.2K
!5°/.
-15V
FAULT
'"
+5V+
ry:;y
0 4B
(II)
0
0 3B
0 OZA
A04-31A
I
3
SERVO TRACK
'338
A
g..
~34A
----
5~
FAULT
348
200-
I U-A4A
) +5V
+ZZV
C3
: +15V
-22V
REG
• - I5V
1
I
TPA
f""
2.2K
I5%
2
A4R2
2.2K
A4R3
2.2K
:!:5".
:tse;.
A04-338 (II)
A0
03A
4
6
SERVO
TRACK
FAULT
07A
o
NOT USED
®
LOCATEO ON
OPERATOR MAINT. PNL.
>-
w
W
CODE IDENT
SEEK DIFFERENCE
GENERATION
W
o
o
~
LOC: AI2
4
3
o
NOTES:
TPZ
I-'
I-'
()
P/JZOI-OIA (4Z)
04J
OIA
co
'>----<
2
19333
A
/
(
(
(Xl
w
4
W
I-'
I-'
~~~-
A04-06B
(II)
W
a
a
LOAD + RTZ
SERVO ROY. ON
cn •
~
5
A07-23A ..,25A HI ClL BIT 9
(18)
(')
I
1
HI CYL BIT B
A07-24A ..2IA
9
(18)
I
146
U-C4D
146
6
U
_C4Cr----:------i-f-------------~
~YJ-ri~~§:
8
{E}-
BUS OUT BIT 0
1
BUS OUT BIT I
A07-04B ,22B
(19)
(18)
A07-IOA
24A
5
9
146
U-D4D
8
I
P1
R RGTR
u5_2C~
..,L-
4 CD
6
~I-
~+_
5 CD
12 CD
L----------~-t----~~~~~~------1nltl1=~==~~
_
1
I
146
U-EIC
10
13 CD
1
BUS OUT BIT 2
BUS OUT BIT 3
A07 lOB ..29B
5
(IB)
I
146
U-D4C
REGISTER
'C
9
(19)
15
~
14
3
146
I
~
A07- 17B
(18)
28B
~
U-D4B
10 2
167t(i)
16f-b. U-C2 812(j)
8
4
4 B
2
2
I
l3
C
~
~
BUS OUT BIT 5
..30A
3
A07- 14B
(181
I
I
I 46
U-EIB
33A
I
10
eT
I
~
146
12
I
A04-03A 05B
- (9)
LOW
ON
2
146
U-EIA
05A
1-,....
1
C
[
Ar-
R
: ~g
RGTR
519
U-E3
,,,,0
~
;g
10
12
15
3 CD
CAR
BIT 6
21B
CAR 81T 6
FWD +REV
22A
13B
I
SERVO
3
4
5
4-
1
146
2
U _ AI A
READY
348
~
~
I
a
141
U-A B
3
-I
149
I
C
16
JC?
-=
NOTE
USED
®
..
I
01
149
21
3
U-CIA
1 13
1
01
149
9
2
®
II
BC
B:J 31
®I
U-CID
10
I
I
91
1
1
1
4
5
0 I
149
®
0
27
1
2
5
-I
149
U-D2A
3
2
BG
149H CHIP USED ON FLWV
MOD B a BELOW
CAR
I
3
8
10
16
47
200AIC
1,2
1
140
B4A
3 12,13
8
BIT
30~
4
3
29A
27A.
2
27B.
I
0
07A
31B
32B
CARRY
1
140
B4D
INTERRUPT
II 9,10
1
140
84C
I
•
TPB
2
1
I
C.;..
COD! IDEN'
CYLINDER
NORMANDAlE
DIVISION
f7\
\.0
CD
CD
CD
BH 31
1 1~2_ _ _
.l{llaI:III.I1;lt;.
0
CD
A03 - 27B (8)
24
3
2
~
8
31
(9) A04-IOA
A04-02B(10)
A04-05B(9)
IA,B,C
,,52116~
4', ALU
2
I
8 15
--8 U-E2 4 2
69
; B
J:~ ~
~
r:!
5
A13-
•J
-
2X Y _
O
AlA
•
BE 31
®
U-D2B
--
8
149
U-DIC
6
2 - - - - - ' B F 31
r6- - - - - - - - - - . = . . : : .
I
+5V
31
28
121
SERVO ROY· ON CYL· ON CYL SEL
UC
I
COMPo
CAR BIT
00
AlB
Cf)
BB 31
U-CIB
1
--
A~
SELECTIVE
2
~
X/Y
HI80NS t~
3
2
_ 4
f-----1
5
X/Y
6
I
CD
ri\
BA 31
2
6
• +5VTPA TPZ
CD
®
5
4
CYLINDER
)
NOT
,--I
II
13
14
A04-108
(II)
CD
®
~
CYLINDER
ADDRESS
REGISTER
u-EI F
cn
TAG
(110)
A07-22A 06B
(18)
~
r---tt f4-
BUS OUT BIT 7
A07-09A 31A
13
(18)
AL.U
IA 521 16 14
15
U-D3 8
4 8
4
7 4
2 6
II 2 B
I
13.L
146
U-EIE
9
248. JAOI-12A
231}:
(40)
CAR
CD
(9)
A04-04A
IABC
3!
8 2
10
4
BUS OUT BIT 6
-0
~r
I
1
I
, A07-IIA
(IB)
~
~_1~,-----4~4-~--~-~--~l~~11if-
II
CAR BIT 7
CAR BI T 7
BIT 9
BIT 9
BIT 8
t _____
.~~~IK
-=-_______.......!.T.:!:I=-E..!:H~IG~H:!....__ _ __<
3 8 IA
All)
BC
4 A 521
14
4
6
BUS OUT BIT 4
BIT 8
A1313A JAOHOA
12B
(40)
23B
JAOI-IiA
12A.
(40)
CAR
CAR
CAR
+5V
j~
Ul
SEL
AX 31
~
A07-05B~
.t::.
I
.t::.
CYL
I
ADDRESS REGISTER
LOC
AI3
21
0
IC
BJ 31
---<8K 31
BL 31
Q
~31
2
DWG NO
leo 1
REV
t-__......L-:::~_______...-.L__L-J
19333
_____
SMD 7490
SH!!T
30
AJ
1 _________
CD
I~
T
(9)
T oS I
06A:::: A04-17B
I • U
07B:::: A04-22B
(9)
I' ,.. ,
CD
B
1'_
UNLOAD
HEADS@
UP TO SPEED + VOLTAGE
r·
FLT
@
( A04-12A(11)
14B:::: JA02-07B
(47,52)
K4
@ E3
JA02~ ~~)32A
A I(I4)A05-2IA,JSA
00
w
w
~
~
w
o
o
;J::I
()
UNLOAD
UP TO SPEED + VOLT
)M2-OSB) 16B
I
HEADS @
10
AMPLIFIER READ
FLT
CD
2
NOT
USED.
FOR AI3 INPUT VOLTAGE PINS
SEE SHEET 26
4
16A 1
n
2.2K
6
(35)AI5-24B ~.!lV
TP-B
I
_34A
(BR) 33
EARLY
®
33
LATE
®
33
1..-
I-C2BI
xCiI
9
18
~::A
B
~"
• -!IV
IT
I
13
U-C2A
B
+5V
• C4RI
1.2K
xOOi
""6"l
1"6
(17)
A06_29A,23B
EARLY
'BW) 33
LATE
(BX) 33
WRITE DATA
11
A
A
NOTE '
Q)
NOT USED
(2) SIC
11
AND ABOVE
prv
WRITE COMPENSATION -CONVERTER,
PATTERN REGISTER AND DECODE
LOC' AI4
,!::.
J
,!::.
-...J
AJ
4
3
2
1
,j:>.
4
I
,j:>.
3
2
co
'8lr-
A14048
,.----+~
CD
CD
1
5
:058
4
(j) ;04A
o
(j) ,!!!
C I"
' CO
':"
U.A3A
.
-
-
-
0,.-:
I
3
4
lJ1
..
2
1
-I
o
D
AT-B4A
D
AT-B4A
AI5-=::-:-"""""",,,-_ _
(391 JAOI-OSBgeB
~~~~T~T,\ ANALOG
(39IJAOI-07BP7B ANALOG
A4RI
100
:1:.1%
®'I
-5V
c
c
HIGH
PASS
FILTER
A3R3
~-----'lN
39
A1504B, AIS-09B(3S1
(MFM) READ DATA
AT-C2B-4
TP-B
IB
-.;
+-
NOTE:
B
1
22B'
(39) JA..QI-06A ,
21B
(39) JAOI - 05B ,
MISSING
ADDRESS
MISSING
ADDRESS
1._, ,_
AT- C2B-31
BI
TP-F
TP-r.
T 1'9~CD
Ie
t
C3RI
39
f
U
Ti2~0~:
EICI
AM
I+-
AT-C2A- 2 1
34 (CA)H,35V) VBB
~±IOr.;.l'
I
IB
NOTES:
CD NOT
A
&
USED.
A
TERMINATOR
CONFIGURATION.
PIN NO.
-5V~GND
APPLICABLE TO ELRV
LOCK TO DATA AND
ADDRESS MARK DETECTION
LOC: AI5
0I::-
I
U1
f-J
B
4
3
2
1
.I::>
I
3
4
U1
N
2
1
D
c
D
A15-
(61 A02 _ 04B ~31 B
REAi5GATE
'''I
TP-C
AT-C2B
:::11
P8
TP-F
LOCK-TO-DATA+AM
A1530B, A16-22B (381
::
~::I~~::::~: ~'I'~~;~~ ~~~~E~~ ~~l
AT-C2B
VBe
30 (CA)
B
,34B
+AT-C2A
(-1.35V:
I
,
c
ADDRESS
"'5V
(j)
MARK
~2~02 _ 30B (51
B
• -5V
IB
NOTES:
CD
A
.&
NOT USED
PIN NO .
TERMINATOR CONFIGURATION -5V .8
I. GND
A
co
w
W
i-'
I-'
APPLICABLE TO ALRV
ADDRESS MARK DETECT
W
o
o
~
()
4
3
2
(
!~
/
(
00
*
3
4
w
w
f-'
f-'
W
o
o
2
1
>'
(')
o
o
+ 5V
E4RI
3.3K
A15(6) A02-04B ,31B
TP-J
READ GATE
+5V E3RI
~
(6) A02-31B
.27B
LOCK TO DATA
A15308
A16-22B (38)
ADDRESS MARK
ENABLE
ADDRESS
MARK
328
A02- 30B (5)
c
c
AT- C2B-2
22B
(39) JAOI-06A·
-\>
21 B
(39) JAOI- 05B
E4CI
1'2200PF
ADDRESS MARK
DETECT
ADDRESS MARK
+-
--L......!!21
I ( 'VI
)r_ _D'-'E;:..oT.=E;:.CT!....-_ _ _
TP-E
+5V
+5V
34 (CA) (-1.35V) VBB
B
B
+5V
+5V
EIC2
680PF
t EIR5
E2R3
390
~7.15K
5US
8
28B
t2
I----!
POWER UP MC
50
G)
(25) A 1 I -11 A ,23B
UNIT SELECT TAG
~~ 164S
(000)
+5V
A
0)
D2RI
2 GK U- D2A I'6
131
NOTES
o
,j:::.
I
U1
w
25B, A05-09A(15)
SELECT ENABLE
1°
IK
(22) A14 - 22 B ,>-2_4",,"B-..::.H.:...:1G:..::H~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~
fA
0)
121
APPLICABLE TO HLRV REV B
NOT USED
TERMINATOR
CONFIGURATION
At SHOWN
SIC 11 AND ABOVE
NOT USE 0 . SI C IDA NOB E LOW
4
8
I
I
-5V~GND
a
BLW
COOl lot ... '
t'n.",n,
PIN NO.
LOCK TO DATA AND
ADDRESS MARK DETECTION
19333
LOC' AI5
3
2
1
CD
A
~
.
3
4
I
U1
01::00
2
01
1
ID
+511
EIR3
< IK
+ 5V
•
,
E4RI
3.3K
A15(6) A02-04B ,31B
TP-J
READ GATE
113tf\'1
FIC':I
~ EIR2
26.IK
~ EIRI
~
lOOK
LOCK TO DATA
+5V
(6) A02-31B
,~.~
- .. ~~--
1i5
IK
EIR4
CI
AT- C2B-2
6
I
tR2
114
100
~1..9CD
7.25US
± .25US
~
II
r;;Tv"'1
"Q
140
16
,
ADDRESS
MARl<
A1530B
c
326
C
A16-22B (38)
A02- 30B (5)
IC
,r~'>-GI
T
__
8
22B ADDRESS MARK
(39) JAOI-06A)
DETECT
21 B ADDRESS MARK
(39) JAOI-05B)
DETECT
~
1
AT- C2B-3
34 CA
BI
TP-E
AT-C2A'2
(-1.35V) VBB
+5V
(13) A05-05B ,28B
I "CfiLU-EIA t'
PWR UP CLEAR
IB
+5V
,,:1
50
(25) All -IIA
,23B
UNIT SElECT TAG (000)
+5V
A
(32) A14- 22B
00
W
W
f-'
t-'
LV
o
o
~
24B
~164S
D2RI
IK
13 1
2 GKU-D2At-6
HIGH
ill
®
APPLICABLE HLRV REV C
a
ABV
NOT USED
PIN NO.
TERMINATOR CONFIGURATION
2.9 US ON REV C
4
8
I
LOCK TO DATA AND
ADDRESS MARK DETECTION
1
-5V~GND
3
25B, A05-09A (15)
A
12
NOTES
CD
SELECT ENABLE
IV
2
(
/
(
(
/
\
co
w
3
4
W
I-'
I-'
W
*
2
1
o
o
~
(19)A07_15B~5B
4
STROBE LATE
D
a
10104 +1-12!:;,t....----.
....-_ _v:::.......jl U-A3A
D
(19)A07_15AP4B STROBE EARLY
DELAYED
DATA
(CA) 37
TTL+ ECL
DL-AI
c
c
AT-B3-4
(341AI5-04B :09B
(3 4)AI5-03B
MFM READ DATA
108
MFM READ DATA
: ::
J
B
B
C3RI
100
:t~%
(I )AOI-24B ,24B
READ REF CLOCK
• ' 'VI
(I )AOI-23B ,23B
READ REF CLOCK
,. ;;"'1
~IV
NOTE:
CD
&
(6) A02_04B,'2B
REi"DGATE
X /Y
USED
TERMINATOR CONFIGURATION:
8
260
162
I
-~.IV~GND
TLZ
~
PIN NUMBER SHOWN
ON DIAGRAM
TTL. ECL
A
NOT
TYPICAL
FOR AI6 INPUT VOLTAGE PINS SEE
SHEET 33
(6) A02_3IB~3B
ADDRESS MARK ENABLE
STROBE
TTL. ECC
.l:::-
I
U1
U1
4
il
1
A
,::..
+
3
4
I
\J1
0'1
2
1
,o
D
FILTER
r
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - ,
B2CI
22PF
CI
36
3B
CA
CC
DELAYED
DATA
6
FEE06ACK CLOCK PULSE
F
12040
U-B2
A
TP-W
t 10"/.
I
k
9
veo
B2R2
AHl2-3 AT-B2-!!
!I.11K
c
r
O.IUF
+1!lV
'A>'S
AT-E2-3
AT-E2-2
ICI
(JA-B
'e>'A
•
(JB-A
• +!!V
~
.-!!.IV
l:tF
~+22V
REG
B
',.. L8=-"/I I
_ 22 V
~
b
IR4
!I.l1K
+I!!V
028
38
470 I
15"1.
21B
33B
IR2
6.49K
,34B
)
38
B2R4
II
A16-
IVRI
4.3V
IR7
2.00K
IRB
10K
15"1.
IRS
6.49K
3RI
100
iOOK
15%
IC6
22PF
tlO%
IRI
10K
IR!I
lOOK
15%
iMEG
19.34 MHz
I -5.IV
L ___ _
NOTE
~
NOT
USED
TYPICAL TERMINATOR
B
IRIO
27.4
~
CD
I•
8 260
162
NOMI NAL
FREQ
------------------
I
CONFIGURATION_51~ND
PIN NUMBER SHOWN
ON DIAGRAM
A
A
00
w
W
IIlIa. r•n
I-'
I-'
W
o
o
~
()
•
PHASE/FREQ eOMPTR,
FILTER AND veo
LOC: AI6
4
3
2
1
(
(
00
w
v
3
4
W
,/
I
(/
\
2
1
f-'
f-'
W
o
o
'F
~
n
AT-D3-4
o
o
A16-
112
37 (CE)
VCO OUTPUT
READ
CLOCK
26B, A06-3IB (17)
1~1'1
AT·D3·3
37 (CD)
VCO
OUTPUT
1"''1
c
·1 ",
o
,,~
c
27B, A06 - 25B (J7)
A1622B LOCK-TO-DATA
(35)AI5-30B ,
B
B
I r~
NOTE:
I
U1
~
SEPARATOR
LOC: AIS
4
3
2
1
~
4
1
v
3
U1
co
P 1103
(40) P 1 OJ. 02
) 02
(40)P I OJ· 0 1 >0 I
wR I IE
CUR REN T
WR I TE
CUR REN T
2
1
A1CR 2
AICRI
AI
+5V
1
JIOI-
01
~IOA
o
HEAD o E '
.3
GND
8.:9l
17
,~101
AI
II
rs:-:-ii
I 1
I
o
5 ,~ 12
HEAU
(17JA06-32B~~ IA
Sf l
BIT
2
BIT
I
HEAU
(l7JA06-32A~.12A
(l7JA06-3IB
~
13A
SEl
HEAD I E
HEAU
SEl BIT
I.
~
I
0
4
.• 13
HEAD 2 E
~
2 2K
.1
TP-H3
HEAD 3 E
6
.3
I
,~II
15.~ 12
c
c
TP-H4
.5 V
HEAD 4 E
~
~
2.2K
(35JAI3-16A~~B
I I
178K
JAOI· JIOIWRITE
GATE
1"1
READ
ENABLE
r""""
AI
p-;
co
w
w
I-'
I-'
W
o
14B
(52)~~(+42)
(40)
ADDRESS MARK ENABLE
T-=-
JIOIIB
~
CD
- 5 V
NOT
~
USED
AND
NQRMAHDALE
DIVISION
4
~ ~
N
·033I"FNOTE
o
n
560
ADDRESS
3
2
A5
PREAMP
ASSEMBLY
A15- 22B(35)
A
(
(
/
(
/
\
00
W
2
3
4
LV
1
I--'
I--'
W
o
o
+5V
~
o
D
41
DE) WRITE
JAOI 09B
ENABLE A
JIOI 06B
D
WRITE
DRIVER
JI0202
(33)AI4-29B~~»-..------
TP-D
TP-C
WRITE TOGGLE FF
MFM COMPENSATED
WRITE DATA
03
(33)AI4-29AO~~)1
I I ~ I
021J
1.2~
DLC
-5V
5
c
06
WRITE CURRENT
["01
WRITE CURRENT
JI0302
01
PI03-2 (39)
PI03-1
(39)
WRITE VOLTAGE SENSE
CD
1'-
MFt.! DATA PULSES
(DA) 41
WRITE VOLTAGE FLT
(DB) 41
c
TP-B
05
JAOI• 12A
JIOI03A
JI0207
CAR
(30)AI3-2IB~~
BIT
'~J
TP-O
7
IIA
04A
06
CAR BIT
(30) AI 3- 24B >----7~>--..:..:..;c-'----'-----4
lOA
05A
05
CAR BIT 9
(30) AI3 -238 >----7~
WRITE
WRITE
CURRENT
CURRENT
TP-G
B
13A
02A
OSA
(14) A05-31B ~~)
WRITE PROTECT DELAYED
""""c:
CR3
41
DO)
WR I TE
ENABLE
J:p2 (39))
TP-J
08
JMN
IV'!
B
B
VOLTAGE
SWITCH
WRITE
PROTECT DELAY
CURRENT SENSE
I
TPR
~. +42V
REG
• +27V
(39),10
• +5V
t~:::"
·-
ov
1
TPZ
A
A
NOTE:
CD
NOT USED
WRITE DRIVER, WRITE CURRENT
CONTROL A5 ASSEMBLY
~
I
lJl
~
4
3
~
3
4
I
2
1
~
o
4
(DC)
WRITE
CURRENT
FAULT
D
D
JAOI(6)
JIOI- JI02-
A02-0!5BI~~~
I'V ,.
WRITE GATE
B
(DO) 40
ENABLE A
(DE) 40
WRITE ENABLE
+5V
WRITE
03RI7
4.7K
+5V
•
C3R3
330
TP-M
12
13
c
c
WRITE FAULT
J102·
6
)
40 (OA
MFM
I
DATA PULSES
31
4
a
II' '1..J1..
JIOI-
JAOI-
~3~~i05-2BA(l6)
"j
161
U-B3
6
+5V
@
B
B
40 (DB)
A
00
w
WRITE
VOLTAGE
FAULT
'''1,
A
NOTES:
CD NOT
W
2
I-'
I-'
@
USED
REFER TO SHEET 37 FOR INPUT VOLTAGE PINS,
149 H CHIP USED ON
FLWV REV
B
a
BELOW
W
o
o
~
()
4
3
(
co
w
w
.-~
2
3
.......
.......
/
!
(
/
\.
1
r;----i
w
o
o
,®
I
~
n
/'/'
I
,
JI P201-
I'
PA2IJA0214B
14B
~
VOLTAGE FAULT
(~ A05-14B (13)
):>
AICRI
D
D"
/'/'
--ON CYL-{WRITE+READ)
I':>
~
13B
13B
12B
12B
(~ A05-16B(IZ)
):>
AICRZ
/'/'
6
WRITE FAULT
,~
:>
A05-29B(12)
AICR3
/'/'
9
W-R FAULT
OBB
13
HD SEL FAULT
lOB
OBA
:>
A05-23A (lZ)
,~
AICR4
c
/'/'
I
AICR5
I
c
lOB
,
<~
A05-30A(IZ)
L ____ -.J
START
+5V
-.L @
START
/'/'@
IRI
IK
ICR2
QI
+ 5V
*
FAULT
//
®
~
r
~
PA2/JA02-
S2
O~A LOGIC
0,7:
~5,A
START
IR2
l,oK
-=
99CRI
PA2/JA02A
0J A05_13B(l2)
~I~
FAULT
~
B
CHASSIS GND
S3-C(PACK COVER SW)
(46)
B
13A
13t A05-09B(l4)
))
99CR2
t+ . .«
READY
// @
'5V
JA02lPA2lOA
(52) A02-IOA )
5 VOLTS
(52)AI6_OIB~5B
-5 VOLTS
(52) A02-01B
QIB
GROUND
..
J201lOA
, +5V
~--------~
11
S4...L
IB
t
'5V
(3)//,
.1
-
~
OPERATOR WRITE PROTECT
NOT USED
®
LOCATED ON BACK OF PC BOARD
LOCATED ON OPERATOR CONTROL PANEL FRONT
WRITE PROTECT OPTION (EZYN)
ELVV ONLY
.to.
4
OBA, A02-05A (6)
A05-Z7A (14)
AOB-14B (14)
A
CD
®
I
WRITE PROTECT
5B
(~(------------, -5V
@
@
.......
®
0," A05-'" ""
, A04.'" tilt 5
026
mAR"
NOTES:
A
0"\
FAUCT
-.L @
"11
3
PANEL ASSEMBLY
~
2
3
4
I
0'\
1
N
+5V
A3RI
IK
D
JA02-/PAZ- J/P201048048
A
D
XIV
MOD ADDRESSED
A07-33A-+~
1.2[
(19)
JA02-/PA2O!SA05A
A04-32A-+~
SEEK
A
X/Y
END
1.2[
(10)
13
12
"00 ADDRESSED
MOD ADDRESSED
a
9
SEEK END
SEEK END
P J/P201
J203
J203A
048 ::::::xx=:~
,..L....!.!: }
P
J202A ::::::xx=:~
038
~
I/O PANEL
II
-5V
Ie
el
~
JA02/PA2- J/P20109A 09A
09A
-+~
13
INTERRUPT
12.
INTERRUPT
OBA
J/P204
I
J2HH}
07B_:=>OC:~
INTERRUPT
~/O
PANEL
-5V
B
B
SI
LOGOC PLUG SWITCHES
o (NO a
o [NO
.-
~-------oo
I
C
0
IIA
LOGIC PLUG 22
t...
12A
I
~ A05-04A (15)
'~A02-15 (5)
liB ... ~ A05-03A(l5)
..
AOZ -ZZA (6)
LOGIC PLUG 20
14A
~
Aos-oaB (IS)
~ AOZ-14B (6)
A
A
NOTES:
00
w
W
I-'
I-'
CD
NOT USED
®
FOR INPUT VOLTAGE PINS SEE SHEET I.
PANEL ASSEM SLY
W
o
o
:t:=o
()
A05-048 (15)
LOGIC PLUG 2'
2
NO
A02-'" (.,
PA2IJM)2"A,<------<
4
!NO
I
LOG" PLUG ,3
4
3
(
(
/
\
00
LV
LV
.
3
4
I-'
I-'
2
1
LV
0
0
~
n
+5V
D
D3RI
6.8K
S1
P202-
I
+5V
BUFFER
AMP
o
D
SCHMIDT
TRIGGER
D3R8
~I".
10
2
SPEED
SENSOR
D3R7 ~
2.37K
D3R5
6R'I
681
! I,..
.",,,
3
~ 6RI
4/5
L----...<
=
P2053A
C2RI
IK
2.2K
D3R3
I. 10K
!" I,..
SPEED SENSOR PULSES
·1
+5V
+5V
c
D2RI
10K
46
(0
~ A ) 45
c
C4RI
IK
4
START
D2CI
I
.1 UF
START
(H )
45
+5V
61
~C4R2
NOTES:
CD
IB
I MEG
NOT
USED.
pnW~A
INPUT VOLTAGE
PINS:
+5V
P20512,13
+20
(
146
MISSING PULSE
0
POWER UP CLEAR
~ K ) 45
-+5V
/
16
-5V
P205 14A,IA
AI
(
IA
~
APPLICABLE TO AXPN
SPEED SENSOR PULSES
START CMMD
I I YPE' _XPN
,!::.
I
0"\
LV
45 ,46
4
3
All ASSY
4
~
I
+
3
0'\
2
~
+5V
+5V
D2RI
6.8K
o
SCHMIDT
TRIGGER
D2R8
=I'Y.
P202I
D2R2 6
10K
~
5R3
~
7 N
o~~
SPEED
D2R7
23.7K
D2R3
II.OK
SPEED SENSOR
560
D2R6
II.OK
+5V
5RI
2.2K
:!: I'Y.
P20502B
JA02OlB
)~>-- A05-17A(15)
BIRI
IK
( A ) 4~
SPEED SENSOR PULSES
I'
!' I'Y.
P205ol A
CD~E-----....J
c
+5V
+5V
B2RI
10K
H
0
SriRT
B2CI
c
C3RI
IK
"~
IE
.1 UF
START PULSE
( H )4 S
+5V
Bi,.
MISSING
PULSE
DETECTOR
NOTES:
CD
2
NOT
USED.
C3R2
I MEG
B
7
INPUT VOLTAGE PINS
P20S
12B.138
,
+ 22 V
MISSING PULSES DELAYED
(8)046
14B
I
OIB
AI
+5V
-5V
,
POWER UP CLEAR
( K ) 4 ~,46
14 A • 0 I A
~
A
co
w
APPLICABLE TO BXPN REV
W
K
a
ABV AND CXPN REV
i - i .......~
I-'
.......
PULSES
W
0
0
~
()
4
3
..
All ASSY
~
D
a ABV
i--
(
co
w
/
(
(
/
+
3
4
W
2
1
I-'
I-'
W
o
o
:t:-
O
D3RI
6.8K
El
J202
I
10
o
1
SCHMIDT
TRIGGER
D3R8
D3R5
P2056R3
~
6BI
!I%
/
3
D3R7
2.37K
:!:I%
BUFFER
AMP
2
SPEED
SENSOR
-=
0~
C2RI
IK
2.2K
D3R3
I.IOK
~ I".
I -;' ,
SPEED SENSOR PULSES
D2RI
10K
46
( A ) 45
+5V
+5V
c
A05-17A (i5)
-to :IV
~ 6RI
.,..
JA02-
O~~~
SPEED SENSOR
560
4/5
P205-
o
+5V
+5V
D
c
C4RI
IK
4
0
STi'iiT
D2CI
IE
.-~
.1 UF
START PULSE
( H )45
'+5V
B
MISSING
PULSE
DETECTOR
NOTES:
CD
2
NOT
C4R2
I MEG
8
USED.
B
7
S
INPUT VOLTAGE
PINS:
SIC 09 AND BELOW
PI12,13
)
• +20
MISSING PULSES DELAYED
( B )45,46
14
>-----. +5V
POWER UP CLEAR
( K ) 45
P2-
A
2,~
___
~
A
APPLICABLE TO 8XPN REV
SPEED SENSOR PULSES
START CMMD
~
Att ASSY
I
0'\
Ul
4
3
,!::.
3
I
0'\
0'\
2
1
T5V
Jl
P205
START 1 0 ! - - :
')
KI
~
P~?6-
NO
(DECK
S4 INTER-
"'"
"0602
>-------+
.
LOCK
SW'TCH'
T5V
~
CMD 09~1
CYCLE COMPLETE
------(J) 46
~C)46
NOTE:
(0
NOT USED.
co
w
W
I-'
I-'
w
o
o
~
()
2
K3
/
(
(
\
co
4-
w
V
3
2
W
f-'
f-'
440
®
W
0
0
44
:t:'
46
()
0
POWER UP CLEAR
MISSING
(p ) 46
14
PULSE
START
+5V
~AO"
-+-,",_
D
AIRI
IK
44 (A
ID
+5V
IS.2 K
+ 5V
SPEED
SENSOR
PULSES
0)1
·5V
tS2RI
IK
I
'5V
IB2R2
27K
TRIAC
A3CRI
3.3 MEG
I
I
I
J:TART
~A'RI
P205
IZ SEC START o~
KI
+5V
I I
~RU-A3
I I I
I
I
leu"
~?~;;'CK.
t~liR-
,.,
NO
S4
SWITCH)
el
I
IA!C~
T+l
I
I
I
I
I
I
~-..,v'·l
I
09B
P20602
Ie
sl~~+ )~
CIRI
IN
B2CR2
T
I.OK
AIC!
.cOIUF
:!IO'"
CIR2
46
V!.J
440
CYCLE t:Ot.IPLETE
HEADS
START PULSE
LOADED
~
NC
106
~)
+5V
47 @-----r?o
AlCI
4700PF~
B~,.
46 (D'
B3RI
IK
~B3R2
~ 27K
-=
B
B3R3
I MEG
CYCLE COMPLETE
46
:!:.L
T
A2C2
3.3UF
15V
SPEED
A
NOTE:
CD NOT
®
A
lISED.
03,04,06,01,07 ON 94615201
APPLICABLE TO BXPN REV
of::>
I
0"1
-...J
4
3
A-J AND CXPN REV
A-C
~
4
I
+
3
0"\
00
D
44 ( K)
,
2
POWER UP CLEAR
o
+5V
+5V
1
AICR2
A3R2
IB.2K
:!:I%
+5V
+5V
SPEED SENSOR
44( A) PULSES
c
•
I
12~
~9
62R2
IK
CD
AICRI
If
12 SEC
iTART
K5-3
C)4LJ
SPEED>2K
P205-
K5
START
TRIAC
K5-
~~
AIRI
3.3M
62R3
27K
c
A3C2
~~.~~ ~
44
r-1f--1~------'
... ==
.001 UF
±10"l.
START
46
•
+
4RI
IK
47
fN\.-..----.,
\...J
04
,
NOb
r-________________________~IO~
B
44 (
'T~'
B) MISSING PULSE
C~
~\ro-------------<
013
CONTROL
FOR KI
RELAY
9B
}
~
NO
HEADS
LOADED
P~706-
~
NCo
S4
(DECK
B
INTS~I~~CHK)
NO
P~~6 -I
NOTE'
CD
}
NOT USED
RUN
TRIAC
+5V
A
A
00
w
APPLICABLE TO BXPN REV
W
f-'
f-'
MAGNETIC rERJrHER,A.LS INC.
W
a
o
o
~
(")
START TRIAC CONTROL
KI RELAY CONTROL
K 8 ABV AND CXPN REV
D 8 ABV
SMD 7490
::';~fA(~To.
TYPE' _XPN
4
3
+
2
1
I
BJ
(--
/
(
co
w
3
4
W
2
1
I-'
I-'
W
a
a
~
(')
~
45(C)
D
D
+5V
C2R3
IK
45 ( J )
PACK
COVER
SWITCH
START
-L
c
3 SEC CYCLE CMD
L:
~2R4
IK
f
13
07
C
S3
~ IK
CYCLE COMPLETE
I
PJ05- _ _
068
START
CYCLE
l'
,
COMPLETE
( G ) 45
+5V
C2CRI
.1 UF
0)45
12
r-.I
C2CI
P20~1NC
05A
~C2R5
C2R6
IK
~
c
~)
NO
PA2-
~
07A
»-------=1- GLOGIC
RO UN D
+5V
10
D2R3
3.9K
Ci/~A
REMOTE
E } 45
START
~--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~(F)44
+20V
+5V
f
B
P205048
C2R7
IK
S
ft'"
44 ( 8
>
MISSING PULSES
DELAYED
~- ~ ~
t
: Q7
2.2K
128
99CI
.IUF
IT
-
READY
199c:
T
--
6.8UF
35V
+5V
JIP201-"
38
13A
)~>-----14--
f
FLASHE~
6
A
0
< 5:=J]
+ 20V
7RI
18
READY ALERT
r.
®
NOTES:
CD
NOT USED
APPLICABLE TO AXPN
SPEED
I
0)
~
a
INTERLOCKS
All ASSY
~
4
3
B
~ 7CRI
INTERLOCK
"I
9,"1
PACK COVER
INTERLOCK
READY
A
I
+
3
4
~
-...)
2
o
o
SPEED> 2K
45
o
+!5V
C2R3
IK
45 ( J )
C2R4 ~C2R!5
IK
~ IK
6
START
-L
P2
'0.'-
c
L
~
PACK
COVER
SWITCH
NC
C
+5V
C2CI
.IUF
C2CRI
~~
(~
~
'
LOGIC
GROUND
IK
REMOTE
C
+!5V
10
D2R3
3.9K
47 (0
47 ( L )
START
0
START
MISSING PULSES DELAYED
I , "I
POWER UP CLEAR
P205059
+20V
MISSING PULSES DELAYED
9 Pi
PACK COVER
INTERLOCK
(OPTIONAL)
P20!5049
7CRI
INTERLOCK
44 ( 9 )
PA02-
.=0
+5V
C2R7
IK
+ 20V
7RI
8
2.2K
t
C3RI
309K
!I".
99CI
.IUF
C3R2
1'4.
44 ,47
02A
A04-12A (II)
-~>--- A05-02A(15)
START
r'
45 ,47
\!V 47
0
START
45 ( P )
45
START
---~~--~---------------51'1
PA207A
07A
0
f C2R6
3.9K
PJO!5-
NO
CYCLE COMPLETE
.. 5V
+5V
3.9K
S3
~45
12
, 13 t>I
3 SEC CYCLE COMMMD
CYCLE COMPLETE
129
IT
-
B
.;
T
199c:
6.8UF
35V
-
PA2/JA02(14) A05- 099 ,13A
"'U""N""IT""'-RE-A-D-Y
PlOI13A
fl
00
w
W
®
NOTES.
CD
®
I-'
I-'
NOT USED
READY ALERT IS CONNECTED ONLY IF
INTERLOCK OPTION IS INSTALLED.
PACK COVER
W
o
o
:t:'
(J
4
"1
.
All ASSY
.2
~
1
+5V
"
READY
t
A
4
co
w
V
3
I
w
1/
/
(
I
(
2
(
1
/-'
I-'
W
0
0
~
I.l
I
- I
~AI 0- I
I
-(42)
START
PACK
COVER
SWITCH
NC
I
I
I
I
I
I
CI
S3
I
+5V
+5V
1
P205068
O-----<~
__
START
PA2-
LOGIC
07~GROUND
5V
B2R4
IK
1
+5V
c
B2C3
3.3 UF
15V
10
47
.,.
't
BIR2
3.9K
BIR5
3.9K
STAR T
45,47
fD2R3
3.9K
IISSI NG PULSES DELAYED
47 ,. ,
STi"R'T
AICRI
44W
--
+20V
EIR7
470
)=rJ
12CRI
INTERLOCK
DELAYED
9Dt
+ 20V
12RI
8
220
t
E2RI
309K
B
12B
99CI
!I".
,..
12A (Ill
(15)
PACK COVER
INTERLOCK
(OPTIONAL)
P205-
. -_ _ _~048
r'
MISSING PULSES
44 . 47
AD4
+5V
4H B)
47
( F)
PJ~~- ~tz~2~-----------------------------_--_~ST~A~R~T_--_~)~~AD5'D2A
14
POWER UP CLEAR
D
.IUF
IT
199c2)
T
-
-
6.BUF
35V
PA 21 J A 0 2
(14)AD5-D98 ~JA :'-'UN""I:-::T-R"""EA-O-Y
READY
P201.
FLASHE~
13~(421'~
READY ALERT
i\
®
NOTES:
CD
®
NOT USED
READY ALERT :IS CONNECTED ONLY IF PACK COVER
INTERLOCK OPTION IS INSTALLED.
SPEED
~
I
-...]
I-'
4
'1
.,.
a
INTERLOCKS
All ASSY
TYPE: _XPN
.2
~
1
+5V
READY
t
A
~
4
I
3",
2
1
~
IV
+5V
+5V
E2R3
3.9K
P20504A
DI
E2RI
+5V
E2R4
470
F2R I
390
2
470
E2R2
5A
] 162C
GI
1,2-
470
6
10
CD
XIY
4
9
UNIT SELECT STROBE
~
G2U-E2
-=-
_ E2CI
9
P20506A
07A
IIOOPF
±IO"!.
+ 20V
t
-5V
46
CI
F2R2
2.2K
START
+22V
7RI
MISSING PU..SES DELAYED
46
M
Qr
I
+5V
F2R3
45
---SPEED >2K
(c
rCRI
OK
13
"'"
I
46
--
(F
START
r- -- --,
4\
21
II
t>\
3
PA204A - A04-24B
K6CR2 IK6CR3
<"m,'ES"
SUPP.ES"ON i BRAKE
DIODE
BCRI
2
®
45
I 5
~
Ie
P205- J/P207IIA _
I
100
+5V
III)
+5V
B
+ 5V
J4- J/P20B-
)J~~ ) ~pBA
PWR UP PICK
~~,
PWR UP PICK
r---- -IK--------,
'I®
~
02
102A
~~)
c:
-HOLD
+20V
K7CRI
II~
I
·-.........12
'I~
r----'
•
SI
9RI
IK
°1
. -
I
15
I
I
BRI
L_
2~
+5V - - - - - - - - - - - - -l
~
PA2 _
,,.
\~'
UP TO SPEED VOLTAGE FAULT
,.,
".,
".,
:;..02A HOLD
A
co
I
±SS~:
2.7K
P205-
'"
J*l_
~~i~20)
-
(50)
A
CD NOT USED
®~Lr'tl~fT~
IL
3.9K
O.OIUF
________________
_____
EXCEPT
BJ73IC/D.
BJ76IC/D ttr RIGHT
f-'
f-'
w
o
o
~
180
NOTE'
w
w
()
REMOTE START ( L) 46
'MERGENCY RETRACT
~+-;O~---------
".3
220
4
3
~
(3" .,. _"B
K7CR2
~
,~
~
J4
76
lOA
REMOTE
APPLICABLE TO
BXPN RE V A-J AND
CXPN REV A-C
POWER UP SEQUENCE
EMERGENCY RETRACT 8
BRAKE CONTROL
All ASSY
TYPE'_XPN
2
1
/
00
V
3
4
w
w
/
(
(
(
2
1
I-'
I-'
w
+~v
0
0
+ 5V
~
(')
CIR3
3.9K
P20SD4A
D
I
5
CIR2
D5A
BIRI
390
CIR4
470
CIRI
470
+5V
6
I~~YC
]
GI
4
10
CD
9
P20S06A
UNIT SELECT
1,2-
.f
G2 U-GI
470
e
07A,
CICI
G2
GI
iloo;.
I'OOPF
1,2-
13
-5V
46 (E
el
46
M
START
MISSING PULSES DELAYED
P20SIIA
+SV
45
(C
46
IF'
START
eCRI
c2d
13
SPEED> 2K
Ie
J/P207I
+~V
4 1I
II
?I
SUPPRESSION~
DIODE
BCRI
t>\~
HYSTERESIS
BRAKE
>PA2 DH
K6CR2 IK6CR3
A04-24B ( 11 )
+~V
B
B
K7CRI
REMOTE
+5V
J4- J/P20BPWR UP PICK
~
CD~~1 eTDR ~~,IOA/ PWR UP PICK
>---<
1 D
A6
tJ~~ )~,DBA/
a
76
4
76 -
1
· . . . . . . c,'2
~
-
SI
I
1'"
___
2
02A 180
~~~~
+
~
I~
~M+-
__~~__---1
13A
•
K7CR2
~
II< 6R2
GCRI
-b
6CR2-
6CR3
EMERGENCY RETRACT
220
Pf~i- ~
B
K2
+ VOLTAGE FAL.LT
EM ERG ENe y
RETRACT
RELAy
NOTE'
CD
NOT USED
APPLICABLE TO BXPN RE V K
a
ABV AND CXPN RE V D
POWER UP SEQUENCE
EMERGENCY RETRACT
BRAKE CONTROL
oJ::>.
TYPE' _XPN
I
W
46
A
UP TO SPEED
-...J
REMOTE START
SV
6RI
PAD2.
(31)AI3-14B
A
1"'----,
L-__~--------~I~I~
4
3
2
lenoo
,noN'
a
I -
ABV
IONC
a
All ASSY
1
+20
(50)
(A3+20)
A
~
I
3
4
-....J
2
1
~
D
D
®
®
®
AOI
AOZ
A03
A04
I i i
AOS
A06
A07
i i '
AOe
A09
AIO
i i i
All
AI2
i
AI3
'i
AI4
AI5
~
0
,
AI6
."
~
::I:
el
'"1>
0
0
."
'"
'"....
r-
iii
C')
'"
II>
a
'"
(J)
'"
~
~:a
,.,,.,'"
."
0
z
0
....
:a
:a
0
r-
'"
1>
,.,
0
§
~
1>
~
...
'"'"
'"~
,.,
(J)
'"
II>
<
0
C')
0
'"
....
'"
z
~
....
."
....
'"
,.,
,.,
:a
:a
:a
I
f1
0
0
z
z
....
:a
0
r-
....
1>
II>
~
~
,.,
5
'"
C')
0
c:
."
1>
It
."
!
V>
C')
~
g
'"'"
'"
C')
...1>
c
r-
....
C')
0
:a
....
C
~
~
z
:a
....
C')
....
C')
....
'"1>
~
i:
....
....
'"
~
::I:
'"'"
C')
'"<:
'"
:a
V>
0
'"
~
~
(J)
'"<
:a
C')
0
0
'"
...
~
~
~
0'"
r-
'"
~
C')
Ie
0
'"
0
'"
C')
g
0
~
C')
~:a
~
.....
1>
...
C
~
,.,'"
Z
C')
z
'"
....
0
~
C')
'"'"
z
:a
'"'"z
d
:a
'"1>
'"
....
~
1>
II>
n
0
~
~
1>
(j
~
'!:
C')
,.,'"
1>
0
r-
~
."
r0
0
z
<
,.,....'"'"
'"
~
B
B
®
eZYN
MZJN!EZKN
5PEV - SIC 09 AND
@
LOCATED UNDER
AXPN; SIC 10
G>
LOCATED ON
@
@
OPTIONAL CARD WITH PLO OPTION
HHV ATHV DTHV - SIC
@
IN ALL UNITS EXCEPT BJ7BI CID USE:
AXPN -SIC 09 AND BELOW
BXPN - SIC 10 AND ABOVE
ON BJ7BIC/D USE CXPN
USED FOR
HEAD ALIGNMENT,
A~
AMP ASSEMBLY NEXT TO "'AGNET.
NOT USED
® ~t~~ :~ ~g
00
POWER
g: ~'I~~0~~;;~~~~9~CA~~ :~TL~tUT
®
® ~tg~:~ ~2 g~ ::i~0~je;~~5:c rg;D :,~~g~T
®
10 AND
ABOVE.
BELOW,
I I ,'® I I I ® I@
HFRV DLUV JLQV FLWV CLXV
10 AND BELOW.
II AND ABOVE,
18 AND ABOVE,
37936
JLOV IN SC 09 WITH 37936 AND ABOVE
ELVV IN SC 09 WITHOUT 37966 AND BELOW
MLVV IN SC 09 WITH 37966 AND ABOVE
MAP
o
4
BLZV
A
o
~
BELOW, BPEV - SIC
DECK ASSEMBLY, (SIC 09 AND
AND ABOVE, AS SHOWN.)
.
'l_ _ _ _ .,!Z-,
L
I
+
CRI
I
I .. 1 9 .. 3 2 .. 8
1
r · - MJ4035
- - - - - - - -C - -1
...
f-LIl~fL
6
I
I
29B
I
,------,
4
3
SIC 22
I
a
ABV
AS-POWER AMP ASSEMBLY
A9-EMERGENCY RETRACT ASSEMBLY
~fV
NOAMANOAU
OPERATIONS
BH
CODrIOOO
19333
2
1
(
I
/
\
,
(
(
\
00
w
4
W
f-'
3
2
1
I-'
W
a
a
,--------------
::t='
WHT
n
D
I
AC
0
AC POWER
FROM
~
LINE
3
I t ®Ci)
BRN
BLK
Ci)
ORN
@
GRY
21
----1
PI! JI
+5
I
RED
5 VOLT
REGULATOR
D
PIOO/JIOO
TI
AC
AC
~
+OUT
rtED
---------;
r
AI
)
A2
5 VOLT
REGULATOR
,....;--_+_--l
~OUT
+ SEN
f-------,
...L
"T'
_
ORN
5"
RED
-20
7
(SENSE)
10
PWR AMP (AB) R2-2 (49)
BlK
ORN
50HZ TRANSFORMER PRIMARY
CONNECTIONS.
100V4O, '""""
TO " . -AC
. TO
,"0I AND 4.
TBI-2 TO" H
TBI-4.APPLY
®
F2
I~
g~
L ___ _
CD
BlU
~
.OB2
I'F
200V
R3
510
lOW
B
GND
A09-17B (21)
R4
510
lOW
AMP (AB) R3-2 (49)
MR754
6.01' F
660VAC
TUNING
CAP
60HZ TRANSFORMER PRIMARY CONNECTIONS.
100VAe: APPLY AC TO I AND 2.
120 VAC: APPLY AC TO I AND 3.
TI AND TBI LOCATED ON BASE ASSY.
0
o
®
0
A
INDICATES WIRE SOLDERED TO BOARD.
DENOTES TWO WIRES CRIMPED INTO ONE PIN.
SIC 23 8 BlW
FERRO RESONANT XFMR
POWER SUPPLY SCHEMATIC
AI,A2,A3 ASSEMBLIES
.::.
I
-...J
-...J
4
3
.
H:>-
4
I
-....]
3
00
@
TBI
,,- -f
DI
~~O:O~ER
LINE
""ER
OUTPUT
~
6
CD 6 ®
TI
-,
15
VI0
4
,Be< '"''
,II"
BRN (50)
ORN (50)
vI0
31r----i
G"
5~
I
-SLK (50) ~I
(60) I
I
- -, +20 V
P2
GND
+ 5V
AND -5 V REGULATORS
(SEE SHEET 51
D
FOR DETAILS)
+20 V
I
GRY (60)2 IIIr l9
\.. i..2..' ~HT
-
I----'~---+ 5 V
110~
III
I
IIIr17
-
1~
5 :,1>"
YEL
II
1
,-
~HT
j5 GR>
2
,
I
I
Pl
I
4
'2
"\
III~
~5
II I [,"
I 1 I I-------l
20 GRY
7~
D
-5 V
-038 1521
I-
L __ _
-----'
+20 V
14
r'iHT
13 ORN
C I NOTES
CD CONNECTIONS.
TRANSFORMER PRIMARY
...
lit 12
r<.r-<>o~61-o-----r'\
5A FAST
r'iHT
50 Hz 100 V AC' JUMPER
TBI -1 TO TBI - 3
TBI - 2 TO TBI - 4
APPLY AC TO 1 AND 4
••
R16
560
2
50 Hz 220 V AC' JUMPER
TBI - 2 TO TBI - 3
APPLY AC TO 1 AND 5
n
fj
- L C14
50 Hz 240 V AC' JUMPER
TBI - 2 TO TBI - 3
APPL Y AC TO I AND 6
/f" 1 fJF
35 V
R17
560
- L C15
/'f"'goe fJF
60 Hz lQO V AC' APPLY
AC TO I AND 2
2
n
•
fj
V. 10
PAI-12B (52)
j"
~
V
+-
A09-17B (21)
AS R3-2 (49)
8
PA 1 -02B (52)
~.~
60 Hz 120 V AC' APPLY
AC TO I AND 3
BI®
~
C
TI AND TBI ARE LOCATED
ON BASE ASSY.
B
5A FAST
~"~C2p.21000 uF
-42 V
9
_YEL
~"c~t@>" j
10 ISLK
11
RI9
510 n
10 W
IYEL
CR13
CF14
A1Cl
21000 uF
1
1
1
R20
510 n
10 ~
~15t;:jt
,-~- ~U
+42 V
SA FAST
I
co
AI
f
S
i nQ..,
,-""
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- - -
-
-
-
2
)
PA09-32B (.W
PA1- 14B (52)
16
PAO~-03B
1
-[j42
V 9
l1PWRAMP
(21)
f·8 Fl 2 (49)
A9 CRl
(49)
L...,..i
....-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.,...:S:::/..::C...,:24..:...:S:...:A::B:.,:V_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _,--_ _ _
TUN I NG CAP
A
A3 CR2-AC (49)
r:::-1 ;::c.;;o-----..,.7D"TF~
r.:_
I
i
w
MA~~~~C PERjPHERALS INC.
0
0
(g~(.(»
C>
I-
~
0
:::l
0..
l-
I-
:::l
..,
Z
0:
0:
cr0
0
0:
Ul
<[
0
0..
0..
U
f~
@@
..,
:::l
0:
0:
:::l
>
C>
:::l
0..
I-
.., ..,II..,~
l-
..,
I-
:::l
0..
0
Ul
~
I-
o
>
:::l
0
:5>
Ul
0
o
0..
®
Cf4
14'
TBOI
RI2
~-----+------~-----+--------------------4-~------~~
/VI
.15
15W
I BRN
I
I
LOrC V~~Tt8~
I
I
I
I
~
+5VDC
I
I
~--~---------------+~--------rel ~::~~
I
CI
I
I
I
BLK
I
R3
22.1
I
~~.
~
LI
CI
1000PF
1000V
'-'
I' U~
W02
&.
C
Ra
2.0K
R9
100
h]1Q2
R7
2.0K
f----1
C3
14000MFD
15 VDC
95601100
I CR4
~
I
IN749A
2N4441
~
RIO
102
C4
14000
MFD
15VDC
B
C7
4.7MFD
50VDC
C5
, 68MFD
15 VDC
R4
150
1
~
H'la'
u
o
TO CHASSIS
C>
z
~
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
ALL RESISTORS ARE
..,~
1/4 W 1%.
1-0
00
~I
"':::l
o::r
Ul
INPUT- OUTPUT TERMINATIONS ARE AS FOLLOWS S
o
o
.&.
4
,
~
INDICATES INCREASE IN ADJUSTMENT CLOCKWISE DIRECTION.
4
I
I
- 5VDC
AND AC CENTE R
TAP INPUT
3
-----0 E 1- GND
..,
Ul
Ul
~
Z
A
SIC 23
INDICATOR CIRCUIT.
~
-...)
~ -SENSE
5VDC
~
INDICATES CARD EDGE CONNECTIONS.
INDICATES CARD QUICK - CONNECTS.
INDICATES SUPPLY INPUT - OUTPUT TERMINAL STRIP CONNECTIONS •
OPTIONAL OUTPUT
~
1
~
<[
A
I
I-
NOTESS
o
C6
.1 MFD
35V
3
:::l
0..
Z
I
R6
1.5K
B
l
I-
RI3
332
~
1000PF
1000V
R5
500
I
RII
475
&.
R2
10.2
a
BLW
_A I / A2 ASSEMBLIES
~
4
I
00
o
7.5A
~
~ P2-3 (50)
I
I
11213 111
I
I
c
I "
I
E2
I
J2,
1
j.JF
I
(i)~
I
EI
_ _ _ _ _ _ -1
L_~
+5 V
.12 n
2W
C2
I
~:
~~
I
1
R1
, 0'
~
C1
:;:::::;: ,01 l'F
I
I
r--------l
C.R1
I
D
i50) PI-3
CI2 (50)
i
J 1
I
(50)PI- 10
.
R3
15 n
+5-,I
ARO'l'-l
____
I
I E2
AI
j"
I
P201
'r-
'r
NC
5A)
""" "'"
E~.,)
~ztjll
I
PACI(
COVER
SWITCH
SWI
-l
I
1m
I
c
ASSEMBLY
,>'---"
I
141
A'4-RELAY BOARD -
~
$/:
,
- - - - c;; -
~
I
...
A
.t:>.
I
4
ex>
3
2
1
N
AC
CBI
~: J: {~~~t~1
.
D
I
Ie'"
I·
II . ~ II
I I~. ,L
I
j
J/PDMI-
-2
BLU
I - - - - -:- -,
~
m
RUN
:
l
THERMAL
~m~
~•.,
, . . ,,,,
m,·
""
"'n ~l" ,
"".~
COMMUD
,.....
'"
' "
I
caz
, "
~LO.'~
~'---->>--'--1
DC;
DECK INTERLOCK
,
•. !'!.
-L
~?f~~T
--j - ,I
IBn..J
_~~ ~START ~
RUN
I SPINDLE
L--..J
DRIVE
~O~R~M~ _ _
:
I
I
D
I
I
-.J
__
LOGIC CHASSIS'
FAN (821
Z
rPoWER suppii'(50) - - - NOTES:
c
TBI
I. ASSEMBLY
AD
AI, AZ, A3
A4
A5
A6, A7
AB
A9
AIO
All
,IDENTIFICATION
8
l
I
~--+---11+5
DC
POWER
SUPPLY
c
AO
5
7 1(+42)
6 d-12)
9~
B
AI,A2,A3
I
II
UIO
L
12
FI ELD TEST
UN I T CONNECTI ON
II
_____ J
CONNECTORS
GOING TO
BACK PANEL
W/W PINS
ASSEMBLIES
WI - AC HARNESS
W4 -R/W 80 HO SEL
W5 - SWT 8 CONTROL POlL
W6 -DC PWR DISTRIBUTION
W7 -SERVO DIBIT CABLE
W9 -BASE ASSY
WIO-LOGIC CHASSIS TO PWR AMP
G) PLUG INSTALLED ON WIRE
@ CAPAC I TOR SIZE DEPENDS
HEAD SELECT AND
READ PREAMP (39,40,41)
(W6)
PI/JI
LOGIC
CHASSIS
ASSY
SWITCHES
SI-LOCAL REMOTE (PART OF BXPN BOARD)
S2-HEADS LOADED
S3-PACK COVER
S4-DtCK INTERLOCK
4. CABLE
PIOO/JIOO
LOGI C CHASS I SASSY
POWER SUPPLY
RELAY PC BOARD (REF ONLY)('9)
HD SEL AND R/W AMP
I/O PANEL
POWER AMP
EMERGENCY RETRACT
OPERATOR CONTROL PNL
IXPN BOARD
2. RELAYS I TRIACS
KI- RUN RELAY (PART OF TRIAC Kil
KZ-EMERGENCY RETRACT
K5-oRlVE MOTOR START TRIACI RELAY
K6-SPEED 2K
K7-LOCAL/REMOTE RUN
KB-START
3
TI
WRAP SIDE OF LOGIC CHASSIS.
ON INPUT
,--
1 I
0.......
YOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY.
~6 j I
I PI/~I-12(q6) L ____
L ___ ~ER~E~
42
•
__
i
-.J
.J
(-42)
(GOlD)
(+42)
A
A
ex>
w
SIC 10 - 23
W
I-'
I-'
W
CABLING I BLOCK DIAGRAM
WITH _XPN INTERLOCK
o
o
~
()
4
3
(
/
(
/
00
w
+
3
4
W
I-'
I-'
2
W
o
o
:t:o
o
D
o
1A1a:- oPERATORCONrROl. PANEL (PARTIAL OWG)
- - -,
+~
,
, - - - - C;; r*"1
START,
I
Cf{/:
START
ALTERNATE)
I
(:ACTION
I
r-<>---0 , 14
c
1·
PACK
COVER
SWITCH
SWI
cr:r
!
I
I
SPO+START
04
I
JAOZOIB
LOGIC GROUND
(31) A13-32A
UNLOAD HEADS
CD
8RUSH CYCLE
A05-26B
11'
c
j III
1
71
I~"INIr-l OZ
I
J SPD+BRUSH
RI
IK
(31) A13-14B
SPEED+vOLTAGE FAULT'
(II) A04-248
HEADS LOADED
I
(A4-EI01
I
-ZO
)
I
'1.1
I'\.
8RUSH
CYCLE
C
S~~~H
~------4-~+_rr~~~-.5
I
NO
E9//
? NC
I
,
n-H-f8RUSH MOTOR
L_~
~_ _ _ _---l-__E~II 1
8MI
J2058B
CR7
ZA
I
~+ZO
E7
BRAKE
RELAY
J
~
7A
Hy~~l:iSIS
L __ K~
I CYCLE
I
l _________ .. _J
PA2
I
CRI
J
_ _ _ ---l
"" ".-,,, .,,"" "'" """
31
I
,
L- _ _ _ _ _ _
B
J2~~-
~XPN-I~ERLOcKBOARO'l'-lI
2B I
~n
_1_
4-H, ,
I E4
10
.;,=
,
I
+S
I
~T(tjl,
I EZ
.;,=
-
o
~------------':';'7A~)H
FAULTICLEAR
I
~
!4)
'r
NC
-l
I
EI2
,I
~____-_-_--'5:.::.::-,:»J:-J
~O
ASSEMBLY
.~
,
,
,
+
A4-RELAY BOARD -
EIO
-.
~~
I~
B
~
vvv--.5
).)E6
U
Q)
RZ
IK
14A
R4
Z20
r - - __+l~-E5
I
NOTES:
Q)
BRUSH MOTOR OPTIONAL.
A
•
I
STARTO-I
TRIAC
RELAY
L
-
CRS
I
HEADS
LOADED
SW2
Not~-Kj
-
I
,
C
NC
a
Y
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
SW4
1
4
I
.
RELAY
Eel
SIC 09
3
E~g~~~~Y
?A4~t-e+--
I
I
L_____________ J
.:::.
I-'
CRS
DECK
NO
00
CR4
l.v.,.....
K2
a BLW
CABLING / BLOCK DIAGRAMS
WITH AXPN :tNTERLOCK
+ 20 (AHZO)
A
,t:..
I
3
4
00
N
2
1
AC
CBI
~:~: {;~~f.~ "I
D
+5V~,
J/POMI-
I
..". I·
II . ~ II
I I~"r ~I
-2
I
j
BLU
I - - - -
~
J205BXPN START
COMMAND
BXPN RUN
COMMAND
~
RUN
:
THERMAL
08B(~1)
~,
I I
J205~g9B (41)
P2~6;2
C
S~
I I
NO
rw?+~~T
----,
P206-1
I
J>DC
CB2
DECK INTERLOCK
RUN
I
i
~.-,..
*~~~L~_,
I
ER MTR (Bil _
LOGIC CHASSIS'
FAN (B21
__
I
I
--,
I SPINDLE
L.-...J
DRIVE
I
I
o
I
II
~O~R ~~ _ _ --.J
-1
2~~1
rPoWER su"P'Piy(50) -
NOTES:
c
I
TBI
I. ASSEMBLY
B
LOGIC CHASSIS ASSY
POWER SUPPLY
RELAY PC BOARD (REf ONLY)(~9)
HD SEL AND R/W AMP
ItO PANEL
POWER AMP
EMERGENCY RETRACT
OPERATOR CONTROL PNL
BXPN BOARD
ASSEMBLIES
l
(W6)
I
PI/JI
HEAD SELECT AND
READ PREAMP (39,40,41)
I
Ie
~
DC
POWER
SUPPLY
'AnA
FA LT
STHRE
a
I
I
IL
IrEMffiENcVRETRACT
-
JA6
U12 1 ,
_____ J
(49)-
-
-
-=-- - - I
JA0909
(16)
,I
•
I
JA09 -
A09 03
~_~2
I~B(16)
...3R-I I
A09J
I""
I I
JA7
~ "'f' iI -1'{".-;;;..'1
PI/JI-10(~6)
I
. ~P
/
t+ ~
I
-h ...
10
fA';:;, - -,
I'''.
I
oeBJ
(~
"0....
".""M' ~
GOING TO
BACK PANEL
W/W PINS
PAlO
JA09
ACI
CR2
-
c7
JAI2
1
I
+J I
16,OOOuF
65vDC
I
_ _ _ -1
~6 I
I PI/JI-12(~6) L __
CP_=--J-:----t
L ___ ~ER.!!!E~
--.J
-42
E3
~
'
__
POWER
AMP
AS
I
R3-2
R2-2
(GND)
(+42)
R3-1 I SHEET
49
A
A
00
w
SIC 10 - 23
W
I-'
I-'
CABLING I BLOCK DIAGRAM
WITH _XPN INTERLOCK
W
0
0
()
4
(45)
fl ELD TEST
UNIT CONNECTION
II
VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY.
:t:o'
(47)
u
+42
LOGIC CHASSIS.
t-gP207 (47)
6,(-121
i
WI - AC HARNESS
W4 -R/W a HD SEL
W5 - SWT
CONTROL PNL
W6 -DC PWR DISTRIBUTION
W7 -SERVO DIBIT CABLE
W9 -BASE ASSY
WIO-LOGIC CHASSIS TO PWR AMP
G) PLUG INSTALLED ON WIRE WRAP SIDE OF
@ CAPACITOR SIZE DEPENDS ON INPUT
-
AI,A2,A3
SWITCHES
Si=LOcAL REMOTE (PART OF BXPN BOARD)
52-HEADS LOADED
53-PACK COVER
54-DECK INTERLOCK
4. CABLE
-
AD
LOGIC
GND
CHASSIS
-5
ASSY
2. RELAYS / TRIACS
KI-RUN RELAY (PART OF TRIAC Kil
K2-EMERGENCY RETRACT
K5-oRIVE MOTOR START TRIAC/ RELAY
K6-SPEEO 2K
K7-LOCAL/REMOTE RUN
KB-START
3
-
PIOO/JIOO
III~I-I----1r----i +5
,IDENTIfiCATION
AO
AI, A2, A3
A4
A5
A6, A7
AB
A9
AIO
A II
TI
3
00
I-'
I-'
2
3
4
w
w
/
I
(
./
(
1
r- -
w
DRivE
o
J/PDMI-
o
-2
AI
8LUI-----i
~
~
()
D
AO~5
BXPN START
COMMAND
BXPN RUN
COMMAND
--l.-1_
+ 5 V ~::>~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
J20508B(45)
J20509S(45)
P206-2
) ,
~,
~~m~T
I~
P206-1
C S~
:
THERMAL
~'>---'----------'----------++---f---+-j----------------_-.J
All
RUN
~)>---+--+--
SPINDLE
DC
CB2
DECK INTER'.OCK
,--7~~L~
~
LOGIC CHASSIS
FAN (82)
ER
MTR
_
_
_ (81)
_
DRIVE
__
L!:!.0~R.JEM~
RUN
o
I
I
I
I
~
-.J
2
--l
rPOWERSUPPLY(sO)
NOTES:
c
T81
I. ASSEMBLY
AO
AI, A2, A3
A4
A5
A6, A7
A8
A9
AID
A II
PI/JI
TI
IDENTIFICATION
+5
r----+---iGND
LOGIC CHASSI SASSY
POwER SUPPLY
RELAy PC BOARD (REF ONLY)(ij9)
HD SEL AND R/W AMP
I/O PANEL
POwER AMP
EMERGENCY RETRACT
OPERATOR CONTROL PNL
BXPN SOARD
I~
DC
POWER
SUPPLY
3.
B
4
CA8LE
K6· SPEED> 2K
1)·lOCH REMOTE RUN
BOARD)
G) PLUG
CD
m
L-
13
12
RETRACT A9 (49)
fA~K2 -
I,
PI/JI-10(48)
I
+
r-- -
I
I
JA6
JA7
I':
CR2
Aci
lijS(20)
~l1'
-,
JA09- -
,
4~
AOlR-, I
30W
CONNECTORS
GOING TO
BACK PANEL
W/W PINS
JAI2
1
I
1~~~~It/ .J
I
,
PAlO
JA09
1= ,
C7+
, CRI
I
,
-1 P/JI-12(SO)
1
-ij2
-
I AO A09(20)
•
I
.-
_J
__
INSTALLED ON WIRE WRAP SIDE OF LOGIC CHASSIS,
--,
7"
"
CAPAC I TOR SIZE DEPENDS ON INPUT
vOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY.
c
FI ELD TEST
UNI T CONNECTION
~---------------~
I EMERGENCY
ASSEMBLIES
C~~~~S
(-42)
I
;;~
KB-STIRT
WI -AC HARNESS
W4 -R/W a HD SEL
W5 - SWT a CONTROL PNL
W6 -DC PWR DISTRIBuTION
W7 - SERVO DI81T CABLE
W9 -BASE ASSY
WID-LOGIC CHASSIS TO PWR AMP
-5
43)
46,0,44)
4
16 (+42)
AI, A2,A3
SW ITCHES
51 - LOCAL REMOTE (PART OF BXPN
S2 - HEADS LOADED
S3 - PACK COVER
S4 -DECK INTERLOCK
(+ 121
AO
LOGIC
8 (-J21
2, RELAYS / TRIACS
KI - RUN RELAY(PART OF TRIAC KI)
K2 - EMERGENCY RETRACT
K5 - DRIVE MOTOR START TRIAC/RELAY
HEAD SELECT AND
READ PREAMP (39, 40, 41)
Iw61
I
J2IP2
-42
PI/JI-12(48)
I HI
_ _ .-J
P~:~R
~6 J
L ____
I
L ___
-
~ER~E~
AS
E3
~
RI-2
(-421
R3-2
(GNDI
R2-2
(+421
R3-1 ISHEE
A
A
SIC 24
a
ABV
CABLING I BLOCK DIAGRAM
WITH BXPN INTERLOCK
~
I
00
w
4
3
,
.:::.
"
co
.:::.
+
3
10
twv- I
I HEAD t----7.~>
__
14.7
:>t.I'IVU
1
10
1M
01
2
3PF
!~~
1M
I
21.5K
100
o
'Yf:
100
"~
N
3PF
:!IPF
499
,~
OoIUF
lOOK
47PF
499
21.5K
_ J8JAIO- 29B
:
;o"B»
+ f2V
56.2K
c
c
2.4K
6.8V
O.IUF
ZZO
J8
.1-_;_U_~>02
e(-,
I
r-
I
JAIO-Z!5B (22)
1
f
I
~02AI
47
JAIO-Z4B (GND)
I
I
I •
•
I
+ 6.2V
J'
f
~~,OIB
.--r-i\-""--'/
B
~.F
T
.01UF
L..
_ _ _ _+-_~)
_
IOOUH
r
*
lUF
SH..D
JAIO-3OB
, 03A» -OND
AI
~470
~IOO
f
ov
g
•
~47
-
+T
IlNur
I
I
I
I
I
OIA
W
I-'
I--'
elm;II!!''''''"
I.l
3
B
JAIO-Z6B IGND)
IA
00
4
I~HLD
JAIO-23B (22)
-6.2V
LV
::t:'
I
SHLD
• -6.2V
LV
0
0
I
..
TRACK SERVO PREAMP
LOC'A3A05
DIVISION
2
,
"
!
(
\
00
w
w
(
(
4
*
3
i-'
i-'
W
0
0
2
1
,
~
n
DI
>
D:;,~V'
IF TAG OUT
DECODE IS
AND
{}
I
NAME
-I
I
SELECT
ci
I
ERROR
RECOVERY
000
001
11
I
010
II
HEAD ADDRESS
~
II
I
I
CD
CD
STROBE
EARLY
LATE
STROBE
RTZ
I
I
I
23
I
22
I
I
21
20
I
BUS I N BITS
1DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
I.O.
10.
1.0.
®
@)
@
t---
+
-
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
OFFSET
OFFSET
1.0.
1.0.
.LO.
CLEAR
CLEAR
CHECK
A TTENTION DIAGNOSTIC
CLEAR
FAULT
STATUS
CLEAR
ERROR
RECOVERY
CLEAR
RPS
22
011
21
2
0
10
DRIVE PLACES ON BUS IN
.
BUS OUT BITS
II
-'
DIAGNOSTIC
-.1
DECODE
I
rt:~;')P~t~:'201-10B
4
HD. SEL. FAULT
32
PA2-8B
P201-8B
4
W .• R FAULT
33
PA2-13B
[J201-13B
4
ON CYL
34
PA2-14B
P201-14B
4
VOLTAGE
35
PA2-5B
P201-5B
4
-5 VOLTS
36A
PA2-5A
P201-6A
9
SEEK END
83311300 N
UP TO SPEED TO K2 COIL
(W+R)
FA~
5-12.1
I WL
TITLE
W5 HARNESS WIRE LIST
SIGNAL NAME
OR NUMBER
IDENTIFICATION
ORIGIN
DESTINATION
IDOC~~;~T N°'ISHEE~
WIRE
l
COLOR LEVEL
PA2-6B
P201-6B
0
GROUND
37A
PA2-4B
P201-4A
9
MOD ADDRESSED
37B
PA2-9B
P201-6B
0
GND
38
PA2-9A
P201-9A
4
INTERRUPT
P201-2A
9
SEEK END
39A
J2-CC
39B
J2-AA
P201-3B
0
SEEK END
40A
J2-DD
P201-3A
9
MOD ADDRESSED
40B
J2-BB
P201-4B
0
MOD ADDRESSED
41A
J2-EE
P201-7B
9
INTERRUPT
41B
J2-HH
P201-8A
0
INTERRUPT
42
PA2-8A
P201-9B
4
WRITE PROTECT SW
43
P201-5B
P205-1B
4
44
P201-13A
P205- 3B
48
K2-B
P205-12B
2
50
K5-3
P205-14B
2
51
K5-4
P205-83
4
52
PA2-1B
P205
52A
PA2-3A
P205-1A
0
52B
PA2-3B
P205-2B
2
55
P206-1
Kl-4
57
P206-2
P205-95
4
58
P208-3
P205-8A
4
59
P208-1
P205-10A
4
60
P208-2
P205-2A
4
61
P205-1A
P205-4A
4
62
P205-4A
P205-5A
4
5-12.2
IRE~.
NOTES
36B
~
NO.
+5 BUSS TO XPN
83311300 E
I
"---
TITLE
CONDUCTOR
WIRE
COLOR
ID
WL JDOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 75S3
I
DC HARNESS W6 WIRE LIST (Ref 7525S300)
ISHEET NO.
1 of 1
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
IREV'E
NOTES
1
RED
Jl-l
AO-+5
+ 5 VOLTS
2
BLACK
JI-2
AO-GND
GND
3
BLUE
JI-3
AO--5
-5 VOLTS
4
RED
JI-4
PAI-12B
+12 VOLTS
5
BLUE
JI-5
AO--20
-20 VOLTS
6
BLUE
JI-6
PAI-2B
-12 VOLTS
7
RED
JI-7
PAI-14B
+36 VOLTS
S
RED
Jl-S
AO-+20
+20 VOLTS
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
BLUE
BLUE
RED
RED
BLACK
BLACK
BLUE
BLUE
RED
JI-9
JI-9
JI-10
JI-10
Jl-11
Jl-11
JI-12
JI-12
A9 CR-+
AO A09-3B
AO A09-3B
AS-R2-2
AS-R2-2
AS-R3-2
AS-R3-2
AB-RI-2
AS-RI-2
AS-R2-2
-36
-42
+36
+42
±36
+42
14
BLACK
AO A09-17B
A8-R3-2
15
BLUE
A9 CRl--
AS-RI-2
16
BLUE
A9 CRl--
A9 CR2-AO
17
BLUE
AO--5
PAI-3B
-5
IS
RED
A3-+20
PAI-13B
+20
19
RED
Jl~7
A3-A09-32B
+42 VOLTS, ELPV - REV. C
20
RED
AO A09-XX
AO A09-XX
+42 VOLTS, ELPV - REV. C
21
RED
AO A09-XX
AO A09-XX
+42 VOLTS, ELPV - REV. C
22
RED
AO A09-XX
AO A09-XX
+42 VOLTS, ELPV - REV. C
23
BLUE
AO A09-XX
AO A09-XX
-42 VOLTS, ELPV - REV. C
24
BLUE
AO A09-XX
AO A09-XX
-42 VOLTS, ELPV - REV. C
25
BLUE
AO AQ9-XX
AO A09-XX
-42 VOLTS, ELPV - REV. C
VOLTS,ELPV - REV. B
VOLTS,ELPV - REV. C
VOLTS,ELPV - REV. B
VOLTS, ELPV - REV. C
GND, ELPV - REV B
VOLTS, ELPV - REV. C
-J~ VOLTS L ELPV - REV. B
-42 VOLTS, ELPV - REV. C
''---
83311300
N
5-13
TItlE
W10 CABLE ASSY WIRE LIST
CONDUCTOR
5-14
(Ref 77396500 B)
I
ID
WIRE
COLOR
1
YELLOW
AOP09-XX
A8-E12
2
YELLOW
AOP09-XX
A8-E15
3
YELLOW
AOP09-XX
A8-E3
4
YELLOW
AOP09-XX
A8-E10
5
YELLOW
AOP09-XX
A8-E9
6
YELLOW
AOP09-XX
A9-C7-
7
BLUE
AOP09-XX
A8-R3-1
8
YELLOW
VC-1
A8-R3-1
WL
I DOCUMENT NO.
SMD 7965
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
ISHEET NO.
1 of 1
IREV.
E
NOTES
83311300
N
TITLE
W12 CABLE ASSEMBLY WIRE LIST (Ref 77563500)
CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
I WL IDOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 7635
ISHEET NO.
1 of 1
NOTES
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
IREV. A
1
lA
0
P400-1
CB1-A2
1B
9
P400-2
CB1-B2
P400-3
GND OF BASE-GND
lC
STRAND
.
'\
7
83311300
A
5-15
TiTlE
POWER AMP DRIVER WIRE LIST (Ref 77396400)
CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
I WL IDOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 7964
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
1
RED
AS-R2-l
AS-E13
2
WHITE
AS-R4-2
AS-E4
3
YELLOW
A9-C7-
AS-R4-l
4
BLUE
AS-Rl-l
AS-E14
5
YELLOW
AS-Ell
A9-K2-6
WHITE
AS-E12
A9-K2-l
ISHEET NO.
1 of 1
IREV. A
NOTES
6
7
S
9
-
5-16
83311300
A
TITLE
AC HARNESS WIRE LIST
CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
(S/C 31
&
ABV, 50 Hz)
t WL
I DOCUMENT NO.
Ref. 77387300
ISHEET NO. 1
IREV. B
NOTES
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
of 1
1
4
CB1-Al
TB1-l
2
4
CB1-Bl
TBl-2
3
5
GND
TBl-3
4
4
CBI-A2
K1-l
5
4
CB1-B2
J302-1
6
5
GND
K5 BASE-GND
7
4
CB1-A2
P301-3
8
4
CB1-B2
P301-2
9
5
GND
P301-1
10
4
CB2-2
TBl-2
60 HZ, 100 VAC
11
4
CBI-Bl
TBl-1
NEUTRAL OR PHASE
12
5
GND
CKT BKR BASE-GND
13
4
Kl-2
K5-1
14
5
GND
TBl· -BASE-GND
15
4
CB2-2
TBl-3
60 HZ, 120 V
16
4
CB2-2
TBl-4
50 HZ, 100 V
17
4
CB2-2
TBl-5
50 HZ, 220 V
18
4
CB2-2
TBl-6
50 HZ, 240 V
GND
(
'",-
I
~-
83311300
Z
5-16.1/5-16.2
•
TITLE
AC HARNESS WIRE LIST
~-
lJUCTOR
10
I
I
I
I
I
•.
WIRE
COLOR
.(S/C 30 & BLW, 50 Hz;
ALL 60 Hz)
1WL
IDOCUMENT N0·ISHEET NO.
Ref. 77387300
1 of 1
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
NOTES
1
4
CB1-Al
LF-3
2
4
CB1-Bl
LF-4
3
5
GND
LF-GND
4
4
CB1-A2
Kl-l
5
4
CB1-B2
J302-1
6
5
GND
K5 BASE-GND
7
4
CB1-A2
P301-3
8
4
CB1-B2
P301-2
9
5
GND
P301-1
10
4
CB2-2
TBl-2
60 HZ, 100 V
11
4
CB1-Bl
TB1-l
NEUTRAL OR PHASE
12
5
GND
CKT BKR BASE-GND
13
4
Kl-2
K5-1
14
5
GND
TBl BASE-GND
15
4
CB2-2
TBl-3
60 HZ, 120 V
16
4
CB2-2
TBl-4
50 HZ, 100 V
17
4
CB2-2
TBl-5
50 HZ, 220 V
18
4
CB2-2
TBl-6
50 HZ, 240 V
83311300 Z
IRE~ .
5-17
I
TiTlE
I/O CABLE WIRE LIST (Ref 40139600 B)
CONDUCTOR
10
WIRE
COLOR
I WL IDOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 7264
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
ISHEET NO.
1 of 7
IREV.
B
NOTES
1
1A
0
J3-1
PA7-32B
IB
1
J3-4
PA7-29A
2A
0
J4-1
PA7-32B
2B
1
J4-4
PA7-29A
3A
0
J3-2
PA6-8A
3B
2
J3-5
PA6-7B
4A
0
J4-2
PA6-8A
4B
2
J4-5
PA6-7B
5A
3
J3-3
PA6-24B
5B
0
J3-7
PA6-25A
6A
3
J4-3
PH6-24B
6B
0
J4-7
PA6-25A
7A
4
J3-8
PA6-15A
7B
0
J3-12
PA6-14B
8A
4
J4-8
PA6-15A
8B
0
J4-12
PA6-14B
9A
0
J3-10
PA6-9A
9B
5
J3-13
PA6-8B
lOA
0
J4-10
PA6-9A
lOB
5
J4-13
PA6-8B
llA
0
J3-11
PA6-13B
lIB
6
J3-14
PA6-14A
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
5-18
83311300 D
TITLE
AC HARNESS WIRE LIST (Ref 77387399)
CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
,
I
WL I DOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 7873
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
ISHEET NO.
1 of 1
IREV. B
NOTES
1
4
CB1-A1
LF-3
2
4
CB1-B1
LF-4
3
5/4
GND
LF-GND
4
4
CB1-A2
K1-1
5
4
CB1-B2
J302-1
6
5/4
GND
K5 BASE-GND
7
4
CB1-A2
P301-3
8
4
CB1-B2
P301-2
9
5/4
GND
P301-1
10
4
CB2-2
TBl-2
60 HZ, 100 VAC
11
4
CB1-B1
TB1-1
NEUTRAL OR PHASE
12
5/4
GND
CKT BKR BASE-GND
13
4
Ll-2
K5-1
14
5/4
GND
TB1"BASE-GND
15
4
CB2-2
TBl-3
60 HZ, 120 VAC
16
4
CB2-2
TBl-4
50 HZ, 100 VAC
17
4
CB2-2
TBl-5
50 HZ, 220 VAC
18
4
CB2-2
TBl-6
50 HZ, 240 VAC
''"---
'.
83311300
A
5-17
TITLE
I/O CABLE WIRE LIST (Ref 40139600 B)
CONDUCTOR
10
WIRE
COLOR
I WL IDOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 7264
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
\SHEET NO.
\REV.
1 of 7
B
NOTES
1
1A
0
J3-1
PA7-32B
1B
1
J3-4
PA7-29A
2A
0
J4-1
PA7-32B
2B
1
J4-4
PA7-29A
3A
0
. J3-2
PA6-8A
3B
2
J3-5
PA6-7B
J4-2
PA6-8A
2
3
4
4A
0
4B
2
J4-5
PA6-7B
SA
3
J3-3
PA6-24B
5B
0
J3-7
PA6-25A
I
5
-
6
6A
3
J4-3
PH6-24B
6B
0
J4-7
PA6-25A
7A
4
J3-8
PA6-15A
7B
0
J3-12
PA6-14B
8A
4
J4-8
PA6-15A
8B
0
J4-12
PA6-14B
9A
0
J3-10
PA6-9A
9B
5
J3-13
PA6-8B
lOA
0
J4-10
l'i\b-~i\
lOB
5
J4-13
PA6-8B
llA
0
J3-11
PA6-13B
lIB
6
J3-14
PA6-14A
7
8
9
10
11
12
5-18
83311300 D
,
I WL IDOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 7264
TITLE
I/O CABLE WIRE LIST
CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
12A
0
J4-11
PA6-13B
12B
6
J~-14
PA6-14A
13A
0
J3-1S
PA6-21B
13B
7
J3-18
PA6-22A
14A
0
J4-1S
PA6-21B
14B
7
ISHEET NO.
2 of 7
IREV.
B
NOTES
13
14
PA6-22A
J~-18
IS
lSA
0
J3-16
PA6-1SB
lSB
8
J3-20
PA6-16A
16A
0
J4-16
PA6-1SB
16B
8
J4-20
PA6-16A
17A
0
J3-17
PA6-22B
17B
9
J3-21
PA6-23A
18A
0
J4-17
PA6-22B
18B
9
J4-21
PA6-23A
19A
0
J3-22
PA7-2A
UNIT SELECT
19B
1
J3-2S
PA7-7B
UNIT SELECT
0
J4-22
PA7-2A
UNIT SELECT
UNIT SELECT
16
17
18
19
20
20A
~
1:
J4-2S
PA7-7B
21A
0
J3-23
PA7-2B
21B
2
J3-26
PA7-3A
22A
0
J4-23
PA7-2B
22B
2
J4-26
PA7-3A
0
J3-24
PA7-4A
20B
21
22
23
23A
83311300
A
S-19
TiTlE
I/O CABLE WIRE LIST
CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
'
I Wt IDOCUMENT NO.
SMD 7264
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
3
J3-27
PA7-6A
24A
0
J4-24
PA7-4A
24B
3
J4-27
PA7-6A
25A
0
J3-28
PA7-13B
25B
4
J4-31
PA7-13A
0
J4-28
PA7-13B
4
J4-31
PA7-13A
27A
0
J3-29
PA7-8B
27B
5
J3-32
PA7-9B
28A
0
J4-29
PA7-8B
28B
5
J4-32
PA7-9B
29A
0
J3-30
PA7-17A
29B
6
J3-33
PA7-21A
30A
0
J4-30
PA7-17A
30B
6
J4-33
PA7-21A
31A
0
J3-34
PA7-14A
31B
7
J3-37
PA7-21B
32A
0
J4-34
PA7-14A
32B
7
J4-37
PA7-21B
33A
0
J3-35
PA7-12B
33B
8
J3-38
PA7-7A
34A
0
J4-35
PA7-12B
34B
8
J4-38
PA7-7A
23B
J5HEET NO.
3 of 7
IREV.
B
NOTES
24
25
26
26A
26B
27
-
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
5-20
83311300
A
I WL
TITLE
I/O CABLE WIRE LIST
I
"CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
I DOCUMENT NO.
SMD 7264
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
ISHEET NO..
,IREV.
4 of 7
B
NOTES
35
35A
0
J3-36
PA7-8A
35B
9
J3-39
PA7-12B
36A
0
J4-36
PA7-8A
36B
9
J4-39
PA7-12A
41A
0
J3-42
PA6-24A
41B
3
J3-45
PA6-23B
42A
0
J3-42
PA6-24A
42B
3
J3-45
PA6-23B
43A
0
J3-46
PA7-23B
43B
4
J3-49
PA7-27A
44A
0
J4-46
PA7-23B
44B
4
J4-49
PA7-27A
45A
0
J3-48
PA7-27B
45B
5
J3-51
PA7-26B
36
37
37A
37B
38
38A
38B
39
39A
39B
40
40A
40B
41
42
43
44
45
46
83311300
A
5-21
1WL
TiTlE
I/O CABLE WIRE LIST
CONDUCTOR
10
WIRE
COLOR
lDOCUMENT NO.
SMD 7264
ISHEET NO.
5 of 7
NOTES
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
IREV.
B
46A
0
J4-48
PA7-27B
46B
5
J4-51
PA7-26B
47A
0
J3-52
PA7-29B
47B
6
J3-55
PA7-32A
48A
0
J4-52
PA7-29B
48B
6
J4-55
PA7-32A
49A
0
J3-74
PA6-5A
49B
7
J3-77
PA6-4B
50A
0
J4-74
PA6-5A
50B
7
J4-77
PA6-4B
51A
0
J3-75
PA6-12B
51B
8
J3-78
PA6-13A
52A
0
J4-75
PA6-12B
52B
8
J4-78
PA6-13A
53A
0
J2-EE
J204-2
INTERRUPT
53B
9
J2-HH
J204-1
INTERRUPT
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
54A
0
54B
9
55
55A
0
J2-AA
P203-2
SEEK END, SIC 09 & BLW
55B
1
J2-CC
.t'.GU")-.L
S:C:CI~
56A
0
J2-BB
P203-3
SIc 09 & BLW
56B
1
J2-DD
P203-4
sIC 09 & BLW
p",n
.L..U ... . - .
,
SIs
09~
'QL~.!
56
57
/
57A
5-22
0
83311300
D
1WL I
TITLE
DOCUMENT NO.
SMD 7264
I/O CABLE WIRE LIST
CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
ISHEET NO.
IREV.
B
NOTES
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
6 of 7
57B
58
58A
58B
59
59A
a
59B
3
J3-80
PA7-34A
J4-80
PA7-34A
60
60A
a
60B
3
61
61A
6
J2-A
PA6-28B
61B
61C
62
9
SHLD
J2-B
PA6-28A
62A
6
J2-M
PA6-5B
62-B
62C
63
9
SHLD
J2-N
PA6-7A
6
J2-W
PA6-6A
J2-X
PA6-6B
--
63A
63B
64
64A
9
SHLD
64B
64C
65
65A
6
J2-J
PA6-26B
65B
9
J2-H
PA6-27A
SHLD
65C
'''--
66
a
CONDo IDENT. 63C
CONDo IDENT. 64C
67
a
CONDo IDENT. 64C
CONDo IDENT. 62C
68
CONDo IDENT. 62C
CONDo IDENT. 65C
69
a
a
CONDo IDENT. 65C
CONDo IDENT. 61C
70
a
CONDo IDENT. 61C
J2 CORNER GUIDE PIN
71
a
J2 CORNER GUIDE PIN 4
J2-D
72
0
J2-D
J2-E
73
a
J2-E
J2-K
83311300
-
D
5
5
5-23
I WL IDOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 7264
TiTlE
I/O CABLE WIRE LIST
CONDUCTOR
10
WIRE
COLOR
ISHEET NO.
74
0
J2-K
J2-T
75
0
J2-T
J2-Y
76
0
J208-1
J3-73
77
0
J208-2
J3-76
78
0
J208-2
J4-76
79
0
J208-3
J4-73
80
0
J2 Corner Guide Pin
IREV.
B
NOTES
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
7 of 7
BAS Ground
,
5-24
83311300 J
I WL IDOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 7362
TiTlE
FAN CABLE WIRE LIST (Ref 76036200)
CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
1
0
CB2-2
B2-1
2
9
CB1-B1
B2-2
3
CLEAR
CB1-GND
LOWER GRILL B2
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
ISHEET NO.
1 of 1
IREV. A
NOTES
',,---,/
83311300
A
5-25
TITLE
TRANSDUCER CABLE W/L (REF: 76427200
SIGNAL NAME
OR NUMBER
IDENTIF ICATION
ORIGIN
A)
.
J WL
DESTINATION
IDOCUMENT NO. ISHEET NO.
SMD 7272
WIRE
t:
COLOR LEVEL
1
P12
34A
J22
1
0
2
P12
31A
J22
4
0
3
P12
28B
J22
2
4
4
P12
29B
J22
3
4
5
J22
4
J22
6
P12
34A
BASE GND
IREi\
1 of 1
NOTES
I
SHLD
0
(
5-26
83311300
B
SECTION 6
PARTS DATA
PARTS DATA
normally considered field replaceable)
changes tab numbers rapidly in the
course of normal factory build.
If it
is necessary to order an assembly which
is catalogued in this manner, the
actual part number can usually be found
on the part number label attached to
the assembly.
If the actual part number
cannot be determined, be sure to include
on the order the series code of the
machine, and a listing of all the change
orders installed.
INTRODUCTION
This section provides the information needed
to order field replaceable parts for the
BJ701 & BJ7Bl Storage Module Drive (SMD).
Information within this section is provided
by representative illustrations and their
companion parts lists. The parts shown on
the illustrations are assigned index numbers.
These numbers cross reference the illustrations to the associated parts lists. The
first illustration in the manual shows the
complete SMD. Subsequent illustrations progressively break the drive down into its
component parts and assemblies.
•
The Description column provides the part
nomenclature. This column also provides
information on the relationship of parts
and assemblies. This is accomplished .
by means of indentation within the
column. An indented item is part of a
previous assembly which is indented to
a lesser degree.
•
The Application column is used to show
differences in configuration when more
than one configuration of a machine is
covered in the manual. This is shown
by identifying a machine configuration
(50 Hz), by identifying a machine series
code and change order number (SiC 10
with 37900), or by identifying the last
two digits of the eight digit assembly
part number to which the particular
part applies (Tab 17).
The parts lists associated with each illustration are organized in four columns:
•
o
The Index Number column cross references the applicable entry to the associated illustration. When more than
one entry is given for a particular
index number, the use of the particular
part is defined in the Application
column.
The Part Number column provides the
eight digit number by which a part may
be ordered.
In some cases the last two
digits (referred to as Tab numbers) may
be shown as "xx". This situation
exists when an assembly (which is not
83311300
B
6
6-1
6-2
FIGURE 6-1.
FINAL ASSEMBLY - IX OPTION (SHEET 1 OF 2)
83311300 L
INDEX
NO.
I-
PART
NUMBER
IIIIII-
76420017
76420018
76420019
76420020
76420025
76420026
76420042
76420047
76420067
76420068
76420072
76420073
76420085
I
2
3
93592428
10126402
IIIIII-
4
5
6
7
10125106
10125606
92602002
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
I
\
'.
15
16
17
18
19
I
75071700
92033221
76419100
92373004
82353600
943724XX
PART DESCRIPTION
FINAL ASSEMBLY - IX OPTION (SHEET 1 OF 2)
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
TOP CASE ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 6-9)
SCREW, TPG. HEX PNL, 10-32 x 3/8
WASHERS, EXT. TOOTH LOCK, 8
REAR DOOR ASSEMBLIES
REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY - IX OPTION (SEE
FIGURE 6-5)
REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY - 2X OPTION (SEE
FIGURE 6-6)
NUT-HEX, MACH, SCREW, 8-32
WASHERS, PLAIN, 8
CLAMP, CABLE-NYLON
LEFT SIDE PANEL ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 6-8)
IX FRONT DOOR ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 6-7)
RIGHT SIDE PANEL ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 6-8)
NOT USED
NOT USED
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 6-12)
ACOUSTICAL PACK COVER ASSEMBLY (SEE
FIGURE 6-11)
PIN-PIVOT, COVER
RETAINING RING
SPACER-PACK COVER
NYLINER-SNAP-IN
LOGIC PLUG KIT
(LOGICAL ADDRESS PLUG) (TAB 00-15)
NOTES
BJ701A
BJ701B
BJ701C
BJ701D
BJ7BIA
BJ7BIB
BJ7BID
BJ7BIC
BJ7BIK
BJ7BIJ
BJ701J
BJ701K
BJ7BIL
SIC 27 & BLW
I
SIC 28 & ABV
PACKED SEPARATELY AND SHIPPED
WITH UNIT. PART NUMBER TAB
CORRESPONDS TO KEY NUMBER.
/'
I
"'"----'
83311300 AD
6-3
31
23
27
22
23
24
-----:---------------------~~~)-----------------------------------------------------------!-----------26
6-104(3)D
FIGURE 6-1.
6-4
FINAL ASSEMBLY - IX OPTION (SHEET 2)
83311300 AB
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
11
'.
4
4
5
10125801
10127104
77562901
77562906
77562909
92602002
6
7
8
9
77560300
75173315
10125724
2
3
4
10
11
'
..
12
12
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
76412701
75241500
75241501
95655516
77561100
43
44
45
46
76402600
75010103
75010102
75010105
75017500
76429318
94001133
76429327
76429328
77561800
10125747
10126403
10125108
10125607
77561600
77561700
10127142
76429329
76429328
76425201
76425202
77561200
10127113
10125803
76429362
10126401
10125105
77560400
77560200
47
PART DESCRIPTION
NOTES
FINAL ASSEMBLY - 1X OPTION (SHEET 2)
I/O CABLE ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-13)
WASHER, SPRING LOCK, 4
SCREW, PAN HD, MACH, 4-40 x 3/8
W12 CABLE ASSEMBLY
SIC 39 & BLW
SIC 40 & 41
W12 CABLE ASSEMBLY
W12 CABLE ASSEMBLY
SIC 42 & ABV
CLAMP, CABLE-NYLON
BASE ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-14)
PIVOT PIN-RIGHT, COVER
PLATE-NUT
SCREW, FLAT HD, CRS. RES, 8-32 x 3/8
VARIABLE SECTOR OPTION (SEE CARD COMPLEMENT)
CARD PLACEMENT (SEE CARD COMPLEMENT)
HYSTERESIS BRAKE FEATURE
Sic 08 W/O 37669 & BLW
HYSTERESIS BRAKE FEATURE
SiC 08(09 W/ 37669
HYSTERESIS BRAKE FEATURE
Sic 10 & ABV
SCREW, SHEET METAL, 6-20 x 3/8
FLANGE-SHROUD, RIGHT
FRAME ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-3)
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
TAPE, FOAM
NOT USED
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
. DAISY CHAIN OPTION (SEE CARD COMPLEMENT)
KEEPER-LATCH, DOOR, FRONT
SCREW, FLAT HD, CRS. RES., 10-32 x 1/2
WASHER, EXT. TOOTH LOCK, 10
NUT-HEX, MACH., SCREW, 10-32
WASHER, PLAIN, 10
HINGE-DOOR, FRONT, LOWER
HINGE-DOOR, FRONT, UPPER
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH, 10-32 x 3/8
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
SHIPPING PIN & RING ASSEMBLY
SiC 09 W/O 37910A & BLW
SHIPPING PIN & RING ASSEMBLY
Sic 09 W/ 37910A & ABV
NOT USED
FLANGE, SHROUD, LEFT
I
SCREW, PAN HD, MACH, 6-32 x 3/8
WASHERS, SPRING LOCK, 6
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
WASHERS, EXT TOOTH LOCK, 6
NUT-HEX, MACH, 6-32
PLATE, NUT-BRACKET, PIVOT
PIVOT, PIN-LEFT, PACK COVER
NOT USED
COVER-CHASSIS, LOGIC
HEAD ARM ASSEMBLY, DATA HEADS 0 AND 3
HEAD ARM ASSEMBLY, DATA HEADS 1, 2, AND 4
HEAD ARM ASSEMBLY, SERVO HEAD
SCREW, HEAD ARM
NRZ TO MFM FEATURE (SEE CARD COMPLEMENT)
PHASE LOCK FEATURE (SEE CARD COMPLEMENT)
I
SIC 27 & AnV, W/ 55658.
BJ7B1C/D ONLY
.,.
83311300 AH
6-5
6-100(4)C
6-6
FIGURE 6-2.
FINAL ASSEMBLY - 2X OPTION (SHEET 1 OF 2)
83311300 AB
I WL IDOCUMENT NO.
TITlE
I/O CABLE WIRE LIST
CONDUCTOR
ID
'".
WIRE
COLOR
ISHEET NO.
SMD 7264
IREV.B
NOTES
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
6 of 7
57B
58
58A
58B
59
59A
a
59B
3
J3-80
PA7-34A
J4-80
PA7-34A
60
60A
a
60B
3
61
,.
61A
6
J2-A
PA6-28B
61B
61C
62
9
SHLD
J2-B
PA6-28A
62A
6
J2-M
PA6-5B
62-B
62C
63
9
SHLD
J2-N
PA6-7A
6
J2-W
PA6-6A
J2-X
PA6-6B
--
63A
63B
64
64A
9
SHLD
64B
64C
65
65A
6
J2-J
PA6-26B
65B
9
J2-H
PA6-27A
-
SHLD
65C
'--.
66
a
CONDo IDENT. 63C
CONDo IDENT. 64C
67
a
CONDo IDENT. 64C
CONDo IDENT. 62C
68
CONDo IDENT. 62C
CONDo IDENT. 65C
69
a
a
CONDo IDENT. 65C
CONDo IDENT. 61C
70
a
CONDo IDENT. 61C
J2 CORNER GUIDE PIN
71
J2 CORNER GUIDE PIN 4
J2-D
72
a
a
J2-D
J2-E
73
a
J2-E
J2-K
83311300
D
5
5
5-23
/ WL /DOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 7264
TITLE
I/O CABLE WIRE LIST
CONDUCTOR
10
WIRE
COLOR
15HEET NO.
7 of 7
74
0
J2-K
J2-T
75
0
J2-T
J2-Y
76
0
J208-1
J3-73
77
0
J208-2
J3-76
78
0
J208-2
J4-76
79
0
J208-3
J4-73
80
0
J2 Corner Guide Pin
B
NOTES
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
/REV.
BAS Ground
,
5-24
83311300 J
I WL IDOCUMENT
NO.
SMD 7362
TITlE
FAN CABLE WIRE LIST {Ref 76036200}
CONDUCTOR
ID
WIRE
COLOR
DESTINATION
ORIGIN
1
0
CB2-2
B2-1
2
9
CB1-B1
B2-2
3
CLEAR
CB1-GND
LOWER GRILL B2
83311300
A
I
SHEET NO.
1 of 1
!REV. A
NOTES
5-25
TITLE
TRANSDUCER CABLE W/L (REF: 76427200
SIGNAL NAME
OR NUMBER
IDENTIFICATION
5-26
ORIGIN
A)
.
I WL
DESTINATION
SMD 7272
WIRE
2
COLOR LEVEL
1
P12
34A
J22
1
0
2
P12
31A
J22
4
0
3
P12
28B
J22
2
4
4
P12
29B
J22
3
4
5
J22
4
J22
6
P12
34A
BASE GND
IRE~
IDOCUMENT N°'ISHEET NO.
1 of 1
NOTES
.
SHLD
0
83311300
B
SECTION 6
PARTS DATA
'-
PARTS DATA
normally considered field replaceable)
changes tab numbers rapidly in the
course of normal factory build.
If it
is necessary to order an assembly which
is catalogued in this manner, the
actual part number can usually be found
on the part number label attached to
the assembly.
If the actual part number
cannot be determined, be sure to include
on the order the series code of the
machine, and a listing of all the change
orders installed.
INTRODUCTION
This section provides the information needed
to order field replaceable parts for the
BJ701 & BJ7Bl Storage Module Drive (SMD).
Information within this section is provided
by representative illustrations and their
companion parts lists. The parts shown on
the illustrations are assigned index numbers.
These numbers cross reference the illustrations to the associated parts lists. The
first illustration in the manual shows the
complete SMD. Subsequent illustrations progressively break the drive down into its
component parts and assemblies.
•
The Description column provides the part
nomenclature. This column also provides
information on the relationship of parts
and assemblies. This is accomplished .
by means of indentation within the
column. An indented item is part of a
previous assembly which is indented to
a lesser degree.
•
The Application column is used to show
differences in configuration when more
than one configuration of a machine is
covered in the manual. This is shown
by identifying a machine configuration
(50 HZ), by identifying a machine series
code and change order number (Sic 10
with 37900), or by identifying the last
two digits of the eight digit assembly
part number to which the particular
part applies (Tab 17).
The parts lists associated with each illustration are organized in four columns:
•
•
The Index Number column cross references the applicable entry to the associated illustration. When more than
one entry is given for a particular
index number, the use of the particular
part is defined in the Application
column.
The Part Number column provides the
eight digit number by which a part may
be ordered.
In some cases the last two
digits (referred to as Tab numbers) may
be shown as "xx". This situation
exists when an assembly (which is not
83311300
B
6
6-1
6-2
FIGURE 6-1.
FINAL ASSEMBLY - IX OPTION (SHEET 1 OF 2)
83311300 L
I\.
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
PART DESCRIPTION
NOTES
\
\..
I-
IIIII-
I-
IIIIII-
76420017
76420018
76420019
76420020
76420025
76420026
76420042
76420047
76420067
76420068
76420072
76420073
76420085
I
2
3
93592428
10126402
4
5
6
7
8
9
10125106
10125606
92602002
10
11
12
13
14
\
\.
15
16
17
18
19
75071700
92033221
76419100
92373004
82353600
943724XX
FINAL ASSEMBLY - IX OPTION (SHEET 1 OF 2)
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
TOP CASE ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 6-9)
SCREW, TPG. HEX PNL, 10-32 x 3/8
WASHERS, EXT. TOOTH LOCK, 8
REAR DOOR ASSEMBLIES
REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY - IX OPTION (SEE
FIGURE 6-5)
REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY - 2X OPTION (SEE
FIGURE 6-6)
NUT-HEX, MACH, SCREW, 8-32
WASHERS, PLAIN, 8
CLAMP, CABLE-NYLON
LEFT SIDE PANEL ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 6-8)
IX FRONT DOOR ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 6-7)
RIGHT SIDE PANEL ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 6-8)
NOT USED
NOT USED
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 6-12)
ACOUSTICAL PACK COVER ASSEMBLY (SEE
FIGURE 6-11)
PIN-PIVOT, COVER
RETAINING RING
SPACER-PACK COVER
NYLINER-SNAP-IN
LOGIC PLUG KIT
(LOGICAL ADDRESS PLUG) (TAB 00-15)
BJ701A
BJ701B
BJ701C
BJ701D
BJ7BIA
BJ7BIB
BJ7BID
BJ7BIC
BJ7BIK
BJ7BIJ
BJ701J
BJ701K
BJ7BIL
SiC 27 & BLW
I
SiC 28 & ABV
PACKED SEPARATELY AND SHIPPED
WITH UNIT. PART NUMBER TAB
CORRESPONDS TO KEY NUMBER.
(
\
',--
83311300 AD
6-3
6-104(3)D
FIGURE 6-1.
6-4
FINAL ASSEMBLY - IX OPTION (SHEET 2)
83311300 l\B
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
II
2
3
4
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
10125801
10127104
77562901
77562906
77562909
92602002
77560300
75173315
10125724
76412701
75241500
75241501
95655516
77561100
76429318
94001133
76429327
76429328
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
77561800
10125747
10126403
10125108
10125607
77561600
77561700
10127142
76429329
76429328
76425201
76425202
43
44
45
46
76402600
75010103
75010102
75010105
75017500
77561200
10127113
10125803
76429362
10126401
10125105
77560400
77560200
47
83311300 AH
PART DESCRIPTION
FINAL ASSEMBLY - IX OPTION (SHEET 2)
I/O CABLE ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-13)
WASHER, SPRING LOCK, 4
SCREW, PAN HD, MACH, 4-40 x 3/8
W12 CABLE ASSEMBLY
W12 CABLE ASSEMBLY
W12 CABLE ASSEMBLY
CLAMP, CABLE-NYLON
BASE ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-14)
PIVOT PIN-RIGHT, COVER
PLATE-NUT
SCREW, FLAT HD, CRS. RES, 8-32 x 3/8
VARIABLE SECTOR OPTION (SEE CARD COMPLEMENT)
CARD PLACEMENT (SEE CARD COMPLEMENT)
HYSTERESIS BRAKE FEATURE
HYSTERESIS BRAKE FEATURE
HYSTERESIS BRAKE FEATURE
SCREW, SHEET METAL, 6-20 x 3/8
FLANGE-SHROUD, RIGHT
FRAME ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-3)
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
TAPE, FOAM
NOT USED
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
. DAISY CHAIN OPTION (SEE CARD COMPLEMENT)
KEEPER-LA'l'CH, DOOR, FRONT
SCREW, FLAT HD, CRS. RES., 10-32 x 1/2
WASHER, EXT. TOOTH LOCK, 10
NUT-HEX, MACH., SCREW, 10-32
WASHER, PLAIN, 10
HINGE-DOOR, FRONT, LOWER
HINGE-DOOR, FRONT, UPPER
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH, 10-32 x 3/8
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
SHIPPING PIN & RING ASSEMBLY
SHIPPING PIN & RING ASSEMBLY
NOT USED
FLANGE, SHROUD, LEFT
SCREW, PAN HD, MACH, 6-32 x 3/8
WASHERS, SPRING LOCK, 6
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
WASHERS, EXT TOOTH LOCK, 6
NUT-HEX, MACH, 6-32
PLATE, NUT-BRACKET, PIVOT
PIVOT, PIN-LEFT, PACK COVER
NOT USED
COVER-CHASSIS, LOGIC
HEAD ARM ASSEMBLY, DATA HEADS 0 AND 3
HEAD ARM ASSEMBLY, DATA HEADS 1, 2, AND 4
HEAD ARM ASSEMBLY, SERVO HEAD
SCREW, HEAD ARM
NRZ TO MFM FEATURE (SEE CARD COMPLEMENT)
PHASE LOCK FEATURE (SEE CARD COMPLEMENT)
NOTES
SIC 39 & BLW
SIC 40 & 41
SIC 42 & ABV
sic 08 W/O 37669 & BLW
Sic 08,09 wi 37669
sic 10 & ABV
SiC 09
sic 09
wlo 37910A & BLW
Wi 37910A & ABV
I
SIC 27 & ABV, W/ 55658.
BJ7BIC/D ONLY
6-5
6-100(4)C
6-6
FIGURE 6-2.
FINAL ASSEMBLY - 2X OPTION (SHEET 1 OF 2)
83311300 AB
INDEX
PART
NO.
NUMBER
22221
2
2
2
76420021
76420022
76420027
76420028
15000601
94365006
94365001
94365013
3
4
5
6
75071700
92033221
7
8
94372400
9437240l
94372402
94372403
94372404
94372405
94372406
94372407
94372408
94372409
94372410
94372411
94372412
94372413
94372414
94372415
PART DESCRIPTION
FINAL ASSEMBLY - 2X OPTION (SHEET 1 OF 2)
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
FINAL ASSEMBLY
EMBLEM, PRODUCT INDENTIFICATION
EMBLEM, EXTERIOR IDENTIFICATION
EMBLEM, EXTERIOR IDENTIFICATION
EMBLEM, EXTERIOR IDENTIFICATION
CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-12)
ACOUSTICAL PACK ACCESS COVER ASSEMBLY
(SEE FIG. 6-11)
PIN-PIVOT, COVER
RETAINING RING
LOWER CASE ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-10)
KEY INSERTS - PROGRAMMABLE
NOTES
BJ701E
BJ701F
BJ7BIE
BJ7BIF
BJ701
BJ7Bl,
BJ7Bl,
Sic 08 WIO 37788 & BLW
Sic 08 WI 37788 & ABV
o
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
,-----,'
83311300
'---
'
L
6-7
15
I
6-100(5~"
FIGURE 6-2.
6-8
FINAL ASSEMBLY - 2X OPTION (SHEET 2)
83311300 N
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
21
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
8
9
10
10
11
12
13
14
15
15
16
17
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
36
37
37
10125801
10127104
77560300
75173315
10125724
76412701
75241500
75241501
95655516
76423401
76423404
76423501
76429330
94001133.
76423400
76423403
76423500
76423402
76423405
10127113
10125803
76429331
10126401
10125105
77560400
77560200
76402600
75010103
75010102
75010105
75017500
76425201
76425202
77562901
77562904
83311300 AE
PART DESCRIPTION
FINAL ASSEMBLY ... 2X OPTION'· (SHEET 2)
I/O CABLE ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-13)
WASHER, SPRING LOCK, 4
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH, 4-40 x 3/8
BASE ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-14)
PIVOT PIN-RIGHT, COVER, PACK
PLATE-NUT
SCREW, FLAT HEAD, CRS. RES, 8-32 x 3/8
HYS'l'b:IiliSIS BHAKl!! ~'l!!A'!'lJiili
HYSTERSIS BRAKE FEATURE
HYSTERESIS BRAKE FEATURE
SCREW, SHEET METAL, 6-20 x 3/8
STIFFENER-GASKET
STIFFENER-GASKET
GASKET-SIDE, SHROUD
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
TAPE, FOAM
NOT USED
STIFFENER-GASKET
STIFFENER-GASKET
GASKET-SIDE, SHROUD
STIFFENER-GASKET
STIFFENER"':GASKET
NOT USED
NOT USED
SCREW, PAN HEAD,MACH, 6-32 x 3/8
WASHER, SPRING LOCK, 6
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
WASHER, EXT. TOOTH LOCK, 6
NUT-HEX, MACH, 6-32
PLATE, NUT-BRACKET, PIVOT
PIVOT PIN-LEFT, COVER, PACK
COVER-CHASSIS, LOGIC
NOT USED
'NRZ TO MFM FEATURE (SEE CARl) COMPLEMENT)
VARIABLE SECTOR OPTION (SEE CARD COMPLEMENT)
CARD PLACEMENT & CARD (SEE CARD COMPLEMENT)
DAISY CHAIN FEATURE (SEE CARD COMPLEMENT)
HEAD ARM ASSEMBLY, DATA HEADS 0 AND 3
HEAD ARM ASSEMBLY, DATA HEADS 1, 2, AND 4
HEAD ARM ASSEMBLY, SERVO HEAD
SCREW, HEAD ARM
SHIPPING PIN & RING ASSEMBLY
SHIPPING PIN & RING ASSEMBLY
W12 CABLE ASSEMBLY
W12 CABLE ASSEMBLY
NOTES
S/C 08 W/O 37669 & BLW
S/C 08,09 WI 37669
SIC 10 & ABV
BJ701E/F; BJ7BIE/F
BJ701E/F; BJ7BIE/F
Bd701E/G; BJ7BIE/F
S/C 31 W/O 60000 & BLW
S/C 09 W/O 37910A & BLW
S/C 09 W/ 37910A & ABV
SIC 39 & BLW
40 & ABV
I
sIc
6-9
:FIGURE 6-3.
6-10
IX FRAME ASSEMBLY
83311300 Z
INDEX
NO.
I
'''--
\
PART
NUMBER
PART DESCRIPTION
3-
77563200
IX FRAME ASSEMBLY
31
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
47291400
93573004
93571002
93572001
10127142
10126105
76428300
40029500
94281437
10125106
10126402
IX FRAME ASSEHBLY
STUD ASSEMBLY
GROMMET
RING, SNAP
SCREW, PNH, MACH, 10-32 x 3/8
WASHER, INTL TOOTH LOCK, 10
HINGE-TOP
BRACKET, STUD
CABLE, GROUND
NUT, HEX, MACH. SCREW, 8-32
WASHERS, EXT. TOOTH LOCK, 8
NOT USED
LEVELLER
WASHER, SPRING LOCK, 5/16
NUT, HEX, 5/16-18
CASTER
BRACKET-PANEL, SIDE
SCREW, PLAIN HEX-HD, 1/4-20 x 5/8
\'lASHER, PLAIN, 1/4
WASHER, SPRING LOCK, 1/4
TRIM, SAFETY, BLACK
CLIP, SAFETY TRIM
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
BRACKET-PANEL
FILTER, ALUMINUM
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
FRAME, MAIN
FRAME, MAIN
EXTRUSION, RUBBER
WASHER, PLAIN, 10
SCREW, HEX HD, MACH, 10-32 x 1/2
PLATE-NUT, SIDE PANEL
LATCH-DOOR
SCREW, FLAT HD, CRS. RES., 10-24 x 1/2
NUT-HEX, MACH. SCREW, 10-24
BRACKET-MTG-LATCH
PLATE NUT
LATCH-SLIDE BOLT
WASHER, EXT TOOTH, LK, 10
LABEL, WARNING
93697021
10125807
10125302
92703005
75007400
10126501
10125608
10125806
94237703
41282100
76429302
76429300
75007300
00815481
76429301
83285600
47291200
93993001
10125607
10125062
75031800
76428400
10125736
10125107
73029700
75173313
92008601
10126403
94391576
NOTES
BJ701A/B/C/D, BJ7BIA/B/C/Dh
siC 21 & BLW
BJ701A/B/C/D/J/Ki BJ7BIA/B/
C/D/K/L, sic 22 & ABV
SiC 21 W/055155Bi SiC 20 & BLW
& ABV
~/C 21 W/55155B; SiC 22
~/C 21 W/55155Bi SiC 22 & ABV
~/C 21 W/55155B; SIC 22 & ABV
Is/c 21 W/55155B; siC 22 & ABV
I
'83311300 AA
6-11
rIeUR E 6-4.
6-12
2X i\COUSTIC OPTION
83311300
INDEX
NO.
44441
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
16
17
18
19
20
20
PART
NUMBER
77563914
77563951
77563915
77563952
77563916
77563953
77563917
77563956
92602002
10125606
10126402
10125106
10126105
10126244
10126502
10125806
10125608
77563300
94393001
10127143
76428100
10127122
77562704
77562709
94393000
76422600
10125746
76428604
76428603
83311300 AE
PART DESCRIPTION
2X
2X
2X
2X
2X
2X
2X
2X
ACOUSTIC OPTION
ACOUSTIC OPTION
ACOUSTIC OPTION
ACOUSTIC OPTION
ACOUSTIC OPTION
ACOUSTIC OPTION
ACOUSTIC OPTION
ACOUSTIC OPTION
2X REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-6)
CLAMP, CABLE-NYLON
WASHER, PLAIN, 8
WASHER, EXT. TOOTH LOCK, 8
NUT-HEX, MACH., SCREW, 8-32
WASHER, INT. TOOTH LOCK, 10
SCREW, HEX SOC. HD, CAP., 10-32 x 1/2
SCREW, PLAIN, HEX HD, 1/4-20 x 3/4
WASHER, SPRING LOCK, 1/4
WASHER, PLAIN, 1/4
BALLAST
SLIDE, QUICK DISCONNECT
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH., 10-32 x 1/2
KEEPER, LATCH
SCREW, PAN HD, MACH., 8-32 x 3/8
PANEL-FRONT, LOWER
PANEL-FRONT, LOWER
SLIDE, QUICK DISCONNECT
WASHER-SPECIAL
SCREW, FLAT HD, CRS. RES, 10-32 x 3/8
PANEL-FRONT, UPPER
PANEL-FRONT, UPPER
NOTES
BJ701E,
BJ701E,
BJ701F,
BJ701F,
BJ7BIE,
BJ7BIE,
BJ7BIF,
BJ7BIF,
SiC
SIC
SIC
SIC
SIC
SIC
SIC
SIC
39
40
39
40
39
40
39
40
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
BLW
ABV
BLW
ABV
BLW
ABV
BLW
ABV
TAB 14, 15
TAB 16, 17
TAB 14, 15
TAB 16, 17
6-13
6-14
FIGU RE 6-5.
IX
REAR DOOR
ASSEMBLY
83311300
B
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
PART DESCRIPTION
5555-
77562530
77562521
77562522
77560118
IX
IX
IX
2X
REAR
REAR
REAR
REAR
DOOR
DOOR
DOOR
DOOR
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
555-
82398805
77562523
77560119
2X REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY
IX REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY
2X REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY
555-
82398806
77562551
77560147
2X REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY
2X REAR DOOR ASSEMELY
2X REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY
51
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
82398834
77818004
77818009
77818109
77818082
77818182
76429314
75040461
92373003
92602002
77562001
76429316
70948500
75040467
76429315
75040466
94253100
94253102
94247101
75040458
40034600
77561900
93592158
75040468
10127115
1012560'
10126401
10125105
94221400
94224906
76429313
2X REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY
DOOR, REAR
DOOR, REAR
DOOR, REAR
DOOR, REAR
DOOR, REAR
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
PANEL-FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
NYLINER, SNAP-IN
CLAMP, CABLE-NYLON
Wll CABLE ASSEMBLY
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
PIN, HINGE
PANEL-FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
PANEL-FOAM,-ACOUSTICAL
FAN-VENTURI
FAN-VENTURI
FAN, AXIAL, MINIATURE
PANEL, FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
GUARD, FINGER
PANEL, FAN MOUNTING
SCREW, TPG, HEX PNL, 6-32 x 1/4
PANEL-FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH., 6-32 x 5/8
WASHER, PLAIN, 6
WASHERS, EXT. TOOTH LOCK, 6
NUT-HEX, MACH, SCREW, 6-32
LATCH, FLUSH
SPACER, LATCH
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
NOTES
SIC 27 & BLW BJ701A/C
SIC 27 & BLW BJ701B/D
BJ7BlA/C, See Note
BJ7BIA/C, SIC 39 & BLW, See
Note
BJ7BIA/C, SIC 40 & ABV
BJ7BIB/D, See Note
BJ7BIB/D, SIC 39 & BLW, See
Note
BJ7BIB/D, SIC 40 & ABV
BJ7BIK/L, See Note
BJ7BIK/L, SIC 39 & BLW
See Note
BJ7BIK/L, SIC 40 & ABV
TABS 30,21
TABS 22,23, See Note Below
TABS 18,19, See Note
TAB 51, See Note Below
TAB 47, See Note
TABS 30,22
TABS 21,23
TAB 51
I
I
NOTE:
DOOR ASSEMBLY USED VARIES DEPENDING
ON WHEN UNIT WAS BUILT. CHOOSE
PROPER DOOR ASSEr-1BLY FROM EITHER
FIGURE 6-5 or 6-6.
IF ORDERING
ENTIRE REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY ORDER
DOOR SHOWN ON FIGURE 6-6.
83311300 AE
6":'15 .
FIGURE 6-6.
6-16
2X REAR DOO R ASSEMBLY
83311300 W
INDEX
NO.
'-
-
'-.......
(
"-
PART
NUMBER
6-
77560116
2X REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY
6-
82398803
2X REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY
6-
77560117
2X REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY
6-
82398804
2X REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY
66661
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
9
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
77560118
82398805
77560119
82398806
77818104
77818109
76429314
94208500
10127115
40034600
10126401
10125105
94253100
94253102
77562001
77562004
92373003
76429316
750404·7.0
70948500
76429315
76429313
75040469
94221400
94224906
10125804
1012.5606
92602002
10125106
2X
2X
2X
2X
83311300 AE
.
PART DESCRIPTION
REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY
REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY
REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY
REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY
DOOR, REAR
DOOR, REAR
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
LABEL
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH. , 6-32 x 5/8
GUARD, FINGER
WASHERS, EXT." ~OOTH LOCK, 6
NUT-HEX, MACH. SCREW 6-32
FAN, VENTURI
FAN, VENTURI
Wll CABLE ASSEMBLY
Wll CABLE ASSEMBLY
NYLINER, SNAP-IN
SEAL., ACOUSTICAL
PANEL-FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
PIN, HINGE
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
PANEL-FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
LATCH, FLUSH
SPACER, LATCH
WASHER, SPRING LOCK 8
~vASHER, PLAIN, 8
CLAMP
NUT, HEX, 8-32
NOTES
BJ701E.BJ701A/C/J, S/C 28
thru 39
BJ701E. BJ701A/C/J, S/C 40
& ABV
BJ701F. BJ701B/D/K, S/C 28
thru 39
BJ701F. BJ701B/D/K, S/C 40
& ABV
BJ7BIE, S/C 39 & BLW
BJ7BIE, S/C 40 & ABV
BJ7BIF, SIC 39 & ABV
BJ7BIF, S/C 40 & ABV
TABS:16,17
TABS 18,19
TABS 16,18
TABS 17,19
S/C 39 & BLW
S/C 40 & ABV
I
6-17
6-22001\
FIGURE 6-7.
6-18
IX FRONT DOOR ASSEMBLY
83311300
B
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
.PART DESCRIPTION
NOTES
77-
77562400
77562401
IX FRONT DOOR ASSEMBLY
IX FRONT DOOR ASSEMBLY
BJ701A/B/C/D
BJ7BIA/B/C/D
71
2
2
77562416
76429314
77561504
77561509
IX FRONT DOOR ASSEMBLY
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
DOOR, FRONT
DOOR, FRONT
BJ7BIK/L
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
77561582
92373003
76429317
75040460
70948500
76429315
76429313
94221400
94224906
83311300 Z
DOOR, FRONT
NYLINER, SNAP-IN
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
PANEL-FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
PIN, HINGE
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
LATCH, FLUSH
SPACER, LATCH
I
TAB 00
TAB 01
I
TAB 16
6-19
1
2
3
4
15
6
6
9
RIGHT SIDE PANEL ONLY SHOWN
6-2300A
6-20
FIGURE 6-8.
IX SIDE PANEL ASSEMBLY
83311300
B
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
'PART DESCRIPTION
8888-
77562200
77562201
77562203
77562202
IX
IX
IX
IX
881
2
3
4
5
5
6
7
8
8
8
8
77562233
77562232
77561300
94303500
93592428
76429306
75040465
75040464
76429311
76429312
76429202
76429002
76429003
76429203
IX SIDE PANEL ASSEMBLY
IX SIDE PANEL ASSEMBLY
BRACKET-RECEPTACLE
RECEPTACLE, CLIP-IN
SCREW, TPG, HEX PNL, 10-31 x 3/8
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
PANEL-FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
PANEL-FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
PANEL, SIDE
PANEL, SIDE
PANEL, SIDE
PANEL, SIDE
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
12
13
14
15
76429282
76429082
76429307
76429308
75040463
75040462
75194503
76429304
75194502
75040459
76429303
SIDE
SIDE
SIDE
SIDE
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
PANEL, SIDE
PANEL, SIDE
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
PANEL-FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
PANEL-FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
BRACKET-SUPPORT
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
BRACKET-SUPPORT
PANEL-FOAM, ACOUSTIC
SEAL-ACOUSTICAL
NOTES
RIGHT SIDE, BJ701A/B/C/D
LEFT SIDE, BJ701A/B/C/D
RIGHT SIDE, BJ7B1A/B/C/D
LEFT SIDE, BJ7B1A/B/C/D
I
RIGHT SIDE, BJ7B1K/L
LEFT SIDE, BJ7B1K/L
I
TAB 00, 03,
TAB 01, 02,
TAB
TAB
TAB
TAB
00
01
02
03
TAB
TAB
TAB
TAB
TAB
TAB
33
32
00,
01,
00,
01,
I
21
02, 20
03, 21
02, 20
I
',--
83311300 Z
6-21
I
FIGURE 6- 9 •
6-22
TOP CASE ASSEMBLY
83311300 Z
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
9-
77562822
TOP CASE ASSEMBLY
9-
77562823
TOP CASE ASSEMBLY
9-
77562831
TOP CASE ASSEMBLY
9-
47291500
TOP CASE ASSEMBLY
9-
47291501
TOP CASE ASSEMBLY
9-
47291509
TOP CASE ASSEMBLY
1
3
75040474
75040478
94303500
PANEL-FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
PANEL-FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
RECEPTACLE, CLIP-IN
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
19
19
19
19
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
75040449
10125106
10126402
94274105
76429322
93530021
92033037
75065200
46819300
75040450
75040451
75040448
77561000
92033087
76429320
47454855
47454803
77817382
47291302
47291303
47291382
76429321
76429326
76429325
76429323
76429324
73029800
10127141
10126105
PANEL-FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
NUT-HEX, MACHINE SCREW, 8-32
WASHER, EXT. TOOTH LOCK, 8
TERMINAL, QUICK DISCONNECT
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
PIN, ROLL
RETAINING RING
P.IN-PIVOT, CASE
SPRING, EXTENSION
PANEL-FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
PANEL-FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
PANEL-FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
ROD-SUPPORT
RETAINING RING
SEAL-ACOUSTIC
CASE, ACOUSTICAL
CASE, ACOUSTICAL
CASE, ACOUSTICAL
CASE, ACOUSTICAL
CASE, ACOUSTICAL
CASE, ACOUSTICAL
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
KEEPER-LATCH
SCREW, PAN HEAD, 10-32 x 5/16
WASHER, INT TOOTH, 10
2
83311300 Z
PART DESCRIPTION
NOTES
BJ701A/B/C/D; SIC 21 W/O
W/055155B; SiC 20 & BLW
BJ7BIA/B/C/D, SIC 21
W/055155Bi SIC 20 & BLW
BJ7BIK; SIC 21 W/055155B;
SiC 20 & BLW
BJ701A/B/C/D/J/K; SiC 21
W/55155B; SiC 22 & ABV
BJ7BIA/B/C/D; SIC 21 W
W/55155B; SiC 22 & ABV
BJBIK/L; SIC 21 W/55155B;
SiC 22 & ABV
SIC 21 W/055155B; SiC 20 &
BLW
TAB
TAB
TAB
TAB
TAB
TAB
22
23
31
00
01
09
SIC 21 W/55155B
SIC 21 W/55155B
SIC 21 W/55155B
I
I
I
SIC 22 & ABV
SIC 22 & ABV
SiC 22 & ABV
6-23
I
4
5
~
31
32
FIGURE 6-10
6-24
LOWER CASE ASSEMBLY
83311300 Z
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
10-
77563600
77563601
77563609
77563610
47291000
LOWER
LOWER
LOWER
LOWER
LOWER
10-
47291001
LOWER CASE ASSEMBLY
101010J_O-
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
77541904
77541903
47451004
47451003
47290704
47290703
75040498
76428504
76428503
10125606
10125804
76424200
10127120
94375602
82353800
76039700
10125714
92373001
75257301
10126105
75040428
76427900
76428001
10125605
10126401
10127113
40063200
76428201
92628302
76428000
92633021
75062400
10127142
76427601
46819300
75065200
92033037
93530021
76429310
76429309
10125106
10126402
94271405
76429320
75040426
76424201
10126246
10125607
10125805
94218005
NOTES
PART DESCRIPTION
CASE
CASE
CASE
CASE
CASE
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
CASE, ACOUSTICAL
CASE, ACOUSTICAL
CASE, ACOUSTICAL
CASE, ACOUSTICAL
CASE, ACOUSTICAL
CASE, ACOUSTICAL
PANEL, FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
DOOR, CASE
DOOR, CASE
WASHER, PLAIN, 8
WASHER, SPRING LOCK, 8
PLATE, NUT
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH., 8-32 x 1/4
CATCH-PUSH, RELEASE
CATCH-PUSH, RELEASE
CLIP-CASE
SCREW, FLAT HD, CRS REC, 6-32 x 3/8
NYLINER, SNAP-IN
SCREW, MODIFIED
WASHER, INT. TOOTH LK, 10
PANEL, FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
SCREW, MODIFIED, CRS REC.
LATCH-RACK MOUNT
WASHERS, PLAIN 6
WASHERS, EXT. TOOTH LK, 6
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH., 6-32 x 3/8
SPRING, EXTENSION
BJ70lE/F; SiC 08 WIO 37799 & BIW
BJ7BlE/F; sic 08 wlO 37799 & BIW
BJ70lE/F; SiC 08 Wi 37799 & ABV
BJ7BlE/F; sic 08 wi 37799 & ABV
BJ701E/F; SIC 21 W/55155B;
SIC 22 & ABV
BJB1E/F; SiC 21 W/55155B;
SiC 22 & ABV
TAB 00
TAB 01
TAB 09
TAB 10
TAB 00
TAB 01
TABS 00, 09
TABS 01, 10
SIC 21 W/55155B; SIC 22 & ABV
ACTUATOR~LATCH
TAPE, ADHESIVE
LATCH-RACK MOUNT
BUMPER, GROMMET TYPE
WASHER-INSULATOR
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH, 10-32 x 3/8
ARM, SUPPORT, CASE
SPRING, EXTENSION
PIN, PIVOT, CASE
RETAINING RING
PIN ROLL
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
NUT-HEX, MACH., 8-32
WASHERS, EXT. TOOTH LK, 8
TERMINAL EDGE SLIDE ON
SEAL, ACOUSTICAL
PANEL, FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
PLATE NUT
SCREW, SOC HD CAP, 10-32 x 3/4
WASHER, FLAT, 10
WASHER, SP LK, 10
NUT-SELF LOCK, 10-32
SiC
SIC
SiC
SiC
SIC
21
21
21
21
21
W/55155B;
W/55155B;
W/55155B;
W/55155B;
W/55J.55B;
SiC
SIC
SiC
SIC
SIC
22
22
22
22
22
& llJ3V
& ABV
& ABV
& AJN
& AJN
/
83311300 Z
6-25
e
11
12
13
6-302C
6-26
FIGURE 6-11.
ACOUSTICAL PACK ACCESS COVER ASSEMBLY
83311300 AE
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
PART DESCRIPTION
11-
77563007
ACOUSTICAL PACK ACCESS COVER
11-
77563030
ACOUSTICAL PACK ACCESS COVER
11-
77563008
ACOUSTICAL PACK ACCESS COVER
11-
77563031
ACOUSTICAL PACK ACCESS COVER
11Il1
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
77563029
77563036
83285804
83285809
83285849
76429983
83285883
75040454
10127131
10126403
94369526
10125607
77560600
93749238
76429600
93725141
77820100
83227400
ACOUSTICAL PACK ACCESS COVER
ACOUSTICAL PACK ACCESS COVER
COVER, PACK ACCESS
COVER, PACK ACCESS
COVER, PACK ACCESS
COVER, PACK ACCESS
COVER, PACK ACCESS
PANEL-FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
SCREW, PAN HD., MACH., 10-24 x 3/8
WASHER, EXT TOOTH LOCK, 10
CABLE, GROUND
WASHERS, PLAIN, 10
RETAINER-COVER PACK
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACHINE, 10-24 x 3/8
BUSHING-COVER, PACK
SCREW, MACH., TRUSS HD PHL, 6-32 x 1/4
ACCESS COVER-INNER
ACCESS COVER-INNER
12
13
14
15
15
16
17
18
19
20
77561401
75040456
75000455i
77563100
77563101
75070900
92033107
77462900
93749138
94206500
. GASKET-EXTENDED SPONGE
PANEL-FOAM, ACOUSTICAL
PANEL-FOAM,ACOUSTICAL
LATCH & SPRING ASSE~~Y
LATCH ASSEMBLY
ROD-PIVOT, LATCH
RETAINING RING
HANDLE-PACK ACCESS COVER
SCREW, PAN HDI MACH, 6-32 x 1/4
SPRING
NOTES
BJ701A/B/C/D/E/F/, SIC 09 W/O
37825A & BLW
BJ701A/B/C/D/E/F, SIC 09 W/
37825A
BJ7BIA/B/C/D/E/F, SIC 09 W/O
37825A & BLW
BJ7BIA/B/C/D/E/F, SIC 09 W/
37825A & ABV
BJ7BIK
BJ7B1L
TAB 07
TAB 08
TAB 24
TAB 29
TAB 36
09 W/O 37825A & BLW
SIC 09 W/ 37825A, SIC 10
&
ABV
~.
SIC 16 & BLW
SIC 17 & ABV
B
(
83311300 AE
6-27
5
3
6-401C
FIGURE 6-12.
6-28
CONTROL PANEL ASSEl-1BLY
83311300
E
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
121
2
3
4
76422500 CONTROL PANEL ASSEMBLY
17901505
SCREW, THREAD ROLL, PHILLIPS, 4-40 x 3/4
75072003
P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY (BZYN)
76422400
BEZEL-PANEL, FRONT
BUTTON-FRONT, PANEL
75068300
PART DESCRIPTION
NOTES
o
"--
83311300
E
6-29
6-30
FIGURE 6 -13.
I/O CABLE ASSEMBLY
83311300
C
' " _ . .-1
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
131
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
76426201
94277409
93947009
95043900
75073401
94208501
93643007
93643005
93643016
93643004
93643006
93642004
94281201
93642005
93948008
46490400
94261811
PART DESCRIPTION
I/O CABLE ASSEMBLY
STRAP, CABLE TIE
CONNECTOR, SOCKET HOUSING
CABLE-FLAT, TWISTED PAIR
PLATE, CONNECTOR
LABEL
CONNECTOR, JACKSCREW, FEMALE
CONNECTOR, CORNER GUIDE SOCKET
CONNECTOR BLOCK
CONNECTOR, CORNER, GUIDE PIN
CONNECTOR, JACKSCREW, MALE
CONNECTOR, CORNER, GUIDE PIN
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR, CORNER GUIDE SOCKET
CONNECTOR, PIN HOUSING
LABEL, MARKER
BODY, CONNECTOR SKT. CABLE
NOTES
Sic 09 & BELOW
',--_/
'--/
I
/--'
83311300 L
6-30.1
FIGURE 6-13.
6-30.2
I/O 10
CABLE
SiC
ASSEMBLY (SHEET 2)
& ABOVE
83311300
J
INDEX
NO.
131
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
PART
NUMBER
PART DESCRIPTION
76426207
94277409
94224699
95043900
75073401
94208500
93643007
93643005
93643016
93643004
93643006
93642004
94281201
93642005
93948008
46490400
94261811
93541004
10126400
I/O CABLE ASSEMBLY
STRAP, CABLE TIE
LABEL, I/O TERllINATOR INFORl1ATION
CABLE-FLAT, THISTED PAIR
PLATE, CONNECTOR
LABEL
CONNECTOR, JACKSCREW, FEMALE
CONNECTOR, CORNER GUIDE SOCKET
CONNECTOR BLOCK
CONNECTOR, CORNER, GUIDE PIN
CONNECTOR, JACKSCREW, NALE
CONNECTOR, CORNER, GUIDE PIN
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR, CORNER, GUIDE SOCKET
CONNECTOR, PIN HOUSING
LABEL, MARKER
BODY, CONNECTOR SKT. CABLE
TERMINAL, RING TONGUE
vlASHER, EXT. TOOTH, 4
83311300
N
NOTES
sic 10 & ABOVE
6-31
SIC 31 & ABV 50Hz
6-600nlT
6-32
FIGURE 6-14.
BASE ASSEMBLY (SHEET 1 OF 2)
83311300 Z
INDEX
NO,
PART
NUMBER
1414141414141
2
3
4
5
6
7
75240225
75240226
75240227
75240228
75240245
75240246
8
9
10
10
10
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
18
18
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
'----
'
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
10125806
94369518
17901516
75065300
92033237
93564001
94313800
94313801
94313807
94245217
94245205
94245207
92696065
92696081
92696069
92696079
92696081
93749158
10125803
75256100
10126402
92801010
75259400
75168302
75259401
75168300
95672701
10125108
10125066
76424100
10126257
93749162
10126259
75073100
10126403
75062803
75062400
93749086
94374140
10126106
94047052
94281467
10126105
76416500
10126264
76420600
10125603
93826236
76426900
10125607
94369504
PART DESCRIPTION
NOTES
BASE ASSEMBLY (SHEET 1 OF 2)
BJ701A/E, BJ7BIA/C/E/L
BASE ASSEMBLY
BJ701B/F, BJ7BIB/D/F
BASE ASSEMBLY
BJ701C
BASE ASSEMBLY
BJ701D
BASE ASSEMBLY
BJ701J
BASE ASSEMBLY
BJ701K
DECK ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 6-15)
POWER SUPPLY MODULE ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 6-16)
LOGIC CHASSIS ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 6-17)
WASHER, LOCK, SPRING, 1/4
CABLE, GROUND
SCREW, THREAD ROL!., 8-32 x 3/8
PIN, PIVOT (LOGIC CHASSIS)
RING, RETAINER
WASHER, NYLON
TABS 25,27
METER, HOUR
TAB 28
METER, HOUR
TAB 26
METER, HOUR
TAB 25
CIRCUIT BREAKER
TAB 26
CIRCUIT BREAKER
TABS 27,28
CIRCUIT BREAKER
CIRCUIT BREAKER
TAB 25 All; TAB 27, sic 36
CIRCUIT BREAKER
TAB 27, SIC 37 & ABV
CIRCUIT BREAKER
TAB 26, SIC 10 & BLW
CIRCUIT BREAKER
TAB 26, SIC 11 & ABV
CIRCUIT BREAKER
TAB 28
SCREW, PAN HEAD, WASHER, 6-32 x 1/4
WASHER, LOCK, SPRING, 6
PLATE, MOUNTING
WASHER, EXTERNAL TOOTH, LOCK, 8
CABLE, CLAMP
POWER CABLE ASSEMBLY
60 Hz, Sic 33 & BLW
POWER CABLE ASSEMBLY
60 Hz, SIC 34 & ABV
POWER CABLE ASSEMBLY
50 Hz, SiC 30 & BLW
POWER CABLE ASSEMBLY
50 Hz, SIC 31 & ABV
BUMPER, MOLDED
NUT, 10-32
SCREW, HEXAGON HEAD, 10-32 x 1
LATCH, KEEPER
SCREW, SOCKET HEAD, 1/4-20 x 7/8
SCREW, PAN HEAD, WASHER, 10-32 x 1/2
SCREW, SOC. HD., CAP, 1/4-20 x 1 1/4
SPACER, FLAT
sic 30 & BLW 50 Hz,
SIC 33 & BLW 60 Hz
WASHER, EXTERNAL TOOTH, 10
WASHER, SHOULDER
WASHER, INSULATOR
SCREW, PAN HEAD, WASHER, 4-40 x 3/8
TERMINAL, QUICK DISCONNECT
WASHER, INTERNAL TOOTH, LOCK 1/4
WASHER, SPECIAL
CABLE, GROUND
WASHER, INTERNAL TOOTH, 10
INSULATOR, TERMINAL
NOT USED.'
NOT USED
SCREW, SOCKET HEAD CAP
SPACER
NOT USED
WASHER, PLAIN, 4
SCREW, FLAT HEAD, MACHINE, 10-32 x 5/16
GASKET, TOP SHROUD
WASHERS, PLAIN, 10
CABLE, GROUND
&
BLW
........ -
83311300 AC
6-33/6-34
I
o
/
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
PART DESCRIPTION
NOTES
50
51
52
45584801
BASE ASSEMBLY (Sheet 1 contd)
BRACKET, CONNECTOR
SCREW, PAN HEAD, WASHER, 6-32 x 5/16
ARM-SUPPORT, CASE
REMOTE SENSE CABLE
NOT USED
NOT USED
CLAMP, CABLE
53
10127113
SCREW, PAN HEAD MACHINE, 6-32 x 3/8
54
10126401
WASHER, EXTERNAL TOOTH LOCK, #8
55
92602005
CLAMP, CABLE
56
10125605
WASHER, FLAT #6
1447
48
49
76426700
93749160
76427600
76423200
SiC 23 & BLW ONLY
SIC
SIC
SIC
SIC
SIC
SIC
SIC
SIC
SIC
SIC
31
34
31
34
31
34
31
34
31
34
& ABV,
& ABV,
& ABV,
& ABV,
& ABV,
& ABV,
& ABV,
& ABV,
& ABV,
& ABV,
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
Hz
only
only
only
only
only
only
only
only
only
only
---
83311300 AC
6-34.1
SIC 31
SIC 34
FIGURE
6-34.2
6~14
BASE ASSEMBLY (SHEET 2)
~ ~BB V50Hz
60Hz
83311300 AD
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
14-
PART DESCRIPTION
BASE ASSEMBLY (SHEET 2)
BASE
BASE
BASE
BASE
1
1
1
1
77813900
77817600
83284100
82329500
1
73057401
BASE
2
75240302
75240303
94364000
76422601
10125725
20125804
76791100
76791000
10125605
9428::"436
94369504
76417700
10127114
76500500
94281495
75244802
76423800
95578111
76427404
76427406
BLOWER ASSEMBLY
BLOWER ASSEMBLY
GROMMET, SQUARE SHOULDER
WASHER, SPECIAL
SCREW, PAN HEAD, 8-32 x 1/2
WASHER, LOCK, SPRING, 8
TRANSFORMER ASSEMBLY, 50 Hz
TRANSFORMER ASSEMBLY, 60 Hz
WASHER, FLAT, 6
CABLE, GROUND
CABLE, GROUND
BRACKET, CAPACITOR
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACHINE, 6-32 x 1/2
BRACKET, POWER SUPPLY
CABLE, GROUND
BAR, BUS
GASKET, SIDE RIGHT
CAPACITOR, 50 VDC, 21000 MFD
SWITCH, MODIFIED (RUN TRIAC)
SWITCH, MODIFIED (RUN TRIAC)
76427404
10117121
10125805
14501608
24501658
94274105
34
94362600
93749163
93541046
10125919
94364700
94281467
76426300
92633023
92801010
94371200
SWITCH, MODIFIED (RUN TRIAC)
SCREW, PAN HEAD, 8-32 x 5/16
WASHER, LOCK, SPRING, 10
TERMINAL, BLOCK, TB1
COVER, TERMINAL BLOCK
TERMINAL, QUICK CONNECT
NOT USED
MOUNT SHOCK
SCREW, MACHINE, PAN HEAD 6-32 x 7/16
TERMINAL, RING TONGUE
SCREW, FLAT HEAD, 8-32 x 3/8
FILTER, AIR
CABLE, GROUND
CLAMP, CABLE
BUMPER, GROMMET
CLAMP, CABLE
FILTER, LIN~
34
92009801
FILTER, LINE
35
36
37
38
39
10126402
94265800
92826001
75244900
10126233
WASHER, LOCK, EXTERNAL TOOTH
CAPACITOR, C5
BRACKET, CAPACITOR
BRACKET, SHOCK, LOCK
SCREW, SOCKET HEAD, 10-24 x 3/8
2
3
4
5
6
7
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
18
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
NOTES
SiC 08 W/O 37799 & BLW
SiC 08 W/ 37799; SIC 09-16
sic 17
SiC Is-SIC 30, 50 Hz units
SIC 18-33, 60 Hz units
SiC 31 & ABV, 50 Hz units
SIC 34 & ABV, 60 Hz units
60 Hz
50 Hz
SIC 23 & BLW
siC 23 & B1w only
60 Hz
50 Hz, All Units Except
BJ701D
BJ701D ONLY, SIC 38 & ABV
SIC
SIC
SIC
SIC
I
I
50 HZ, 220/240 V
SIC 23 & B1w only
01-33, 60 Hz
01-S/C 30, 50 Hz
31 & AFN, 50 Hz
34 & AFN, 50 Hz
/
(
83311300 AD
I
6-35/6-36
INDEX
NO.
I
\.
1440
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
PART
NUMBER
10125607
10126104
93749165
92261118
77475800
92602001
93560002
10125711
10127120
10126103
76423801
95686701
95582501
76423700
94276611
76427001
75242301
PART DESCRIPTION
BASE ASSEMBLY (SHEET 2 CONTD)
WASHER, FLAT
WASHER, LOCK, INTERNAL TOOTH, 8
SCREW, PAN HEAD, WASHER, 10-32 x 5/16
SLEEVING
CLAMP, FILTER, AIR
CLAMP, CABLE-NYLON
SWITCH, INTERLOCK
SCREW, FLAT HEAD, 6-32 x 82
SCREW, PAN HEAD, 8-32 x 1/4
WASHER, LOCK, INTERNAL TOOTH, 6
NOT USED
GASKET, SIDE, LEFT
CAPACITOR
BOOT, DOUBLE ENTRANCE
BRACKET, CAPACITOR
TAPE, FOAM
CABLE, TRANSDUCER, W2
AC HARNESS ASSEMBLY, WI
75242302
AC HARNESS ASSEMBLY, WI
75243300
76476006
76476010
82349600
75244601
76036100
94395600
94218000
83278400
47443700
92033037
10127142
10126403
83278500
83278700
73085400
65B 10126402
75242302
CABLE ASSEMBLY, W4
HARNESS ASSEMBLY, W5
HARNESS ASSEMBLY, W5
MAIN DECK HARNESS
SERVO DIBIT CABLE ASSEMBLY, W7
FAN CABLE ASSEMBLY
VARISTOR
NUT, SELF-LOCKING, 6-32
ARM, LOWER DECK SUPPORT
ARM, LOWER, DECK SUPPORT
RING, TERMINAL
SCREW, MACHINE, PAN HEAD, 10-32 x 3/8
WASHER, LOCK EXTERNAL TOOTH, 10
PIVOT, LOWER, DECK SUPPORT
SHAFT, GROOVED
SCREW, HEX '. HEAD
TERMINAL, RING TONGUE
WASHER, EXTERNAL TOOTH, 8
AC HARNESS ASSEMBLY, W7
66
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
ARM, UPPER DECK SUPPORT
ARM, UPPER, DECK SUPPORT
WASHER, SHOULDER
SCREW, MACHINE, PAN HEAD,
PIVOT, UPPER, LEFT SIDE
SCREW, MACHINE, PAN HEAD,
SCREW, ~illCHINE, PAN HEAD,
NUT, HEX, 6-32
RETAINER-THUMB SCREW
SCREW-THUMB
SPRING-TORSION
STANDOFF-THREADED
PIVOT, UPPER, RIGH~ SIDE
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACHINE,
TERMINAL, BLOCK
57
58
59
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
65A.~3541018
83278300
47443800
94347107
93749162
83278600
93755236
10127114
10125105
82345100
82345000
82345200
92004200
83278601
10127113
24501602
6-32 x 3/8
SiC 40 WI DJ00029 & ABV ONLY
50 Hz, 220/240 V
SIC
BLW
SIC
ABV
30
60
31
60
& BLW 50 Hz, SIC 33 &
Hz
& ABV 50 Hz, SIC 34 &
Hz
SIC
SIC
SIC
SIC
09
10
22
07
& BELOW
& ABOVE
& ABOVE
WIO 37653 & BELOW
I
50 Hz, 220/240 V
SiC 17 & ABV
WIO 48453, SIC 19 & BELOW
WI 48953, SIC 20 & ABOVE
SIC 17 & ABV
SIC 17 & ABV
SIC 17 & ABV
SIC 17 & ABV
SiC 17 & ABV
SIC 17 & ABV
SIC 40 WI DJ00029 & ABV ONLY
SIC 40 wi DJ00029 & ABV ONLY
SIC 07 W/37653 & ABOVE
WIO 48953, SIC 19 & BELOW
WI 48953, SIC 20 & ABOVE
SiC 17 & ABV
SIC 17 & ABV
SIC 17 & ABV
PHILLIPS NC
6-32 x 1/2
SIC 20 & ABOVE
SIC 20 & ABOVE
SIC 20 & ABOVE
SiC 17 & ABOVE
6-32 x 3/8
80 75070701
SCREW, PAN HEAD MACHINE, 8-32 x 5/16
81 10127122
BUMPER, STOP
82 10125106
NUT, 8-32
83 10127120
SCREW, PAN HEAD, 8-32 x 1/4
84 10125606
WASHER, #8
83311300 AH
NOTES
SIC 31 & ABV,
ABV, 60 Hz
SIC 31 & ABV,
ABV, 60 Hz
SiC 31 & ABV,
ABV, 60 Hz
SIC 31 & ABV,
BLW, 60 Hz
SIC 31 & ABV,
BLW, 60 Hz
SiC 31 & ABV,
50 Hz, SIC 34 &
50 Hz, SIC 34 &
50 Hz, SIC 34 &
50 Hz, SIC 33 &
60 HZ, SIC 33 &
50 Hz ONLY
6-37
I
(J
Q
FIGURE 6-15
6-38
DECK ASSEMBLY (SHEET 1 0 F 2)
83311300 AG
INDEX
NO.
151515151515151
1
PART
NUMBER
75070421
75070422
75070423
75070424
75070431
75070432
75070437
77393800
77825600
2
94277406
93749160
92001708
10125805
10125803
93749162
94369522
10126401
75069800
76408000
10127115
10125605
94354902
94354901
73229002
92033221
10125713
76021200
83277800
94001133
76424600
92196029
PART DESCRIPTION
DECK ASSEMBLY (SHEET 1 OF 2)
DECK ASSEMBLY
DECK ASSEMBLY
DECK ASSEMBLY
DECK ASSEMBLY
DECK ASSEMBLY
DECK ASSEMBLY
DECK
DECK
NOT USED
STRAP, CABLE TIE
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACHINE, 6-32 x 5/16
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH, WASH, 10-24 x 5/8
WASHER, SPRING LOCK, 10
WASHER, SPRING LOCK, 6
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH., 6-32 x 3/8
CABLE, GROUND
WASHER, EXT. TOOTH LOCK, 6
HOLDER-SPRING, GROUND
GROUND-SPRING
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH., 6-32 x 5/8
WASHERS, PLAIN, 6
SPRING, GAS
SPRING, GAS
STUD
RETAINING RING
SCREW, FLAT HD, CRS. RES. 6-32 x 3/8
INLET, BLOWER
INLET, BLOWER
TAPE, FOAM
PLATE, SHROUD
NUT, SPEED TYPE
NOT USED
COMPONENT ASSEMBLY, TYPE AXPN
COMPONENT ASSEMBLY, BXPN
COMPONENT ASSEMBLY, TYPE CXPN
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH., 6-32 x 5/16
STANDOFF, TAPPED POST
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH, WASH, 6-32 x 1/2
GROMMET
BAFFLE, AIR
BAFFLE, AIR
RESISTOR-ASSEMBLY
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACHINE, 8-32 x 3/8
SWITCH, SOLID STATE (START TRIAC)
SWITCH, SOLID STATE (START TRIAC)
COMPONENT ASSEMBLY, TYPE 4ZFN
SCREW, FLAT HEAD, CRS. RES. 10-24 x 3/8
CAPACITOR-MOTOR
CAPACITOR-MOTOR
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
15
16
17
18
19
19
20
21
22
23
24
24
24
25
26
27
28
29
29
30
31
32
32
33
34
35
35
76423002
76423003
76423005
10127112
93114215
92001705
95649704
76429800
83277900
83245301
93660077
94376501
94371305
75242901
10125735
94255116
94255114
35
35
35
94255.L15
94255100
94255109
CAPACITOR-MOTOR
CAPACITOR-MOTOR
CAPACITOR-MOTOR
35
35
94255111
94255101
CAPACITOR-MOTOR
CAPACITOR-MOTOR
35
94255120
CAPACITOR-MOTOR
36
94260504
ACCESSORIES-CAPACITOR, PLASTIC
36
94260503
ACCESSORIES-CAPACITOR, PLASTIC
83311300 AC
NOTES
BJ701A/E, BJ7BIA/C/E
BJ701B/F, BJ7BIB/D/F
BJ701C
BJ701D
BJ701J
BJ701K
BJ7BIL
SIC 08
Sic 08
Wlo 37807A & BLW
wi 37807A & ABV
Sic
Sic
08
08
WIO 37807A & BLW
WI 37807A & ABV
SIC
Sic
16 & BLW
17 & ABV
B
SIC
Sic
09 & BLW
10 & ABV
BJ7Bl CID ONLY
Sic
sic
16 & BLW
17 & ABV
220 - 240 V UNITS
100 - 120 V UNITS
Sic 09 & BLW
TAB 21,37, SIC 08 WIO 48002 & BLW
TAB 22, Sic 09 WIO 37787C
& BLW
TAB 23,24, SIC 09 WI 48002 & ABV
TAB 23, SIC 09 WIO 48002 & BLW
TAB 22, SIC 09 WI 37787C thru
SIC 19. TAB 32, SIC 29 .& BLW.
TAB 24, SIC 09 WIO 48002 & BI.W
TAB 22, SIC 20 WI 48002 thru
SIC 26.
TAB 22, Sic 27 & ABV
TAB 32, Sic 30 & ABV
TAB 21,22,23,24,37,
SIC 08 WI 48002 & ABV
TAB 23, sic 09 Wlo 48002 & BI.W
6-39/6-40
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
1537
94260501
37
94260502
ACCESSORIES-CAPACITOR, STEEL
37
94260500
ACCESSORIES-CAPACITOR, STEEL
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
54
55
75062805
WASHER, SHOULDER
DRIVE MOTOR ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-18)
WASHER, SPECIAL
WASHER, SHOULDER
WASHER, INSULATOR
SCREW, HEX, SCH, CAP, 10-24 x 5/8
STRAP, CABLE TIE
EMERGENCY RETRACT ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-24)
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH, 10-24 x 3/8
TUBING, HEAT SHRINKABLE
SPRING, EXTENSION
NUT-HEX MACH SCREW, 6-32
HOOK-SPRING
WASHER, SPECIAL
WASHER, SHOULDER
WASHER, NYLON
BELT, DRIVE-FLAT
BELT, DRIVE-FLAT
SCREW, PAN HEAD, WASHER, 6-32 x 5/16
94047052
75062800
75062400
10126235
94277411
10127131
93154150
75259300
10125105
75269000
94047032
75062804
93564051
92314113
92314119
92001702
83311300 T
PART DESCRIPTION
DECK ASSEMBLY (SHEET 1 OF 2 CONTD)
~CCESSORIES-CAPACITOR, STEEL
NOTES
TAB 21; 23, 24, 37; SiC 09
wi 48002 & ABV
TAB 22; 24, SIC 09 WIO
48002 & BLW
TAB 23,S/C 09 WIO 48002 &
BLW
TAB 21,22,37
TAB 22, 24
6-41
16
35
5
6
8
33
34
sIC 09 w/O
37825A AND
BELOW
2~""
\
4
32
5
6
19
6-905(1)D
6-42
FIGURE 6-15.
DECK ASSEMBLY (SHEET 2)
83311300 AD
I
INDEX
NO.
)
151
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
PART
NUMBER
76427300
10126234
10125805
93749162
10125803
10125605
94309803
10127112
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
28
10127131
75259901
94241008
72874270
94001102
15012412
10126103
77563700
77563800
94353204
NFR
10126235
75070800
75070700
10126226
10125804
76031600
77387100
76427700
73083500
29
30
31
32
92785084
93211105
10125801
73072900
33 77475900
33 77815200
33
33
34
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
·48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
77824400
47437900
76024900
77824500
92723196
93560002
92727396
10125807
75073700
92541068
92373005
94205789
10125606
94281467
10126227
93749158
77560800
92602001
75257100
94279415
83311300 AH
PART DESCRIPTION
DECK ASSEMBLY (SHEET 3)
TRANSDUCER ASSEMBLY
SCREW, HEX, SCH, CAP, 10-24 x 1/2
WASHER, SPRING LOCK, 10
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH., 6-32 x 3/8
WASHER, SPRING LOCK, 6
WASHER, PLAIN, 6
POD, TERMINAL
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH, 6-32 x 5/16
POWER AMP ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-20)
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACH, 10-24 x 3/8
POWER AMP DRIVE CABLE
CLIP-CABLE
HEAD RETAINER ASSEMBLY
TAPE, FOAM
BUSHING, SNAP-IN
WASHER, INT TOOTH LOCK, 6
WINDOW-SHROUD
GASKET-SHROUD WINDOW
CAPS & PLUGS-PLASTIC
RAIL-BOTTOM
SCREW, HEX SCH, CAP, 10-24 x 5/8
BLOCK-STOP
STOP-BUMPER
SCREW, HEX SCH, CAP, 8-32 x 1/2
WASHER, SPRING LOCK, 8
BLOCK, STOP
SPEED SENSOR ASSEMBLY
CATCH-PACK ACCESS COVER
CATCH, PACK ACCESS COVER
SCREW, MACH., PAN HEAD, 4-40 x 5/16
WASHER, FLAT
WASHER, SPRING LOCK, 4
STOP, TRANSDUCER SAFETY
NOTES
SiC
21 & BELOW
sic
sic
08
08
SIC
SIC
16 & RrM
17 & ABV
SHROUD, PACK
SHROUD, PACK
SiC
sic
08
08
SHROUD, PACK
SHROUD, PACK
GASKET, SHROUD
GASKET, SHROUD
SCREW-BUTTON, SOCKET HEAD, 6-32 x 1/4
SWITCH, INTERLOCK
SCREW-BUTTON, SOCKET HEAD, 3/4 x 5/16-18
WASHER, SPRING LOCK, 5/16
SPINDLE ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. ~-19)
LOCK-BRAKE, SPINDLE
SCREW, SHOULDER, SOCKET HEAD
NYLINER, SNAP-IN
SPRING, COMPRESSION
WASHER, PLAIN, 8
CABLE, GROUND
SCREW, HEX HD, MACH, 8-32 x 5/8
SCREW, PAN HEAD, WASHER, 6-32 x 1/4
BRACKET, PIVOT
RAIL BRACKET ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG.6-23)
CARRIAGE & COIL ASSEMBLY (SEE FIG. 6-21)
CLAMP, CABLE-NYLON
MAGNET ASSEMBLY (SEE FIGURE 6-22)
COVER, MAGNET
BUTTON PLUG
NOT USED
SiC
SiC
sic
sic
37825A
09 wi 37825A; SIC 10-16
17 & ABV
09 wlO 37825A & BLW
09 wi 37825A & ABV
wi
Wi
37771 & ABV ONLY
37771 & ABV ONLY
wlO 37771 & BLW
Wi 37771; SiC 09 wlO
I
sic
09
wi
37825A & ABV, ONLY
6-42.1/6-42.2
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
PART DESCRIPTION
NOTES
1556
57
58
92001702
82335100
10127111
DECK ASSEMBLY (Sheet 3 contd)
SCREW, PAN HEAD, WASHER, 6-32 x 3/8
DEFLECTOR, AIR
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACHINE, 6-32 x 1/4
SIC 24
SIC 24
&
&
ABV only
ABV only
(\
/"
83311300 AD
6-43
@
@
-w
--§!
-ff-
-&
0
FIGURE 6 -16.
STO RAGE MA
PS ASSE MBLY KIT
ND BELOW)
( USE SIC 23 ODULE
6-44
83311300 AB
........ -
83311300 T
6-45
I
1----7
6-801B
Figure 6-16.1. Storage Module PS Assembly
(Use sic 24 and Above)
. 6-46
83311300 V
INDEX
NO.
16161
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
PART
NUMBER
PART DESCRIPTION
47476710
47467111
91790711
91777000
95594112
95594119
95575000
95575001
95647604
95647605
47478600
50240515
50240415
10125108
10125805
91776900
95597401
95588403
47398200
47478400
95643952
10125105
10125803
10125613
17901515
95638719
77567300
92496185
91782100
92496263
77567200
24547533
92006905
76791100
76791000
STORAGE MODULE PS ASSEMBLY KIT
STORAGE MODULE PS ASSEMBLY KIT
POWER SUPPLY MODULE ASSEMBLY
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY
RESISTOR, lOW, 51 OHMS
RESISTOR, loW, 510 OHMS
RECTIFIER
RECTIFIER, SILICON
FUSE, QUICK ACTING, 5 AMP
FUSE, QUICK ACTING, 6 AMP
HEATS INK
DIODE, SILICON, 12 VOLT
DIODE, SILICON, 12 VOLT
NUT, HEXAGON, 10-32
WASHER, SPRING, LOCK, 10
PC BOARD
CAPACITOR, 7.500 MFD, 30 VDC
CLIP, FUSE
REGULATOR ASSEMBLY
CHASSIS
SPACER, ROUND, NOT THREADED
NUT, HEXAGON, 6-32
WASHER, SPRING, LOCK, 6
WASHER, FLAT, 6
SCREW, THREAD ROLL, 8-32 x 1/4
PLATE, IDENTIFICATION
SHIELD, FUSE, RIGHT
CAPACITOR, .082 UF, 200 V
RESISTOR ASSEMBLY
CAPACITOR, .33 UF, 80 VDC
SHIELD, FUSE, LEFT
LABEL, WARNING
LABEL, WARN ING
TRANSFORMER ASSEMBLY, 50 HZ
TRANSFORMER ASSEMBLY, 60 HZ
83311300 L
NOTES
BJ701B/D/F, BJ7BIB/D/F
BJ701A/C/E, BJ7BIA/C/E
SIC 17 W/O 48744A; SIC 18 & ABV
SIC 17 W/ 48744A; SIC 18 & ABV
BJ701B/D/F, BJ7BIB/D/F
BJ701A/C/E, BJ7BIA/C/E
6-45
,/
6-46
FIGURE 6-17 .
LOGIC CRASS IS ASSEMBLY
83311300 N
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
PART DESCRIPTION
NOTES
I
\
'-
6-16.1
3
4
82335200
92006900
10127122
10125804
5
6
7
47289700
10125909
1
2
8
9
10126402
10125606
83311300 AD
POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY
COVER, POWER SUPPLY
PLATE, WARNING
SCREW, MACHINE, PAN HEAD, 8-32 x 3/8
WASHER, LOCK, SPRING, #8
COMPONENT ASSEMBLY,
XKV (SEE FIG. 6-16.2)
BASE, POWER SUPPLY SCREW, MACHINE, FLAT HEAD, 6-32 x 5/16
PAN HEAD
WASHER, LOCK, EXTERNAL TOOTH, #8
WASHER, FLAT
I
USE SiC 24 & ABV
6-46.1
FOR
OPPOSITE
SIDE OF CARD
SEE SHEET 2
o
1
2
A
/
00 3
24
'------' J
~
--l 27 ~6
31
34
(jj
kl~=-~2=5----1I1r----~25~--'1
9
28
17
18
10
----,----0
19
qI·
2
10
I
11
10
I I~
10
91 I
11
I I~
(~J======~D(~J------TD(~I------~D ~~4
-1
~
@6
1\0 I
13
U~
-1
9
~
UJ
13
!
If
-1
9
~
10
14
10
14
~-----------------------
21
2
1
14- 3800( l)D
Figure 6-16.2.
6-46.2
Component Assembly, Type _XKV (Sheet 2)
Used on SiC 24 and Above
83311300 AB
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
6-16.2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
76871500
94261000
92751168
95644205
94783900
95797301
95524401
94047078
95524700
95643216
94383709
94277424
95661328
94383710
95604039
93234236
95524408
94047081
94277400
50223800
PART DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT ASSEMBLY, Type _XKV (Power Supply)
(Sheet 2)
CHASSIS, Power Supply
HEAT SINK, Transistor
SCREW, Machine, Phillips Head, 6-32 x 3/4
BUSHING, Insulation
WASHER, Mica
WASHER, Phenolic
HASHER, Lock
WASHER, Special
TLru~INAL, Quick Connect
CONNECTOR, Quick Connect
CAPACITOR, Electrolytic (C5)
STRAP, Cable Tie
CAPACITOR, 18 V, 27 000 ~F (C2)
CAPACITOR, Electrolytic (C12, C15)
CONNECT, Ring Tongue
SCREW, Machine, Pan Head, 1-032 x 5/16
WASHER, Lock
WASHER, Special
STRAP, Cable Tie
TRANSISTOR, SNPN, Darington (Q5, Q6)
NOTES
Used on Sic 24 & Above
I
,,.-.-
',,-,r"
83311300 AA
6-46.5
(
6-46.6
Figure 6-17 •
Logic Chas s~s
. Assembly
83311300 T
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
171717-
750609XX LOGIC CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
774780XX LOGIC CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
832286XX LOGIC CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
PANEL, REAR, LOGIC
75065600
WASHER, LOCK, INTERNAL TOOTH, 6
10126103
WASHER, PLAIN, 6
10125605
NUT, HEX, MACHINE SCREW, 6-32
10125105
SCREW, PAN HEAD, 6-32 x 3/4
10127116
GUARD, FINGER
40034600
FAN, AXIAL, MINIATURE
94247100
FAN, AXIAL, MINIATURE
94247101
INSULATOR, FAN
76419700
RAIL GUIDE, 16 UNIT
76477901
93749158
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACHINE, 6-32 x 1/4
93749162
SCREW, PAN HEAD, LOCKWASHER
93114216
STANDOFF, TAPPED POST, HEX
FRAME, BACK PANEL
76477100
76417200
COVER-PIN, PROTECTIVE
STANDOFF, SPACER, ROUND
93109211
CLAMP, CABLE
76426300
BODY, CONNECTOR, SOCKET, CABLE
94261810
CONTACT-CRIMP, INSERT, SOCKET
94245606
46490400
LABEL
764160XX
BACK PANEL ASSEMBLY
SLEEVING, VINYL
93358810
CAPACITOR, ELECTRO, 500 UFD, 50 VDC
92427131
PANEL, FRONT, LOGIC
75065500
94208500
LABEL
RAIL, GUIDE, 16 UNIT
76477900
93342166
SCREW, NYLON
94276611
TAPE, FOAM
76426600
GUIDE-CABLE
SCREW, FLAT HEAD, MACHINE, 6-32 x 1/4
10125712
51911752
FASTENER-KNURLED BAIL HEAD
1/4 TURN FASTENER ACCESSORIES
94379800
1/4 TURN FASTENER ACCESSORIES
94379801
1/4 TURN FASTENER ACCESSORIES
94379802
93988002
RETAINER, SPLIT RING
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACHINE, 10-32 x 3/8
10127142
WASHERS, LOCK, SPRING, 10
10125805
ARM-SUPPORT
76427501
SCREW, BUT HD, SELF LOCK, 6-32 x 1/4
93195234
SCREW, PAN HD, CAP WASH, 6-32 x 5/16
92001702
94245602
CONTACT - CRIMP, INSERT, SOCKET
1
2
3
4
I
I
5
6
7
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
PART DESCRIPTION
NOTES
SIC 08 W/O 37867 & BLW
SIC 08 W/37840 & ABV
115 V
208/230 V
'-83311300 V
6-47
I.
~6
~"7
6-1501C
6-48
FIGURE 6-18.
DRIVE MOTOR ASSEMBLY
83311300 L
INDEX
PART
NO.
NUMBER
PART DESCRIPTION
18-
77398410
47204303
77398411
DRIVE MOTOR ASSEMBLY
DRIVE MOTOR KIT, 60 Hz, 120 V
DRIVE MOTOR ASSEMBLY
18-
77398413
DRIVE MOTOR ASSEMBLY
18-
77398419
DRIVE MOTOR ASSEMBLY
1818-
47204318
77398408
47204302
77398409
DRIVE
DRIVE
DRIVE
DRIVE
18-
77398414
DRIVE MOTOR ASSEMBLY
47204306
DRIVE MOTOR KIT, 50 Hz, 100 V
18-
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
77398000
77398001
77398200
77398100
77398101
92003700
76409200
3
4
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
10125804
10126226
76051302
76051303
93287014
10126104
94281404
95643208
93942002
93948009
95643232
10125606
10126227
93948003
93947004
93943002
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
NOTES
BJ701A/E, BJ7BIA/C/E
BJ701B/F, BJ7BIB/D/F; S/C 09
W/O 37787C & BLW
BJ701B/F,BJ7BIB/D/F; S/C 09
W/37787C thru S/C 19.
BJ701B/F, BJ7BIB/D/K/F
S/C 20 & ABV
KIT, 50 Hz 220/240 V
ASSEMBLY
KIT, 60 Hz, 100 V
ASSEMBLY
MOTOR, END MOUNTED
MOTOR, END MOUNTED
MOTOR, END MOUNTED
MO~OR, END MOUNTED
MOTOR, END MOUNTED
MOTOR, END MOUNTED
PLATE, MOUNTING, MOTOR
NOT USED
WASHER, LOCK, SPRING, 8
SCREW, HEX, SOCKET HEAD, CAP, 8-32 x 1/2
PULLEY, MOTOR
PULLEY, MOTOR
COLLAR, SHAFT
WASHER, LOCK, INTERNAL TOOTH, 8
CABLE, GROUND
TERMINAL, QUICK DISCONNECT
CONTACT, PIN
CONNECTOR, PIN HOUSING
CONNECTOR, QUICK CONNECT
WASHERS, PLAIN, 8
SCREW, HEX SOC HO, 8-32 x 5/8
CONNECTOR, PIN HOUSING
CONNECTOR, SOCKET HOUSING
CONNECTOR, SOCKET
BJ701C
BJ701D, S/C 08 W/O 37840 &
BLW
BJ7010, S/C 08 W/ 37840 &
BLW
TAB
TAB
TAB
.1 TAB
I TAB
TAB
I
10
11
13
08, 09
14
19
I
II TABS
I TABS
08, 10
09, 11
NOTE:
THE DRIVE MOTOR KIT CONSISTS OF A DRIVE
MOTOR, A CAPACITOR, 'AND THE NECESSARY
HARNESSING. WHEN REPLACING THE DRIVE
MOTOR ASSEMBLY, IT IS NECESSARY TO
ORDER THE DRIVE MOTOR KIT.
83311300 AH·
6-49
~
~
.___3
----s
®--I
7
6-1000B
6-50
Figure 6-19.
Spindle Assembly
83311300 AC
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
6-196-191
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10
11
75074712
75074714
47336900
92541059
76425600
75074600
75072700
75074000
75074001
47341600
73587500
75074100
75074102
75259000
73587600
83311300 AC
PART DESCRIPTION
SPINDLE ASSEMBLY
SPINDLE ASSEMBLY
HOUSING, SPINDLE MACHINING
SCREW, SHOULDER
LOCKSHAFT, SPINDLE
SPRING, COMPRESSION, LOCKSHAFT
SPRING, COMPRESSION
WASHER, LOCKSHAFT
WASHER, LOCKSHAFT, BRASS
SHAFT, SPINDLE
LOCATOR, PACK
PULLEY, SPINDLE
PULLEY, SPINDLE
SEAL, END, SHAFT
COVER, DUST, SPINDLE
NOTES
sic
sic
08 WIO 37700A & BL\\T
08 wi 37700A & ABV
I
sic
sic
08
08
wi o 37700A & BLW
wi 37700A & ABV
6-51
6-52
FIGURE 6-20.
POvIER NIP ASSEMBLY
83311300
S
INDEX
NO.
201
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
'---
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
PART
NUMBER
PART DESCRIPTION
NOTES
76500111 POWER AMP ASSEMBLY
73485311
TYPE FZQN COHP ASSY
73479800
HOUSING - PREANPLIFIER
75068200
HEATSINK SERVO AMP
50223603
TRANSISTOR, PNP, POWER ~ \
TRANSISTOR, NPN, POWER ¢t., Q!>
50223703
94237046
RESISTOR, POWER, 30W, 1 OHM
94311904
INSULATOR, SEMI CONDUCTOR
95643808
WASHER, SHOULDER
92707001
INSULATOR, TERMINAL
75065900
PLATE, MOUNTING
75244100
BAR, BUS
10125702
SCREW, HEAD, 4-40 x 3/16
93592082
SCREW, SELF TAP, 4-40 x 1/4
10127116
SCREW, PAN HEAD, 6-32 x 3/4
92750211
SCREW, PAN HEAD, 8-32 x 1 1/8
10127119
SCREW, PAN HEAD, 6-32 x 1-1/4
10127112
SCREW, PAN HEAD, 6-32 x 5/16
10126401
WASHER, LOCK, EXTERNAL, 6
10126402
WASHER, LOCK, EXTERNAL, 8
10125605
WASHER, FLAT, 6
10125105
NUT, 6
92261022
SLEEVING
94237045
RESISTOR, 30W, 1/4 OHM
10127320
SCREW, PAN HEAD, 4-40 x 1/4
76425300
SHIELD, PREAMP
10125801
WASHER, LOCK, SPRING, 4
95691000
SOCKET, PIN
10127111
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACHINE, 6-32 x 1/4
BASE, MOUNTING
94277503
83311300 AB
6-53
•
6-54
FIGU RE 6-2l.
CARRIAGE AND COIL ASSEHBLY
'83311300 AC
INDEX
NO,
3-10
1
2
3
4
5
6
PART
NUMBER
NFR
# #
10127124
10125606
70738902
93564002
82375800
PART DESCRIPTION
NOTES
CARRIAGE AND COIL ASSEMBLY
FLEX LEAD ASSEMBLY
SCREW, MACHINE, PAN HEAD, 8-32 x 5/8
WASHER, FLAT #8
SPACER
WASHER, NYLON
RETAINER, FLEX LEAD
''-.._-
83311300 AC
6-55
•
6-56
FIGURE 6-22 .
MAGNET ASSEMBLY
83311300 AC
INDEX
NO.
PART
NUMBER
22
221
2
3
4
5
6
47200702 MAGNET ASSEMBLY
47200703 MAGNET ASSEMBLY
75064301
POLE, FRONT
75064400
POLE, REAR
73048400
CORE, MAGNET
75063900
MAGNET
73048500
STOP, CARRIAGE ,REAR
NOT USED
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
'---
75269100
92541063
93529032
94047042
10125607
10126238
10125805
92318032
PART DESCRIPTION
BAR, SLIDE
SCREW, SHOULDER, 8-32 x 1/2
WASHER, WAVE, SPRING
WASHER, SPECIAL
WASHER, FLAT, 10
SCREW, HEXAGON, SOCKET HEAD, 10-24 x 1
WASHER, LOCK, SPLIT, 10
INSULATOR, FISH PAPER
NOTES
SIC 36 WIO 60381 & Blw
SIC 36 WI 60381 & Abv
SIC 36 WI 60381 & Abv Only
..
.,--.
83311300 AC
6-57
I
FIGU RE 6-23.
6-58
RAIL BRACKET ASSEM.BLY
83311300 U
INDEX
NO.
23231
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
PART
NUMBER
76475604
76475603
10127111
10125803
10125605
76420400
10127106
10125801
10125603
93786005
46807000
77399000
77565300
10126218
75063700
75071100
10125705
75070700
10126219
75015600
83311300
C
PART DESCRIPTION
RAIL BRACKET ASSEMBLY
RAIL BRACKET ASSEMBLY
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACHINE, 6-32 x 1/4
WASHER, LOCK, SPRING, 6
WASHER, PLAIN, 6
BRACKET, SWITCH, MOUNTING
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACHINE, 4-40 x 5/8
WASHER, LOCK, SPRING, 4
WASHER, PLAIN, 4
SWITCH, MINI-INTEGRAL ACTUATOR
BRACKET, ADJUSTMENT, PRE-TRAVEL
BRACKET, RAIL
BRACKET, RAIL
SCREW, HEX, SOCKET HEAD, CAP, 6-32 x 3/8
RAIL, TOP
BLOCK, STOP, UPPER
SCREW, FLAT HEAD, 4-40 x 1/2
STOP, BUMPER
SCREW, HEX SOC. HD, CAP, 6-32 x 1/2
CAM, HEAD
NOTES
Sic
Sic
09
09
wlo 37801 & BLW
wi 37801 & ABV
SiC
Sic
09
09
wlo 37801 & BLW
wi 37801 & ABV
6-59
I
8
Ii-HiOOG
FIGURE 6-24.
6-60
EMERGENC Y RETRACT ASSEMBLY
83311300
R
INDEX
NO.
2424241
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
PART
NUMBER
47297103
75244702
75244703
10127115
10125105
10125714
10125605
92691009
76416900
94365705
95578108
10127113
93747025
93541018
93541016
95583503'"
10126401
93935000
94130004
10127143
10127142
10126105
92261120
10127114
83289900
95667412
83288300
93592204
95643226
93747030
94309802
15003200
83311300 R
PART DESCRIPTION
EMERGENCY RETRACT ASSEMBLY
EMERGENCY RETRACT ASSEMBLY
EMERGENCY RETRACT ASSEMBLY
SCREW, PAN HEAD, 6-32 x 5/8
NUT, 6-32
SCREW, FLAT HEAD, 6-32 x 3/8
WASHER, FLAT, 6
CLAMP, MOUNTING, CAPACITOR
BRACKET, CAPACITOR
RELAY, K2
CAPACITOR, C7
SCREW, PAN HEAD, 6-32 x 3/8
RECEPTACLE, SLIDE ON
TERMINAL, RING TONGUE
TERMINAL, RING TONGUE
RECTIFIER, CRI and CR2
WASHER, LOCK, EXTERNAL, 6
DIODE
TERMINAL, FASTON, PIGGYBACK
SCREW, 10-32 x 1/2
SCREW, 10-32 x 3/8
WASHERS, INTERNAL TOOTH, #10
TUBING, INSULATING HI-TEMP. TEFLON
SCREW, PAN HEAD, MACHINE, 6-32 x 1/2
RESISTOR AND BRACKET ASSEMBLY
RESISTOR, POWER, 30 W, 50 OHM
BRACKET, RESISTOR
SCREW, HEX, WASHER HD, 8-32 x 5/8
TERMINAL, INSULATED
RECEPTACLE, SLIDE ON
POD, TERMINAL INSULATING
WIRE, ELECT, HOOK UP 16 GAUGE
NOTES
o
SiC 22 & ABOVE
I
6-61/6-62
CARD COMPLEMENT
LOCATION
Ai
A2
A2
A2
A3
A4
A4
A5
A6
LOGIC
PART
CARD
NUMBER
TYPE
DTHV
54276503
54121701 HI DAISY CHAIN
54121700 . I'll DAISY CHAIN
54121703 Sic 10 & ABV
54276906
54277712
54277713
54278912
54162900 wi DAISY CHAIN
IN ALL UNITS,
SiC 10 & BLW
54162907
ARSV
4RSV
54146502
54146500
DAISY CHAIN
wi DAISY CHAIN
ELPV
HFRV
ELUV
DLQV
54275306
54226113
54277306
54275705
Sic 08 t'llo 37854
A12
HLQV
54275709
Sic 08 wi 37854
& SiC 09 WIO
A12
JLQV
54275709
SiC 09 WI 37938
A13
A14
FLWV
CLXV
54278107
54278503
A15
GLRV
54276105
A15
ALRV
54276101
A15
HLRV
54276108
WI VARIABLE
SECTOR, Sic 08
WIO 37895 & BLW
Sic 08 wi 37895,
Sic 09 wlo 37979
Sic 09 ltVl 37979
A16
BLZV
54279303
wi PHASE DOCK
1
2
4
A6
(
~-
A7
A7
A8
A9
AI0
All
A12
1
2
CLSV
5PEV
4PEV
BPEV
ELTV
LLVV
MLVV
LLYV
4THV
NOTES
LOCATION
LOGIC
PART
CARD
NUMBER
TYPE
NOTES
I
wi
&
BU'l
37938
& ABV
wi NRZ TO HFM
FEATURE
& ABV
3 FZJN
75061708
MZJN
75061714
FEATURE ON
BJ71B CID ONLY
HD SEL & RD
AMP 3
HD SEL & RD
AHP 3
NOTES
1
IN UNITS:
2
IN UNITS:
3
FZJN - sic 09 wlo 37925 & BLW
MZJN - sic 09 WI 37925 & ABV
4
LLVV - sic 09 WIO 37966 & BLW
MLVV - Sic 09 I'll 37966 & ABV
BJ701A/B/c/D
BJ7BIA/B/c/D
BJ701E/F
BJ7BIE/F
l
83311300 AA
6-63
DLT
LOCATING FAULTS IN THE ±42 V LOADS
S
(sheet 2 of 2)
Warning: Ensure that any leads you disconnect are clear of grounds or electrical elements.
Enters from: DLT 2
None
Procedures:
References:
Logic Diagrams; tables B-l,B-2; figure B-6
DLT 1, if required, to complete Power Up diagnostic
Exits to:
Assumption: F3 and/or F4 blow when ±42 V load is connected. This DLT involves alternately
J
disconnecting ass'ys A8,A9,AS and AO (locations AOS and A09 only) until faul t is found.
Be sure F3 and F4 are good, then precede each Condition below by turning off CB2.
CONDITIONS
4.
5.
7 8 910 11 12 13 14
Check out head sel/R-W assembly AS:
a)
Disconnect PIOI from assembly AS.
b)
Turn on CB2.
Did F3 blow? (AS does not use -42 V.)
y
N
- - - - - -
Check out ±42 V wiring on logic chassis backpanel:
a)
Remove cards at locations AOS and A09 of logic chassis.
b)
Turn on CB2.
- - y N - - - - - - - y N - - - - - - - y N
Did F3 or F4 blow?
6.
Install card AOS and turn on CB2.
Did F3 or F4 blow?
7.
Install card A09 and turn on CB2.
Did F3 or F4 blow?
ACTIONS
8.
9.
Assembly A5 is OK.
Reconnect P/JIOI and go to Condition S.
Replace piggy-back -ZKN board (Writer) in assembly AS and try
X -
-
1
- - - - - - - - - - -
Condition 4 again.
10.
Check backpanel wiring between locations A09 and AOS.
pin 33B, -42 V on pin 03B.
+42 V is on
- -
1
- - - - -
-
-
-
X
- - - 1 - - - X - - - 1
- - - -
X
-
2 2
-
-
Voltages corne in on WS harness attaching
to A09 w/w pins via PA09.
li.
Go to Condition 6.
12.
Replace card AOS and try Condition 6 again.
13.
14.
Go to Condition 7.
Replace card A09 and try Condition 7 again.
15.
The ±42 V distribution checks out OK. Go to DLT 1, if required, to
16.
Call Field Support.
-
complete Power Up diagnostic.
2
-
2
K0R-0679-2
"--
83311300 U
B-19
DLT
FIRST SEEK
6
(sheet 1 of 2)
None
Warning:
DLTs 1 through 5
Enters from:
See sheet 2
Procedures:
Logic Diagrams
References:
DLT 7 or sheet 2 of this DLT
Exits to:
Assumption:
START light is on, drive is up to speed.
CONDITIONS
1 23 45 67 8
1.
READY light comes on, signifying successful First Seek?
Y N N N N N
2.
First Seek attempted?
- N N N N N
3.
Check that Heads Loaded switch is transferring:
a)
Press START sw to stop disk. Do not turn off breakers.
b)
Manually push voice coil forward to move heads off unloading
ramp.
4.
Does voice coil attempt to retract?
Check forward drive to voice coil:
a)
Disconnect wire from term. 2 of v.c.
- -
N Y Y Y
(one closest to magnet
assy) .
b)
Attach + lead of VOM to disconnected wire, com. lead to
logic gnd.
c)
Press START.
d)
Wait for 15-20 second up-to-speed timeout to expire and then
chk VOM.
Does VOM read appro x +40 V?
- - -
- N Y
ACTIONS
I
1.
No problem.
2.
Go to Condition 3.
- X
3.
Suspect leads to (or contacts in) Em. Retract Relay A9K2.
Suspect open voice coil.
-
4.
5.
Go to DLT 7.
6.
Replace Heads Loaded switch.
Replace power amp.
7.
Hds Loaded sw OK.
8.
Suspect card A09 (pwr amp control) .
9.
Suspect cards All, A03 (direction control).
Go to Condition 4 to chk fwd drive on v.c.
10.
Suspect card A12 (summing amp).
II.
Suspect card A13 (diff cntr, CAR) .
12.
Sus~ect
13.
Voice coil should attempt First Seek when up-to-speed timeout
expires.
14.
card A05 (speed control) and -XPN board.
X -
-
-
- - - - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 6
- X- - 1
- - 2
- - 3
- - 4
- - 5
- - -
-
-
-
X
Go to Condition 5 on sheet 2.
Call Field Support.
- -
5
7
K\2lR-0679-2
B-20
83311300 AH
I
I
I
"--
COMMENT SHEET
I
"----
I
I
'--
MANUAL TITLE
I
I
I
PUBLICATION NO.
REVISION
I
'-.......-"
I
I
I
',,-
FROM:
NAME:
BUSINESS
ADDRESS:
"--
I
I
"-.-"
I
zl
::::i
~I
0
~I
f-
al
'''--
~I
o
91
I
NO POSTAGE STAMP NECESSARY IF MAILED IN U. S. A.
FOLD ON DOTTED LINES AND STAPLE
FOLD
FOLD
FIRST CLASS
PERMIT NO. 8241
MINNEAPOLIS, MINN.
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL
NO POSTAGE STAMP NKESSARY IF MAILED IN U. S. A
u.J
Z
::J
l')
POST AGE WILL BE PAID BY
Z
CONTROL DATA CORPORATION
«
o
I-
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS DEPARTMENT
~
U
7801 COMPUTER AVENUE
MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55435
'-
FOLD
FOLD
CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS, P.O. BOX 0, MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55440
SALES OFFICES AND SERVICE CENTERS IN MAJOR CITIES THROUGHOUT THE WORLD
LITHO IN U.S.A.
.
'." '
.;
.
~~
CONT~OL..DATA CO~OI?(\TION
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37 Create Date : 2011:10:14 11:23:05-08:00 Modify Date : 2011:10:14 14:45:48-07:00 Metadata Date : 2011:10:14 14:45:48-07:00 Producer : Adobe Acrobat 9.46 Paper Capture Plug-in Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:f19d10ea-cb05-4e46-97cd-8e51a2b21bf2 Instance ID : uuid:4ba57562-be66-48f7-9c39-7571c29f19ae Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseNone Page Count : 366EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools